DRS/A 1 filename1.htm DRS/A
Table of Contents

As confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2015

This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6199   46-4714474

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Kenneth E. Rees

Chief Executive Officer

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brandon C. Parris, Esq.

Andrew W. Winden, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 268-7000

 

Sarah Fagin Cutrona, Esq.

Chief Counsel

Elevate Credit, Inc.

4150 International Plaza, Suite 300

Fort Worth, Texas 76109

(817) 928-1500

 

Andrew D. Thorpe, Esq.

Peter M. Lamb, Esq.

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP

The Orrick Building

405 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 773-5700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $                   $                

 

 

(1)   Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion

, 2015

Shares

Elevate

Common Stock

Elevate Credit, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $ and $ per share.

/

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

/

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 16.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if the prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Per Share Total

Public offering price $ $

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) $ $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders $ $

1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 183 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on , 2015.

UBS Investment Bank Jefferies Stifel


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Elevate

280%

revenue growth from 2013 to 2014

$2.4 billion

in loan originations1

2.7 million

customers served1

170 million

non-prime consumers in the US and UK market combined2

1 Originations and customers from 2002 through 2015, attributable to the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products.

2 Based on US population with a TransRisk Score of less than 700, Americans over 18 treated as “unscorable” by traditional credit scoring models and the UK population comprising the “non-standard” credit market.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

The next generation of re

Approval in seconds Rates that go do Credit building features


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

responsible online credit o down over time Financial wellness features Flexible payment terms Good Today, Better Tomorrow.


Table of Contents

  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its delivery. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                     , 2015 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

CERTAIN CONVENTIONS GOVERNING INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS

Presentation of information related to periods before the Spin-Off

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us, and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders. We refer to this as the “Spin-Off.” Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Elevate,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Elevate Credit, Inc. and, where appropriate, our wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the direct lending and branded product business of TFI for periods prior to the Spin-Off. Financial and operational information for periods before the Spin-Off refer solely to the direct lending and branded product business of TFI. For further information regarding the Spin-Off, see “Business—Our History.”

Presentation of information related to our products

Our products are Rise and Elastic in the US and Sunny in the UK. Rise is an installment loan product that operates under individual state laws and may have significantly different rates, terms and conditions in each of the states in which Rise is offered. In Texas and Ohio, we do not make Rise loans directly, but rather act as a Credit Services Organization (which is also known as a Credit Access Business in Texas), or, collectively, “CSO,” and the loans are originated by an unaffiliated third party. Texas and Ohio are currently the only states in which Rise is offered pursuant to a CSO program. Our other US product, Elastic, is an open-end line of credit that is originated by a third-party lender under a contractual relationship whereby we provide marketing and technology services to support the lender’s origination of Elastic lines of credit. Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, and to simplify the disclosures contained herein, “Elevate’s products,” “our products,” “Elevate’s customers,” and “our customers,” as well as these products being “offered” by us and similar or related phrases, refer to these three products and their customers irrespective of whether Elevate directly originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

The offering

     8   

Summary historical and pro forma financial data

     10   

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

     14   

Risk factors

     16   

Forward-looking statements

     58   

Industry and market data

     60   

Use of proceeds

     61   

Dividend policy

     61   

Capitalization

     62   

Dilution

     64   

Selected historical consolidated financial data

     66   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     70   

Business

     111   

Management

     140   

Executive compensation

     151   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     159   

Principal and selling stockholders

     167   

Description of capital stock

     170   

Shares eligible for future sale

     176   

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

     179   

Underwriting

     183   

Legal matters

     192   

Experts

     192   

Where you can find more information

     192   

Index to combined and consolidated financial statements contents

     F-1   

 

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary overview of the key aspects of the offering identifies those aspects of the offering that are the most significant. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our common stock, including the sections titled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Certain conventions governing information in this prospectus” for detailed information on how we discuss our business.

OUR COMPANY

We are a leading provider of technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers, typically defined as those with credit scores of less than 700. We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We currently offer online installment loans and lines of credit in the United States, or the “US,” and the United Kingdom, or the “UK.” Our products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features.

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $1 billion in credit to approximately 400,000 customers and generated strong revenue growth. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 grew 280% to $274 million from $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015 grew 76% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $61 million and $52 million, respectively.

Our products in the US and the UK are:

 

    

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

LOGO

 

Product type

  Installment   Installment   Line of credit

Geographies served(1)

  15 states   UK   40 states

Loan size

  $500 to $5,000   £100 to £2,500   $500 to $3,500

Loan term

  10-25 months   6-14 months   Up to 10 months

Pricing(2)

  36% to 365%

annualized

  10.5% to 24% monthly   Initially $5 per $100
borrowed plus up to 5.0%
of outstanding principal
per billing period

Other fees

  None   None   None

Weighted average effective APR(1)(3)

  180%   257%   93%

 

(1)   As of or for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Includes loans originated through Credit Services Organization, or “CSO,” programs.
(2)   In Texas and Ohio, Rise charges a CSO fee instead of interest. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth—Revenues.” Rise interest rates may differ significantly by state. See “Regulatory Environment—APR by geography” for a breakdown of the APR for each of our products. Rise interest rates of 36% are available to qualified customers based on on-time repayment history.
(3)   Elastic is a fee-based product. The number shown is based on a calculation of an effective APR.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

 

Ø   Online products that are “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”     We provide customers access to competitively priced credit when they need it and reward successful payment history with rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time. In addition, our products offer responsible lending features including credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (for US customers), online financial literacy videos and tools, amortizing loan balances, flexible repayment schedules, and no prepayment penalties or punitive fees.

 

Ø   Industry-leading advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics.     We have developed proprietary automated underwriting capabilities that allow us to make data-driven decisions on loan applications in seconds. To best serve a broad set of non-prime consumers, we have developed a unique approach that we call “segment-optimized analytics.” This approach utilizes proprietary credit scoring models for each of the customer segments and channels we serve to underwrite and assess risk and uses targeted fraud models to identify potential fraud. We apply both cutting-edge and traditional analytical techniques and a vast array of data sources, while complying with applicable lending laws. As a result of our proprietary technology and risk analytics, over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. We are currently utilizing the 11th generation of our proprietary credit scoring model that has been developed by our team of over 35 data scientists.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing strategy.    We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to directly reach potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns, as well as strategic partnerships. We believe our direct-to-consumer approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisitions while maximizing reach and brand awareness. Approximately 85% of our customers are sourced from direct marketing channels. We continue to invest in new marketing channels, including social media, which we believe will provide us with further competitive advantages and support our ongoing growth. We expect to continue to expand growth in our channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to expand our marketing reach while maintaining target customer acquisition costs.

Our seasoned management team has, on average, over 15 years of technology and financial services experience and has worked together for an average of over six years in the non-prime consumer credit industry. Our management team has overseen the origination of $2.4 billion in credit to 2.7 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. In addition, our management team achieved stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis, maintaining total principal losses as a percentage of loan originations of between 17% and 20% each year from 2006 through 2011. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market.    We provide credit to non-prime consumers, many of whom face reduced credit options and increased financial pressure due to macro-economic changes over the past few decades. We believe that this segment of the population represents a massive and underserved market of approximately 170 million consumers in the US and UK—a larger population than the market for prime credit. The profile of our typical customer for our US and UK products indicates that our customer base, which we refer to as the “New Middle Class,” is middle-income and has a mainstream demographic profile, in line with the average of the populations of the US and UK, respectively, in terms of income, educational background and homeownership.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The New Middle Class has an unmet need for credit.    Due to wage stagnation over the past several decades and the further impact of the recent financial crisis, the New Middle Class is characterized by a lack of savings and significant income volatility. As a result, our customer base often must rely on short-term credit to fund unexpected expenses, like car and home repairs or medical emergencies.

Banks do not adequately serve the New Middle Class.    Following the recent financial crisis, most banks tightened their underwriting standards and increased their minimum FICO score requirements for borrowers, leaving non-prime borrowers with severely reduced access to traditional credit. Despite the improving economy, banks continue to underserve the New Middle Class. We estimate that revolving credit available to non-prime US borrowers has been reduced by approximately $143 billion since 2008. This has had a profound impact on non-prime consumers in the US and UK who typically have little to no savings. Often, the only credit-like product offered by banks that is available to non-prime borrowers is overdraft protection, which provides credit at extremely high rates.

Legacy non-prime lenders are not innovative.    As a result of limited access to credit products from banks, the New Middle Class has historically had to rely on a variety of legacy non-prime lenders, such as storefront installment lenders, payday lenders, title lenders, pawn and rent-to-own providers that typically do not offer consumers the convenience of online and mobile access. While legacy non-prime credit products may fulfill a borrower’s immediate funding needs, many of these products have significant drawbacks for consumers, including a potential “cycle of debt,” higher interest rates, punitive fees and aggressive collection tactics. Additionally, legacy non-prime lenders do not typically report to major credit bureaus, so non-prime consumers often remain in a “cycle of non-prime” and rarely improve their financial options.

Consumers are embracing the internet for their personal finances.    Consumers are increasingly turning to online solutions to fulfill their personal finance needs. We believe this growth is an indication of borrower preferences for online financial products that are more convenient and easier to use than products provided by legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

OUR SOLUTIONS

Our innovative online credit solutions provide immediate relief to customers today and can help them build a brighter financial future. Our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” is central to our innovative product design. We offer a number of financial wellness and consumer-friendly features that we believe are unmatched in the non-prime lending market.

We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient, competitively priced financial solutions to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We believe we are one of the first to develop a risk-based pricing model utilizing technology and risk analytics focused on the non-prime credit industry. As a result, we believe we are leading the next generation of more responsible online credit providers for the New Middle Class.

Our products provide the following key benefits:

 

Ø   Competitive pricing and no hidden or punitive fees.     Our US products offer rates that we believe are typically 50% lower than many generally available alternatives from legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders, which have an average APR of almost 400%. Our products offer rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time based on successful loan payment history. For instance, as of June 30, 2015, approximately 60% of Rise customers in good standing had received a rate reduction. In addition, in order to help our customers facing financial hardships, we have eliminated “punitive” fees, including returned payment fees and late charges, among others.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Ø   Access and convenience.     We provide convenient, easy-to-use products via online and mobile platforms. Consumers are able to apply using an online application, which takes only minutes to complete. Credit determinations are made in seconds and over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. Funds are typically available next-day in the US and same-day in the UK.

 

Ø   Flexible payment terms and responsible lending features.     Customers can select a repayment schedule that fits their needs with no prepayment penalties. In addition, our products feature amortizing principal balances over the term of the loan, in contrast to balloon payments required by many legacy non-prime lenders, which often result in repeated refinancings and can lead to a cycle of debt. To ensure that consumers fully understand the product and their alternatives, we provide extensive “Know Before You Owe” disclosures as well as an industry-leading five-day period for customers to rescind their loan at no cost. Consistent with our goal of being sensitive to the unique needs of non-prime consumers, we also offer flexible solutions to help customers facing issues impacting their ability to make scheduled payments. Our solutions include notifications before payment processing, extended due dates, grace periods, payment plans and settlement offers.

 

Ø   Financial wellness features.     Our products include credit building and financial wellness programs, such as credit reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US) and online financial literacy videos and tools. Our goal is to help our customers improve their financial options and behaviors at no additional charge.

OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

Using our technology platform and proprietary risk analytics, we are able to offer our customers innovative credit solutions that place us as a leader among a new generation of more responsible, online non-prime lenders. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

 

Ø   Differentiated online products for non-prime consumers.     We are committed to our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.” Our products are “good today” due to their convenience, cost and flexibility. However, we go even further in creating credit products that can help enable customers to have a “better tomorrow.” Based on successful payment history, rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) can decrease over time, and we provide a path to prime credit for struggling consumers by reporting to credit bureaus, providing free credit monitoring (for US products), and offering online financial literacy videos and tools to help build better financial management skills.

 

Ø   Leading risk analytics.     As a result of our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have developed a unique approach to underwriting non-prime credit using segment-optimized analytics. Unlike simplistic scoring approaches that may be adequate for prime and near-prime consumers, our approach allows us to serve a broad set of customer segments within the non-prime market and across the numerous channels we use to reach them. Our team of over 35 data scientists utilizes thousands of data inputs to continually optimize our proprietary credit scoring model, which is currently in its 11th generation. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—Segment-optimized analytics—Segment specific credit scores.” Across the portfolio of products we currently offer, we have maintained stable credit quality as evidenced by credit loss rates of under 20% on the original principal loan balances. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.” Furthermore, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models allow not only for the scoring of a broad range of non-prime consumers, but also across a variety of products, channels, geographies and regulatory requirements.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Ø   Innovative and flexible technology platform.    Investment in our flexible and scalable technology platform has enabled us to rapidly grow and innovate new products—notably supporting the launch of our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Our proven technology platform provides for highly automated loan originations and cost-effective servicing. In addition, our platform is adaptable to allow us to deliver customizable online loan products to meet changing consumer preferences and respond to a dynamic regulatory environment. Further, our open architecture allows us to easily integrate best-in-class third party providers, including strategic partners, data sources and outsourced vendors, into our platform.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing approach.    We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to market directly to potential customers, which includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns, and strategic partnerships with affiliates. We have created unique capabilities to effectively identify and attract qualified customers, which supports our long-term growth objectives at target customer acquisition costs. We believe this approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisition while maximizing reach and enhancing brand awareness.

 

Ø   Seasoned management team with strong industry track record.    We have a seasoned team of senior executives with an average of over 15 years of experience in technology and financial services, led by Ken Rees, a financial services industry veteran with over 20 years of experience, who is regarded as one of the leading advocates of responsible credit in the non-prime lending space. The team oversaw the origination of $2.4 billion in credit to 2.7 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

To achieve our goal of being the preeminent online lender to the New Middle Class, we intend to execute the following strategies:

 

Ø   Continue to grow our current products into dominant brands.     The current generation of Rise, Elastic and Sunny were launched in 2013. Given strong consumer demand and organic growth potential, we believe that significant opportunities exist to expand these three products within their current markets via existing marketing channels. As non-prime consumers become increasingly familiar and comfortable with online financial services, we also plan to capture the new business generated as they migrate away from less convenient legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

 

Ø   Widen the spectrum of borrowers served.    We continue to evaluate new product and market opportunities that fit into our overall strategic objective of delivering next-generation online credit products that span the non-prime credit spectrum. For example, we are evaluating products with lower rates that would be more focused on the needs of near-prime consumers. In addition, we are continually focused on improving our analytics to effectively underwrite and serve consumers within those segments of the non-prime credit spectrum that we do not currently reach.

 

Ø   Increase operating leverage by expanding our relationship with existing customers.    Customer acquisition cost is one of the most significant expenses for online lenders. We will seek to expand our strong relationships with existing customers by providing qualified customers with new loans on improved terms or offering other products and services without incurring significant additional costs. We believe we can, as a result, provide improved products and services to our customers while, at the same time, achieving better operating leverage.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Ø   Expand strategic partnerships.    Our progressive non-prime credit solutions have attracted top-tier affiliate partners. We intend to continue growing our existing affiliate partnerships and will evaluate opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers and potentially enable non-prime customers to purchase their goods and services on credit. We expect these partnerships to provide us with access to a broad range of potential new customers, with low customer acquisition costs.

 

Ø   Expansion in select markets.    We will explore pursuing strategic opportunities to expand into additional international and domestic markets. However, we plan to take a disciplined approach to international expansion, utilizing customized products and in-market expertise. As reflected in our approach to entering the UK market, we believe that local teams with products developed for each unique local market will ultimately be the most successful. We currently do not expect to undertake any international expansion in the near term.

RISKS AFFECTING US

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in “Risk factors” beginning on page 16. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Ø   We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects.

 

Ø   Our historical information does not necessarily represent the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

 

Ø   Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future.

 

Ø   We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

 

Ø   The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations.

 

Ø   Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.

 

Ø   If the information provided by customers to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan, and any inability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk on a large scale could cause us to incur substantial losses, and our operating results, brand and reputation could be harmed.

 

Ø   Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, we have historically experienced a high rate of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, and our ability to price appropriately in response to this and other factors is essential. We rely on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results.

 

Ø   We currently depend on debt financing to finance most of the loans we originate. Our business could be adversely affected by a lack of sufficient debt financing at acceptable prices or disruptions in the credit markets, which could reduce our access to credit.

 

Ø   Risks related to our association with Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI.”

 

Ø   Other risks related to litigation, compliance, regulation and this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separate identifiable line of business of TFI. On May 1, 2014 were spun off from TFI.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109, and our telephone number is (817) 928-1500. Our website is www.elevate.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Elevate, Elastic, Rise, Sunny and other trademarks or service marks of Elevate appearing in this prospectus are the property of Elevate. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are therefore subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares to be offered by us

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under our financing agreement and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, director nominees, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1 million of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, director nominees or executive officers shall be subject to 180-day lock-ups. Any of these lock-up agreements will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described herein. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” proposed trading symbol

“ELVT”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 10,702,633 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015 and excludes 1,762,250 shares of common stock reserved and common stock available for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or “2014 Plan,” which comprises:

 

Ø   1,598,291 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $9.12 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $5.29 to $15.77;

 

Ø   23,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $20.72 per share; and

 

Ø   140,959 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options available for grant.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

Ø   a             -for-1 forward stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2015 on a one-to-one basis without additional consideration into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

Ø   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary historical and pro forma financial data

The following tables summarize our combined and consolidated financial data. You should read the summary combined and consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our combined and consolidated financial statements, the notes to our combined and consolidated financial statements and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed combined and consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited combined and consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and as of June 30, 2015 includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders, which we refer to as the “Spin-Off.” Our combined financial statements for periods prior to the Spin-Off reflect the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending business that was contributed to us. The combined statements of operations for periods prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for general overhead and corporate functions historically provided to the direct lending business. These allocations were made based on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocations methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods and have been included in our combined financial statements for periods prior to May 1, 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
Combined and consolidated statements of operations
data (dollars in thousands)
   2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 273,718      $ 72,095      $ 180,874      $ 102,562   

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     170,908        41,723        89,494        64,784   

Direct marketing costs

     60,166        23,811        27,017        26,040   

Other cost of sales

     10,603        6,305        6,398        4,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     241,677        71,839        122,909        95,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,041        256        57,965        7,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     48,010        21,257        28,934        22,295   

Professional services

     18,662        13,205        10,854        7,856   

Selling and marketing

     7,366        6,557        4,380        2,405   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,043        4,802        4,598        4,206   

Depreciation and equipment

     8,317        5,329        4,210        4,189   

Other

     2,766        1,510        1,598        1,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     93,164        52,660        54,574        42,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (61,123     (52,404     3,391        (35,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     (12,939     (60     (13,927     (2,906

Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain

     (1,408     (237     491          

Non-operating income

            572        5,528          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (14,347     275        (7,908     (2,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (75,470     (52,129     (4,517     (38,274

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,710     (8,771     577        (8,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (54,760     (43,358     (5,094     (29,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     135        (1,499            149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (54,625   $ (44,857   $ (5,094   $ (29,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (11.59   $ (9.66   $ (1.03   $ (6.37

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock – basic and diluted(1)

        

As adjusted(2)

        

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     4,711,794        4,643,133        4,949,376        4,643,133   

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted(1)

        

 

(1)   Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at both December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later.
(2)   Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, as adjusted, gives effect to (i) the sale by us of             shares of our common stock in this offering; (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of our common stock; and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Victory Park Capital credit facility, or the “VPC Facility,” as described in “Use of proceeds,” as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on June 30, 2015. The number of shares is computed based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

11


Table of Contents
     As of and for the years ended
December 31,
    As of and for the six months ended
June 30,
 

Other financial and operational data

(dollars in thousands, except as noted)

           2014                     2013                     2015                     2014          
                 (unaudited)  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (52,806   $ (47,075   $ 7,601      $ (31,178

Free cash flow(2)

     (47,358     (46,736     (12,646     (25,003

Number of new customer loans

     202,656        93,425        92,492        94,524   

Number of loans outstanding

     146,046        81,081        163,736        114,813   

Customer acquisition cost per new loan (in dollars)

     297        255        292        275   

Net charge-offs(3)

   $ 138,559      $ 30,649      $ 83,874      $ 45,130   

Additional provision for loan losses(3)

     32,349        11,074        5,620        19,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 170,908      $ 41,723      $ 89,494      $ 64,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(4)

     15     11     12     16

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     51     43     46     44

Total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     62     58     49     63

Combined loan loss reserve(5)

   $ 48,491      $ 16,826      $ 54,090      $ 36,672   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(5)

     22     21     22     24

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     202     251     189     207

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(4)

   $ 201,660      $ 72,753      $ 234,256      $ 139,845   

 

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss, adjusted to exclude: net interest expense primarily associated with notes payable under the VPC Facility used to fund our loans; foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations; depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets; adjustments to contingent consideration payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off; miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets related to discontinued operations; and income taxes. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Free cash flow is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Free cash flow represents our net cash from operating activities adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations–Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.
(3)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to provision for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

12


Table of Contents
(5)   Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans owned by the company plus the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the company. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to loan loss reserve, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of June 30, 2015
Selected consolidated balance sheet data (dollars in thousands)    Actual      Pro forma(1)      Pro forma as
adjusted(2)
     (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,584       $ 14,584      

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $49,307

     172,780         172,780      

Total assets

     283,330         283,330      

Total liabilities

     237,811         237,811      

Total convertible preferred stock

     6              

Total stockholders’ equity

     45,519         45,519      

 

(1)   The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at June 30, 2015 into 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The outstanding shares of our preferred stock were originally distributed to stockholders of TFI in connection with the Spin-Off. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock reduces total convertible preferred stock par value by $6,000 while increasing common stock by the same amount.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above, (ii) the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

At Elevate, we know that now more than ever there is a need to rethink traditional approaches to consumer credit. Decades-long macroeconomic trends and the recent financial crisis have resulted in a growing “New Middle Class” with little to no savings, urgent credit needs and limited options. Banks haven’t stepped up to serve this market and legacy non-prime lenders haven’t innovated. We believe that Elevate provides the answer.

We use technology and advanced analytics to provide consumers the relief they need today and the tools and resources to help them build a brighter financial future. We call this “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”

The rapid growth we’ve achieved stems from our unique perspective on the New Middle Class. We understand they are more than a single-dimensional credit score. They deserve access to credit, fair pricing, a path to lower rates and better credit, and to achieve their long-term financial goals—all through convenient online and mobile channels. With our innovative products, technology and analytics, we’re leading the path to progress.

Serving non-prime consumers represents a vast and untapped market opportunity. Banks have pulled away from non-prime consumers since the recession while more recent innovations in non-bank financial services have primarily focused on the needs of prime consumers. To make matters worse, “dead-end” products offered by legacy non-prime lenders can trap consumers in a “cycle of debt” and never solve for an even more pervasive problem we call the “cycle of non-prime.” We believe the New Middle Class deserves better. Where marketplace lenders are providing better options for prime consumers, online small business lenders are streamlining and enhancing access to credit for small businesses, and other technology-enabled lenders are rethinking the student loan market, Elevate is leading the transformation of the underserved non-prime credit market.

We believe we offer investors a tremendous opportunity to invest in a platform with a proven ability to grow, scale and innovate. We also think it’s important that before you invest you understand the core beliefs that drive our business:

We believe the highest cost credit is no credit at all.    Eliminating access to credit by forcing non-prime consumers to borrow from family and friends is irresponsible and ignores the real-world challenges and needs facing the New Middle Class. Our goal is to responsibly serve as many non-prime consumers as possible while maintaining sustainable margins and without compromising our commitment to lowering rates for our customers.

We believe non-prime credit needs to be priced to risk.    Serving non-prime customers means accepting a higher likelihood of default. However, instituting overly restrictive credit criteria or adding punitive fees and aggressive collections practices that create even more hardships for consumers is not the answer. At Elevate, we utilize risk-based pricing to achieve target margins with simple and transparent pricing. This means that our customers will pay the rate appropriate for their risk but won’t face hidden or punitive fees, and as a result, most of the credit we offer will be priced above rates generally available to prime consumers. Our goal is to balance the need to provide access to responsible credit with the need for sustainable profits.

We believe that further improvements in technology, analytics and scale should benefit our customers.    We are continually investing in advanced analytics that allow us to improve our underwriting capabilities. In addition, because we are a 100% online and mobile business, as we

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Letter from Ken Rees, CEO of Elevate

 

 

continue to grow we expect to generate economies of scale. We are committed to using these improvements to benefit our borrowers in the form of lower rates. As a result, we do not expect operating margins to grow above 20% over the long term. This is part of our commitment as a responsible lender, but also an important discipline that supports long-term growth and competitive differentiation.

We believe in “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”    The New Middle Class deserves responsible online and mobile credit products that meet their needs today and also provide them with a path to improve their financial future. Our products are competitively priced and convenient, have flexible payment options, and don’t have hidden or punitive fees. In addition, they have rates that can go down over time, are reported to credit bureaus, offer free credit score monitoring and provide financial wellness tools—all to help our customers build their brighter tomorrow. We believe this approach is the right thing to do and will result in a more successful long-term relationship with our customers.

We believe the need for non-prime credit is here to stay.    Ongoing changes in the regulatory environment will not eliminate the need for non-prime credit, but rather will evolve the way it is provided. Moreover, consumers continue to demand more convenience and speed of delivery for credit. Innovation is in our DNA, and we believe that nimble, technology-enabled lenders like Elevate will be able to adapt, thrive and continue to grow in a dynamic regulatory environment and serve expanding consumers expectations for credit.

Delivering on these core beliefs is powered by our people and a corporate culture driven by Elevate’s four company values: Think Big, Do the Right Thing, Win Together, and Raise the Bar. These are not just words on paper, they inspire us to innovate, adapt and always focus on improving the financial options available to the New Middle Class.

 

LOGO

Thank you for reading this letter. We are proud to serve the New Middle Class, and I hope you share our excitement about the incredible opportunity we have to provide the next generation of responsible, technology-driven credit solutions for non-prime consumers and build a successful, lasting company.

 

LOGO

Ken Rees

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face, but include the most significant factors currently known by us that make the offering speculative or risky. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects.

We were incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company, in January 2014 and became a stand-alone company in May 2014 following the Spin-Off and, as such, have a very limited operating history as a stand-alone company. Although our management team has many years of experience in the non-prime lending industry, we also operate in an evolving industry that may not develop as expected. Assessing the future prospects of our business is challenging in light of both known and unknown risks and difficulties we may encounter. Growth prospects in non-prime lending can be affected by a wide variety of factors including:

 

Ø   Competition from other online and traditional lenders;

 

Ø   Regulatory limitations on the products we can offer and markets we can serve;

 

Ø   Other changes in the regulation of non-prime lending;

 

Ø   Access to important marketing channels such as:

 

  ¡    Direct mail;

 

  ¡    TV and mass media;

 

  ¡    Search engine marketing; and

 

  ¡    Strategic partnerships with affiliates;

 

Ø   Changes in consumer behavior;

 

Ø   Access to adequate financing;

 

Ø   Increasingly sophisticated fraudulent borrowing and online theft;

 

Ø   Challenges with new products and new markets; and

 

Ø   Fluctuations in the credit markets and demand for credit.

We may not be able to successfully address these factors, which could negatively impact our growth, harm our business and cause our operating results to be worse than expected.

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Our historical information does not necessarily represent the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

We have a very limited operating history as a stand-alone company. See “—We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future growth prospects” above. As a result of the Spin-Off, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us. The historical financial information we have included in this prospectus may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. This is primarily because:

 

Ø   our historical financial information reflects allocations for services historically provided to us by TFI, which allocations may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar services in the future as a stand-alone company; and

 

Ø   our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to incur in the future as a result of our separation from TFI and from reduced economies of scale, including changes in the cost structure, personnel needs, financing and operations of our business.

Following this offering, we also will be responsible for the additional costs associated with being a public company, including costs related to corporate governance and having listed and registered securities. Therefore, our financial statements may not be indicative of our future performance as a stand-alone public company. For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, please see “Summary historical and pro forma financial data,” “Selected historical consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future.

Our revenues grew to $274 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 from $72 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 and to $181 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $103 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. It is possible that, in the future, even if our revenues continue to increase, our rate of revenue growth could decline, either because of external factors affecting the growth of our business or because we are not able to scale effectively as we grow. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have a history of losses and may not achieve consistent profitability in the future.

We generated net losses of $55 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, $45 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, $5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $30 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $39 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenues in future periods in order to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability.

As we grow, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

Ø   personnel, including significant increases to the total compensation we pay our employees as we grow our employee headcount;

 

Ø   marketing, including expenses relating to increased direct marketing efforts;

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   product development, including the continued development of our proprietary scoring methodology;

 

Ø   diversification of our funding sources;

 

Ø   office space, as we increase the space we need for our growing employee base; and

 

Ø   general administration, including legal, accounting and other compliance expenses related to being a public company.

These expenditures are expected to increase and may adversely affect our ability to achieve and sustain profitability as we grow. In addition, we record our provision for loan losses as an expense to account for the possibility that some loans may not be repaid in full. We expect the aggregate amount of loan loss provision to grow as we increase the number and total amount of loans we make to new customers.

Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenues enough to offset our higher operating expenses. We may incur losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock may significantly decrease.

The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations.

Both state and federal governments in the US and regulatory bodies in the UK may seek to impose new laws, regulatory restrictions or licensing requirements that affect the products or services we offer, the terms on which we may offer them, and the disclosure, compliance and reporting obligations we must fulfill in connection with our lending business. They may also interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways that could restrict our ability to continue our current methods of operation or to expand operations, impose significant additional compliance costs and may have a negative effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. In some cases these measures could even directly prohibit some or all of our current business activities in certain jurisdictions, or render them unprofitable or impractical to continue.

In recent years, consumer loans, and in particular the category commonly referred to as “payday loans,” have come under increased regulatory scrutiny that has resulted in increasingly restrictive regulations and legislation that makes offering consumer loans in certain states in the US or the UK less profitable or unattractive. Laws or regulations in some states in the US require that all borrowers of certain short-term loan products be reported to a centralized database and limit the number of loans a borrower may receive or have outstanding. See “—The CFPB has announced that it will soon promulgate new rules affecting the consumer lending industry, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations may significantly restrict the conduct of our US consumer lending business.”

Certain consumer advocacy groups and federal and state legislators and regulators have advocated that laws and regulations should be tightened so as to severely limit, if not eliminate, some kinds of non-prime loan products and services, and this has resulted in both the executive and legislative branches of the US federal government and state governmental bodies pursuing legislation that could further regulate consumer loan products and services such as those that we offer. The US Congress, as well as state legislatures and other state and federal governmental authorities have debated, and may in the future adopt, legislation or regulations that could, among other things, place a cap (or decrease a current cap) on the interest or fees that we can charge or a cap on the effective annual percentage rate that limits the amount of interest or fees that may be charged, limit origination fees for loans, require changes to

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

underwriting or collections practices, require short-term lenders to be bonded or require lenders to report consumer loan activity to databases designed to monitor or restrict consumer borrowing activity, impose “cooling off” periods between the time a loan is paid off and another loan is obtained, require an ability to repay analysis before loans can be originated or prohibit us from providing any of our consumer loan products in the US to active duty military personnel, active members of the National Guard or members on active reserve duty and their immediate dependents. For instance, the rules under the Military Lending Act, or “MLA,” were recently amended to restrict the interest rate and other terms that can be offered to certain active duty military personnel and their spouses and dependents. The amended MLA rules became effective on October 1, 2015 and will apply to transactions consummated or established after October 3, 2016 for all credit products subject to the rules except credit cards, which have a later operative date. The MLA, as amended, covers the Elastic and Rise products and will restrict our ability to offer our products to military personnel and their dependents when the amendments become operative in October 2016. Failure to comply with the MLA may limit our ability to collect principal, interest, and fees from borrowers and may result in civil and criminal liability that could harm our business.

Significant new laws and regulations have also been adopted in the UK, and additional new laws and regulations will continue to be imposed. See “—The UK has imposed, and continues to impose, increased regulation of the short-term high-cost credit industry with the stated expectation that some firms will exit the market” below for additional information.

We cannot currently assess the likelihood of any future unfavorable federal, state, local or foreign legislation or regulations being proposed or enacted that could affect the products and services we offer. We closely monitor proposed legislation in jurisdictions where we offer loan products. Additional legislative or regulatory provisions could be enacted that could severely restrict, prohibit or eliminate our ability to offer a consumer loan product. In addition, under statutory authority, US state regulators have broad discretionary power and may impose new licensing requirements, interpret or enforce existing regulatory requirements in different ways or issue new administrative rules, even if not contained in state statutes, that could adversely affect the way we do business and may force us to terminate or modify our operations in particular states or affect our ability to obtain new licenses or renew the licenses we hold.

In order to serve our non-prime customers profitably we need to sufficiently price the risk of the transaction into the annual percentage rate, or “APR,” of our loans. If individual states or the US federal government or regulators in the UK impose rate caps lower than those at which we can operate our current business profitably or otherwise impose stricter limits on non-prime lending, we would need to exit such states or dramatically reduce our rate of growth by limiting our products to customers with higher creditworthiness.

Legislation that would create low rate caps or that would otherwise adversely impact Rise, our installment loan product, is occasionally introduced in the legislatures of some of the states where we have a license to originate loans. If one of the states where we are currently offering or hope in the future to offer Rise loans changes its legislation in a way that would make it difficult or impossible to offer this product at acceptable margins, we may choose to exit the state or alter our expansion plans, which would reduce our revenues and operating margins. A regulatory change that reduces the rate that can be charged in a state or across the US or UK would cause us to reduce the number of customers we serve and/or lead to higher losses as a percentage of revenues and/or higher customer acquisition costs.

Similarly, if Elevate products were required to receive and review additional documentation from consumers such as bank statements, photo identification or pay stubs, this added inconvenience may result in lower consumer applications and loans, which would adversely affect our growth.

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Furthermore, legislative or regulatory actions may be influenced by negative perceptions of us and our industry, even if such negative perceptions are inaccurate, attributable to conduct by third parties not affiliated with us (such as other industry members) or attributable to matters not specific to our industry.

Any of these or other legislative or regulatory actions that affect our consumer loan business at the national, state, international and local level could, if enacted or interpreted differently, have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows and prohibit or directly or indirectly impair our ability to continue current operations.

Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.

When making loans in the US, we use the Automated Clearing House, or “ACH,” system to deposit loan proceeds into our customers’ bank accounts. This includes loans that we originate as well as Elastic loans (originated by Republic Bank & Trust Company, or “Republic Bank”) and Rise loans made through the credit services organization, or “CSO,” programs. These products also depend on the ACH system to collect amounts due by withdrawing funds from customers’ bank accounts when the customer has provided authorization to do so. ACH transactions are processed by banks, and if these banks cease to provide ACH processing services or are not allowed to do so, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative ACH processors are not available.

It has been reported that actions by the US Department of Justice, or the “Justice Department,” the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” and certain state regulators, referred to as Operation Choke Point, appear to be intended to discourage banks and ACH payment processors from providing access to the ACH system for certain short-term consumer loan providers that they believe are operating illegally, cutting off their access to the ACH system to either debit or credit customer accounts (or both). According to published reports, the Justice Department issued subpoenas to banks and payment processors and the FDIC and other regulators were reported to have used bank oversight examinations to discourage banks from providing access to the ACH system to certain online lenders. In August 2013, the Department of Financial Services of the State of New York, or the “NYDFS,” sent letters to approximately 35 online short-term consumer loan companies (which did not include us as we do not offer consumer loans in New York) demanding that they cease and desist offering illegal payday loans to New York consumers and also sent letters to over 100 banks, as well as the National Automated Clearing House Association, or “NACHA,” which oversees the ACH network, requesting that they work with the NYDFS to cut off ACH system access to New York customer accounts for illegal payday lenders. NACHA, in turn, requested that its participants review origination activity for these 35 online short-term consumer loan companies and advise NACHA whether it had terminated these lenders’ access to the ACH system or, if not, the basis for not doing so. NACHA also requested that participants review ACH origination activities related to other online loan companies and to terminate any ACH system access that would violate NACHA rules, which would include, according to NACHA, any authorizations to use the ACH system to pay illegal short-term consumer loans that are unenforceable under state law. Maryland’s Division of Financial Regulation has also been reported to have taken steps to stop banks in Maryland from processing illegal payday loans in its state, and the California Department of Business Oversight is reported to have similarly directed state-licensed banks and credit unions to monitor transactions with any unlicensed lenders.

This heightened regulatory scrutiny by the Justice Department, the FDIC and other regulators has caused some banks and ACH payment processors to cease doing business with consumer lenders who are

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

operating legally, without regard to whether those lenders are complying with applicable laws, simply to avoid the risk of heightened scrutiny or even litigation. These actions have reduced the number of banks and payment processors who provide ACH payment processing services and could conceivably make it increasingly difficult to find banking partners and payment processors in the future and/or lead to significantly increased costs for these services. If we are unable to maintain access to needed services on favorable terms, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative processors are not available.

Furthermore, NACHA announced certain rule amendments effective September 18, 2015, which reduced the return rate threshold for unauthorized debit entries and established an inquiry process for administrative and over all debit return rates. Return rates in excess of the guidelines prescribed by the rule may trigger an inquiry and review process by NACHA.

If we lost access to the ACH system because our payment processor was unable or unwilling to access the ACH system on our behalf we would experience a significant reduction in customer loan payments. Although we would notify consumers that they would need to make their loan payments via physical check, debit card, or other method of payment a large number of customers would likely go into default because they are expecting automated payment processing. Similarly, if regulatory changes limited our access to the ACH system or reduced the number of times ACH transactions could be re-presented, we would experience higher losses.

If the information provided by customers to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan, and any inability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk on a large scale could cause us to incur substantial losses, and our operating results, brand and reputation could be harmed.

For the loans we originate through Rise and Sunny, our growth is largely predicated on effective loan underwriting resulting in acceptable customer profitability. This is equally important for the Rise loans in Texas and Ohio and the Elastic lines of credit originated by unaffiliated third parties. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of Our Results of Operations—Revenues.” Lending decisions by such originating lenders are made using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which we license to them. Lending decisions are based partly on information provided by loan applicants. To the extent that these applicants provide information in a manner that is unverifiable, the credit score delivered by our proprietary scoring methodology may not accurately reflect the associated risk. In addition, data provided by third party sources is a significant component of the decision methodology and this data may contain inaccuracies. Our resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools, which are used to originate loans or lines of credit, as applicable, under Rise, Sunny and Elastic, may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Inaccurate analysis of credit data that could result from false loan application information could harm our reputation, business and operating results.

In addition, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models use identity and fraud checks analyzing data provided by external databases to authenticate each customer’s identity. The level of our fraud charge-offs and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. Online lenders are particularly subject to fraud because of the lack of face-to-face interactions and document review. If applicants assume false identities to defraud the company or consumers simply have no intent to repay the money they have borrowed the related portfolio of loans will exhibit higher loan losses. We have recently and may in the future incur substantial losses and our

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

business operations could be disrupted if we or the originating lenders are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, we made changes to our fraud control environment in connection with a new marketing strategy that we were testing, which, when combined with certain factors, including certain staffing constraints, had unintended consequences resulting in certain fraudulent loans being originated. We increased our reserve for loan losses by $6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 as a result of these loans. We believe we have identified and, by improving our control environment and hiring additional staff, remediated the root causes of the vulnerability that principally contributed to this instance of fraud.

Since fraud is perpetrated by increasingly sophisticated individuals and “rings” of criminals, it is important for us to continue to update and improve the fraud detection and prevention capabilities of our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. If these efforts are unsuccessful then credit quality and customer profitability will erode. If credit and/or fraud losses increased significantly due to inadequacies in underwriting or new fraud trends, new customer originations may need to be reduced until credit and fraud losses returned to target levels, and business could contract.

It may be difficult or impossible to recoup funds underlying loans made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud. Loan losses are currently the largest cost as a percentage of revenues across each of Rise, Sunny and Elastic. If credit or fraud losses were to rise, this would significantly reduce our profitability. High profile fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and require us, and the originating lenders, to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

Any of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, we have historically experienced a high rate of net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, and our ability to price appropriately in response to this and other factors is essential. We rely on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models in the forecasting of loss rates. If we are unable to effectively forecast loss rates, it may negatively impact our operating results.

Our net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 were 51%, 43% and 46%, respectively. Because of the non-prime nature of our customers, it is essential that our products are appropriately priced, taking this and all other relevant factors into account. In making a decision whether to extend credit to prospective customers, and the terms on which we or the originating lenders are willing to provide credit, including the price, we and the originating lenders rely heavily on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which comprise an empirically derived suite of statistical models built using third party data, data from customers and our credit experience gained through monitoring the performance of customers over time. Our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models are based on previous historical experience. Typically, however, our models will become less effective over time and need to be rebuilt regularly to perform optimally. This is particularly true in the context of our preapproved direct mail campaigns. If our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models are not rebuilt or if they do not perform up to target standards the products will experience increasing defaults or higher customer acquisition costs.

Our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models are also highly reliant on access to third party data sources. If these data sources are not available at time of credit decisioning or if the companies that have

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

aggregated this data are no longer able or willing to provide this data to us, our products will experience higher defaults or higher customer acquisition costs. Similarly, if the data becomes corrupted in some fashion or is improperly processed by our underwriting systems we, and the originating lenders, will experience reduced underwriting accuracy and consequently higher defaults or customer acquisition costs.

If our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models fail to adequately predict the creditworthiness of customers, or if they fail to assess prospective customers’ financial ability to repay their loans, or if any portion of the information pertaining to the prospective customer is false, inaccurate or incomplete, and our systems do not detect such falsities, inaccuracies or incompleteness, or any or all of the other components of the credit decision process described herein fails, higher than forecasted losses may result. Furthermore, if we are unable to access the third party data used in our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, or access to such data is limited, the ability to accurately evaluate potential customers using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models will be compromised, and we may be unable to effectively predict probable credit losses inherent in the resulting loan portfolio, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Additionally, if we make errors in the development and validation of any of the models or tools used to underwrite loans, such loans may result in higher delinquencies and losses. Moreover, if future performance of customer loans differs from past experience, which experience has informed the development of our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, delinquency rates and losses could increase.

If our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models were unable to effectively price credit to the risk of the customer, lower margins would result. Either our losses would be higher than anticipated due to “underpricing” products or customers may refuse to accept the loan if products are perceived as “overpriced.” Additionally, an inability to effectively forecast loss rates could also inhibit our ability to borrow from our debt facilities, which could further hinder our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We currently depend on debt financing to finance most of the loans we originate. Our business could be adversely affected by a lack of sufficient debt financing at acceptable prices or disruptions in the credit markets, which could reduce our access to credit.

We primarily rely on debt financing to support the growth of our originated portfolios, Rise and Sunny. However, we cannot guarantee that financing will continue to be available beyond the current maturity date of our debt facilities, on reasonable terms or at all. Presently our debt financing for Rise and Sunny comes from a single source, Victory Park Management, LLC, or “VPC,” an affiliate of Victory Park Capital. If VPC became unwilling or unable to provide debt financing to us at prices acceptable to us we would need to secure additional debt financing or reduce loan originations significantly. As the volume of loans that we make to customers increases, we may require the expansion of our borrowing capacity on our existing debt facilities or the addition of new sources of capital. The availability of these financing sources depends on many factors, some of which are outside of our control.

We may also experience the occurrence of events of default or breaches of financial or performance covenants under our debt agreements, which are currently secured by all our assets. Any such occurrence or breach could result in the reduction or termination of our access to institutional funding or increase our cost of funding. Certain of these covenants are tied to our customer default rates, which may be

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

significantly affected by factors, such as economic downturns or general economic conditions beyond our control and beyond the control of individual customers. In particular, loss rates on customer loans may increase due to factors such as prevailing interest rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer and business confidence, commercial real estate values, the value of the US dollar, energy prices, changes in consumer and business spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, disruptions in the credit markets and other factors. Increases in the cost of capital would reduce our net profit margins.

Similarly, the loan portfolio for Elastic, which is originated by a third-party lender, gets funding as a result of the purchase of a participation interest in the loans it originates from Elastic SPV, Ltd., or “Elastic SPV,” a Cayman Island entity that purchases such participations. Elastic SPV has a loan facility with VPC for its funding, for which we provide credit support, and we have entered into a credit default swap facility with Elastic SPV that provides protection for loan losses. A voluntary or involuntary halt to this program would result in the originating lender halting further loan originations until a new financing partner could be identified.

In the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we cannot be sure that we will be able to maintain necessary levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments or the liquidation of certain assets. If we were to be unable to arrange new or alternative methods of financing on favorable terms, we may have to curtail our origination of loans or recommend that the originating lenders curtail their origination of credit, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In the future, we may seek to access the debt capital markets to obtain capital to finance growth. However, our future access to the debt capital markets could be restricted due to a variety of factors, including a deterioration of our earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, or overall business or industry prospects, adverse regulatory changes, a disruption to or deterioration in the state of the capital markets or a negative bias toward our industry by market participants. Disruptions and volatility in the capital markets could also cause banks and other credit providers to restrict availability of new credit. Due to the negative bias toward our industry, commercial banks and other lenders have restricted access to available credit to participants in our industry, and we may have more limited access to commercial bank lending than other businesses. Our ability to obtain additional financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing capital market conditions, and a potential disruption in the capital markets may adversely affect our efforts to arrange additional financing on terms that are satisfactory to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations, make future investments, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities, or respond to competitive challenges and this, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to advance our strategic plans. Additionally, if the capital and credit markets experience volatility, and the availability of funds is limited, third parties with whom we do business may incur increased costs or business disruption and this could adversely affect our business relationships with such third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Any decrease in our access to preapproved marketing lists from credit bureaus or other developments impacting our use of direct mail marketing could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

We market Rise and Sunny and provide marketing services to the originating lender in connection with Elastic. Direct mailings of preapproved loan offers to potential loan customers comprise one of the most

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

important marketing channels for both the loans we originate, as well as those originated by third-party lenders. We estimate that approximately 52% and 98% of new Rise and Elastic loan customers, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2015 obtained loans as a result of receiving such preapproved loan offers. Our marketing techniques identify candidates for preapproved loan mailings in part through the use of preapproved marketing lists purchased from credit bureaus. If access to such preapproved marketing lists were lost or limited due to regulatory changes prohibiting credit bureaus from sharing such information or for other reasons, our growth could be significantly adversely affected. If the cost of obtaining such lists increases significantly, it could substantially increase customer acquisition costs and decrease profitability.

Similarly, federal or state regulators or legislators could limit access to these preapproved marketing lists with the same effect.

In addition, preapproved direct mailings may become a less effective marketing tool due to over-penetration of direct mailing lists. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We rely in part on relationships with marketing affiliates to originate our loans. These relationships are generally non-exclusive and subject to termination, and the growth of our customer base could be adversely affected if any of our marketing affiliate relationships are terminated or the number of referrals we receive from marketing affiliates is reduced.

We rely on strategic marketing affiliate relationships with certain companies for referrals of some of the customers to whom we issue loans, and our growth depends in part on the growth of these referrals. In 2014 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, loans issued to Rise customers referred to us by our strategic partners constituted 12%, 8%, 17% and 7% of total Rise loan originations, respectively. Additionally, in 2014 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, loans issued to Sunny customers through strategic partners constituted 41%, 37%, 27% and 47% of total Sunny loan originations, respectively. Many of our marketing affiliate relationships do not contain exclusivity provisions that would prevent such marketing affiliates from providing customer referrals to competing companies. In addition, the agreements governing these partnerships, generally, contain termination provisions, including provisions that in certain circumstances would allow our partners to terminate if convenient, that, if exercised, would terminate our relationship with these partners. These agreements also contain no requirement that a marketing affiliate refer us any minimum number of customers. There can be no assurance that these marketing affiliates will not terminate our relationship with them or continue referring business to us in the future, and a termination of any of these relationships or reduction in customer referrals to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our success and future growth depend significantly on our successful marketing efforts, and if such efforts are not successful, our business and financial results may be harmed.

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to marketing efforts, including for the Elastic product, particularly as we continue to grow, introduce new loan products and expand into new states. Our ability to attract qualified borrowers depends in large part on the success of these marketing efforts and the success of the marketing channels we use to promote our products. Our marketing channels include social media and the press, online affiliations, search engine optimization, search engine marketing, offline partnerships, preapproved direct mailings and television advertising. If any of our

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

current marketing channels become less effective, if we are unable to continue to use any of these channels, if the cost of using these channels were to significantly increase or if we are not successful in generating new channels, we may not be able to attract new borrowers in a cost-effective manner or convert potential borrowers into active borrowers. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in website traffic and in the number of loans made by visitors to product websites, or if we discontinue our broad marketing campaigns, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are dependent on third parties to support several key aspects of our business, and the failure of such parties to continue to provide services to us in the current manner and at the current rates would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

The Elastic line of credit product, which is originated by a third-party lender and contributed approximately 0.03% and 0.7% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, and the portions of the Rise installment loan product that we offer through CSO programs, which contributed approximately 17.0% and 9.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, depend in part on the willingness and ability of unaffiliated third party lenders to make loans to customers. Additionally, as described above, our business, including our Elastic loans and Rise loans made through the CSO programs, depends on the ACH system, and ACH transactions are processed by third-party banks. See “—Regulators and payment processors are scrutinizing certain online lenders’ access to the Automated Clearing House system to disburse and collect loan proceeds and repayments, and any interruption or limitation on our ability to access this critical system would materially adversely affect our business.” We also utilize many other third parties to provide services to facilitate lending, loan underwriting, payment processing, customer service, collections and recoveries, as well as to support and maintain certain of our communication systems and information systems.

The loss of the relationship with any of these third party lenders and service providers, and an inability to replace them or the failure of any of these third parties to provide its products or services, to maintain its quality and consistency or to have the ability to provide its products and services, could disrupt our operations, cause us to terminate product offerings, result in lost customers and substantially decrease the revenues and earnings of our business. Our revenues and earnings could also be adversely affected if any of those third party providers make material changes to the products or services that we rely on or increase the price of their services.

Elevate uses third parties for the majority of its collections and recovery activities. If those parties were unable or unwilling to provide those services for Elevate products we would experience higher defaults until those functions could be adequately staffed and trained internally.

Any of these events could result in a loss of revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The profitability of the line of credit product we offer, Elastic, could be adversely affected by policy or pricing decisions made by the originating lender.

We do not originate and do not ultimately control the pricing or functionality of Elastic, the line of credit product we offer. Instead, Republic Bank, which originates the loans, has licensed our technology and underwriting services and makes all key decisions regarding Elastic marketing, underwriting, product features and pricing. We generate revenues from the Elastic product through marketing and technology

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

licensing fees paid by Republic Bank, and through a credit default swap agreement we entered into with Elastic SPV, which purchases participations in Elastic loans from Republic Bank. If Republic Bank changes its pricing, underwriting or marketing of Elastic in a way that decreases revenues or increases losses, then the profitability of each loan could be reduced. Although this would not reduce the revenues that we receive for marketing and technology licensing services, it would reduce the revenues that we receive from our credit default swap agreement with Elastic SPV.

Any of the above changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to continue to offer Elastic would be adversely affected by a degradation in our relationship with Republic Bank.

The structure of the Elastic product exposes us to risks associated with being reliant on Republic Bank as the originating lender. If our relationship with Republic Bank were to degrade, or if Republic Bank were to terminate the various agreements associated with the Elastic product, we may not be able to find another suitable originating lender and new arrangements, if any, may result in significantly increased costs to us. Because line of credit products are relatively more difficult to establish under state law, any inability to find another originating lender would adversely affect our ability to continue to offer Elastic, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Decreased demand for non-prime loans as a result of increased savings or income could result in a loss of revenues or decline in profitability if we are unable to successfully adapt to such changes.

The demand for non-prime loan products in the markets we serve could decline due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that reduce customer access to particular products, the availability of competing or alternative products or changes in customers’ financial conditions, particularly increases in income or savings. For instance, an increase in state or federal minimum wage requirements could decrease demand for non-prime loans. Additionally, a change in focus from borrowing to saving (such as has happened in some countries) would reduce demand. Should we fail to adapt to a significant change in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products, our revenues could decrease significantly. Even if we make adaptations or introduce new products to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject products whose adaptations make them less attractive or less available. Such decreased demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

A decline in economic conditions could result in decreased demand for our loans or cause our customers’ default rates to increase, harming our operating results.

Uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions in the US and abroad, including significant tightening of credit markets and a general decline in the value of real property, historically have created a difficult environment for companies in the lending industry. Many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may impact our consolidated results of operations or financial condition or affect our borrowers’ willingness or capacity to make payments on their loans. These factors include: unemployment levels, housing markets, rising living expenses, energy costs and interest rates, as well as major medical expenses, divorce or death that affect our borrowers. If we experience an economic downturn or if the US economy is unable to sustain its recovery from the most recent financial crisis, or if we become affected by other events beyond our control, we may experience a significant reduction in

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

revenues, earnings and cash flows, difficulties accessing capital and a deterioration in the value of our investments. We may also become exposed to increased credit risk from customers and third parties who have obligations to us or to the originating lenders with respect to Elastic, or Rise, as it relates to the loans in Texas and Ohio. Moreover, non-prime borrowers have historically been and will likely continue to be more severely affected by adverse macroeconomic conditions.

Credit quality is driven by the ability and willingness of customers to make their loan payments. If customers face rising unemployment or reduced wages, defaults may increase. Similarly, if customers experience rising living expenses (for instance due to rising gas, energy, or food costs) they may be unable to make loan payments. An economic slowdown could also result in a decreased number of loans being made to customers due to higher unemployment or an increase in loan defaults in our loan products. The underwriting standards used for our products may need to be tightened in response to such conditions, which would likely reduce loan balances, and collecting defaulted loans could become more difficult, which could lead to an increase in loan losses. If a customer defaults on a loan, the loan enters a collections process where, including as a result of contractual agreements with the originating lenders, our systems and collections teams initiate contact with the customer for payments owed. If a loan is subsequently charged off, the loan is generally sold to a third party collection agency and the resulting proceeds from such sales comprise only a small fraction of the remaining amount payable on the loan.

There can be no assurance that economic conditions will remain favorable for our business or that demand for loans or default rates by customers will remain at current levels. Reduced demand for loans would negatively impact our growth and revenues, while increased default rates by customers may inhibit our access to capital, hinder the growth of the loan portfolio attributable to our products and negatively impact our profitability. Either such result could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are operating in a highly competitive environment and face increasing competition from a variety of traditional and new lending institutions, including other online lending companies. This competition could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have many competitors. Our principal competitors are consumer loan companies, CSOs, online lenders, credit card companies, consumer finance companies, pawnshops and other financial institutions that offer similar financial services. Many other financial institutions or other businesses that do not now offer products or services directed toward our traditional customer base could begin doing so. Significant increases in the number and size of competitors for our business could result in a decrease in the number of loans that we fund, resulting in lower levels of revenues and earnings in these categories. Many of these competitors are larger than us, have significantly more resources and greater brand recognition than we do, and may be able to attract customers more effectively than we do.

Competitors of our business may operate, or begin to operate, under business models less focused on legal and regulatory compliance, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Additionally, negative perceptions about these models could cause legislators or regulators to pursue additional industry restrictions that could affect the business model under which we operate. To the extent that these models gain acceptance among consumers, small businesses and investors or face less onerous regulatory restrictions than we do, we may be unable to replicate their business practices or otherwise compete with them effectively, which could cause demand for the products we currently offer to decline substantially.

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

When new competitors seek to enter one of our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share, they sometimes undercut the pricing and/or credit terms prevalent in that market, which could adversely affect our market share or ability to exploit new market opportunities. Elevate products compete at least partly based on rate comparison with other credit products used by non-prime consumers. However, non-prime consumers by definition have a higher propensity for default and as a result need to be charged higher rates of interest to generate adequate profit margins. If existing competitors significantly reduced their rates or lower priced competitors enter the market and offer credit to customers at a lower rates, the pricing and credit terms we or the originating lenders offer could deteriorate if we or the originating lenders act to meet these competitive challenges. Any such action may result in lower customer acquisition volumes and higher costs per new customer.

“Near-prime” competitors may aggressively target customers with lower rate offers. The number of “prime” oriented technology-enabled lenders has grown dramatically following the success of providers such as Lending Club and Prosper. Although these new entrants have largely focused on higher FICO score customers, if a well-funded new entrant targeted “near-prime” consumers with lower rate loans, the overall credit quality of the portfolio of loans attributable to our products could erode, with the better quality consumers migrating to new products.

We may be unable to compete successfully against any or all of our current or future competitors. As a result, our products could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations. Any such changes in our competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Customer complaints or negative public perception of our business could result in a decline in our customer growth and our business could suffer.

Our reputation is very important to attracting new customers to our platform as well as securing repeat lending to existing customers. While we believe that we have a good reputation and that we provide customers with a superior experience, there can be no assurance that we will continue to maintain a good relationship with customers or avoid negative publicity.

In recent years, consumer advocacy groups and some media reports have advocated governmental action to prohibit or place severe restrictions on short-term and high-cost consumer loans. Such consumer advocacy groups and media reports generally focus on the annual percentage rate for this type of consumer loan, which is compared unfavorably to the interest typically charged by banks to consumers with top-tier credit histories. The finance charges assessed by us, the originating lenders and others in the industry can attract media publicity about the industry and be perceived as controversial. If the negative characterization of the types of loans we offer, including those originated through third-party lenders, becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for any or all of our consumer loan products could significantly decrease, which could materially affect our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Additionally, if the negative characterization of these types of loans is accepted by legislators and regulators, we could become subject to more restrictive laws and regulations applicable to consumer loan products that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters—even if related to seemingly isolated

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

incidents, or even if related to practices not specific to short-term loans, such as debt collection—could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential customers, which would make it difficult to attract new customers and retain existing customers, significantly decrease the demand for our products, result in increased regulatory scrutiny, and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our business depends on the uninterrupted operation of our systems and business functions, including our information technology and other business systems, as well as the ability of such systems to support compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Our business is highly dependent upon customers’ ability to access our website and the ability of our employees and those of the originating lenders, as well as third party service providers, to perform, in an efficient and uninterrupted fashion, necessary business functions, such as internet support, call center activities and processing and servicing of loans. Problems with the IQ Technology Platform running our systems, or a shut-down of or inability to access the facilities in which our internet operations and other technology infrastructure are based, such as a power outage, a failure of one or more of our information technology, telecommunications or other systems, cyber-attacks on, or sustained or repeated disruptions of, such systems could significantly impair our ability to perform such functions on a timely basis and could result in a deterioration of our ability to underwrite, approve and process loans (or support such functions with regard to Elastic lines of credit), provide customer service, perform collections activities, or perform other necessary business functions. Any such interruption could reduce new customer acquisition and negatively impact growth, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our systems and those of third parties on whom we rely must consistently be capable of compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and timely modification to comply with new or amended requirements. Any systems problems going forward could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and security breaches and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks and to respond to cyber incidents.

Our business involves the storage and transmission of consumers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation and potential liability. We are entirely dependent on the secure operation of our websites and systems as well as the operation of the internet generally. While we have incurred no material cyber-attacks or security breaches to date, a number of other companies have disclosed cyber-attacks and security breaches, some of which have involved intentional attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or both. Although we devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to us and our customers, our security measures may not provide absolute security. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties outside the company such as persons who are involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile and other internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

applications or expand into new countries. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs, customer and/or supplier perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and could result in the loss of customers, suppliers or both. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, and engage third party experts and consultants.

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems could cause serious negative consequences, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or systems or those of our customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure, and harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, our applicants provide personal information, including bank account information when applying for loans. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, including customer bank account and other personal information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect transaction data being breached or compromised. Data breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues.

Our servers are also vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions, including “denial-of-service” type attacks. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Security breaches, including any breach of our systems or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of consumers’ personal information, could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. In addition, many of the third parties who provide products, services or support to us could also experience any of the above cyber risks or security breaches, which could impact our customers and our business and could result in a loss of customers, suppliers or revenues.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to collect payment on loans and maintain accurate accounts may be adversely affected by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, technical errors and similar disruptions.

The automated nature of our platform may make it an attractive target for hacking and potentially vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our platform, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, in which case there would be an increased risk of fraud or identity theft, and we may experience losses on, or delays in the collection of amounts owed on, a fraudulently induced loan. In addition, the software that we have developed to use in our daily operations is highly complex and may contain undetected technical errors that could cause our computer systems to fail. Because each loan made involves our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, and over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required, any failure of our computer systems involving our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models and any technical or other errors contained in the software pertaining to our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models could compromise the ability to accurately evaluate potential customers, which would negatively

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

impact our results of operations. Furthermore, any failure of our computer systems could cause an interruption in operations and result in disruptions in, or reductions in the amount of, collections from the loans we made to customers. If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for borrowers, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect borrower data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of borrowers, loss of revenues or liability for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Security breaches of customers’ confidential information that we store may harm our reputation and expose us to liability.

We store customers’ bank information, credit information and other sensitive data. Any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access could cause the theft and criminal use of this data. Security breaches or unauthorized access to confidential information could also expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and negative publicity. If security measures are breached because of third party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, or if design flaws in our software are exposed and exploited, and, as a result, a third party obtains unauthorized access to customer data, our relationships with customers will be severely damaged, and we could incur significant liability.

Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we and our third party hosting facilities may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, many states have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach are costly to implement and often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether actual or perceived, would harm our reputation, and result in lost customers, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Credit and other information that we receive from third parties about a borrower may be inaccurate or may not accurately reflect the borrower’s creditworthiness, which may cause us to inaccurately underwrite loans.

We obtain credit information from consumer reporting agencies, such as TransUnion, Experian or Equifax, and underwrite Rise and Sunny loans based on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. Originating lenders use our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models in underwriting Elastic lines of credit and Rise loans in Texas and Ohio. Our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models take into account reported credit score, other information reported by consumer reporting agencies and the requested loan amount, in addition to a variety of other factors.

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

A credit score assigned to a borrower may not reflect that borrower’s actual creditworthiness because the credit score may be based on outdated, incomplete or inaccurate consumer reporting data, and we do not verify the information obtained from the borrower’s credit report. Additionally, there is a risk that, following the date of the credit report that we obtain and review, a borrower may have:

 

Ø   become past due in the payment of an outstanding obligation;

 

Ø   defaulted on a pre-existing debt obligation;

 

Ø   taken on additional debt; or

 

Ø   sustained other adverse financial events.

If large numbers of borrowers default on loans that are not decisioned correctly, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

To date, we have derived our revenues from a limited number of products and markets. Our efforts to expand our market reach and product portfolio may not succeed, may put pressure on our margins and may reduce our revenue growth.

We originate Rise installment loans in the US, other than in Texas and Ohio, and Sunny installment loans in the UK. We earn revenues associated with the Rise loans originated by third-party lenders in Texas and Ohio, which we guarantee, and consolidate revenues attributable to purchased participations in Elastic lines of credit, which are also originated by a third-party lender, through a credit default swap agreement. Many of our competitors offer a more diverse set of products to small businesses and in additional international markets. While we intend to eventually broaden the scope of the products from which we derive revenues, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts.

When new customers are acquired, from an accounting point of view, we must recognize marketing costs and loan origination and data costs, and we incur a provision for loan losses, including with regard to Elastic loan participations that are purchased from the originating lender by a third party, which we protect from loan losses pursuant to a credit default swap arrangement. Hence, new customer acquisition does not typically yield positive margins for at least six months. As a result, rapid growth tends to compress margins in the near-term until growth rates slow down.

Rise, a state-licensed product, offers different rates and terms based on state law. In states with lower maximum rates we have more stringent credit criteria and generally lower initial customer profitability due to higher customer acquisition costs and higher losses as a percentage of revenues. While these states can have significant growth potential they typically deliver lower profit margins.

In order to support the rapid growth of the company we may need to hire more staff which would increase operating expenses. In particular, growth may require additional technology staff, analysts in risk management, compliance personnel and customer support and collections staff. Although the company outsources most of its customer support and collections staff, additional volumes would lead to increased costs in these areas.

We may elect to pursue aggressive growth over margin expansion in order to increase market share and long-term revenue opportunities.

Failure to broaden the scope of the products we offer to potential customers may inhibit the growth of repeat business from our customers and harm our operating results. There also can be no guarantee that we will be successful with respect to our current efforts in the UK, as well as any further expansion beyond the US and the UK, if we decide to attempt such expansion, which may inhibit the growth of our

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

business and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

If the cost of borrowing goes up, our net interest expense could increase.

We earn a substantial majority of our revenues from interest payments on the loans we make to our customers. Financial institutions and other funding sources provide us with the capital to fund these installment loans and lines of credit and charge us interest on funds that we draw down. In the event that the spread between the rate at which we lend to our customers and the rate at which we borrow from our lenders decreases, our financial results and operating performance will be harmed. The interest rates we charge to our customers and pay to our lenders could each be affected by a variety of factors, including access to capital based on our business performance, the volume of loans we make to our customers, competition and regulatory requirements. These interest rates may also be affected by a change over time in the mix of the types of products we sell to our customers and a shift among our channels of customer acquisition. Our VPC funding facilities are variable rate in nature and tied to the 3-month LIBOR rate. Thus any increase in the 3-month LIBOR rate will result in an increase in our net interest expense. Interest rate changes may also adversely affect our business forecasts and expectations and are highly sensitive to many macroeconomic factors beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, the state of the credit markets, changes in market interest rates, global economic disruptions, unemployment and the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. Regulatory or legislative changes may reduce our ability to charge our current rates in all states and products. Also, competitive threats may cause us to reduce our rates. This would reduce profit margins unless there was a commensurate reduction in losses. Any material reduction in our interest rate spread could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our allowance for loan losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb loan losses. If we experience rising credit or fraud losses, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

We face the risk that customers will fail to repay their loans in full. We reserve for such losses by establishing an allowance for loan losses, the increase of which results in a charge to our earnings as a provision for loan losses. We have established a methodology designed to determine the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. While this evaluation process uses historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the forecasts and establishment of loan losses are also dependent on our subjective assessment based upon our experience and judgment. Actual losses are difficult to forecast, especially if such losses stem from factors beyond our historical experience. As a result, there can be no assurance that our allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to absorb losses or prevent a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Losses are the largest cost as a percentage of revenues across all of our products. Fraud and customers not being able to repay their loans are both significant drivers of loss rates. If we experienced rising credit or fraud losses this would significantly reduce our earnings and profit margins and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Increased customer acquisition costs and/or data costs would reduce our margins.

Although losses are our largest cost, if customer acquisition costs or other servicing costs increased this would reduce our profit margins. Marketing costs would be negatively affected by increased competition or stricter credit standards that would reduce customer fund rates. We could also experience increased marketing costs due to higher fees from credit bureaus for preapproved direct mail lists, search engines

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

for search engine marketing, or fees for affiliates, and these increased costs would reduce our profit margins.

We purchase significant amounts of data to facilitate our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. If there was an increase in the cost of data or if the company elected to purchase from new data providers there would be a reduction in our profit margins.

Any such reduction in our profit margins could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon our officers and key employees, and if we are not able to attract and retain qualified officers and key employees, or if one of our officers or key employees is temporarily unable to fully contribute to our operations, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends, in part, on our officers, which is a relatively small group of individuals. Many members of the senior management team have significant industry experience, and we believe that our senior management would be difficult to replace, if necessary. Because the market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, we may not be able to attract and retain qualified officers or candidates. In addition, increasing regulations on, and negative publicity about, the consumer financial services industry could affect our ability to attract and retain qualified officers. Kenneth E. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer, is a competitive cyclist. If he were injured in a cycling accident, or otherwise, and unable to be fully active in the business while recuperating, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. The loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. We cannot ensure that we will be able retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. Our officers and key employees may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. While all key employees have signed non-disclosure, non-solicitation and non-compete agreements, they may still elect to leave the company or even retire any time. Loss of key employees could result in delays to critical initiatives and the loss of certain capabilities and poorly documented intellectual property.

If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining our officers and key employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our US loan business is seasonal in nature, which causes our revenues and earnings to fluctuate.

Our US loan business is affected by fluctuating demand for the products and services we offer and fluctuating collection rates throughout the year. Demand for our consumer loan products in the US has historically been highest in the third and fourth quarters of each year, corresponding to the holiday season, and lowest in the first quarter of each year, corresponding to our customers’ receipt of income tax refunds. This results in significant increases and decreases in portfolio sizes and profit margins from quarter to quarter. In particular, we typically experience a reduction in our credit portfolios and an increase in profit margins in the first quarter of the year. When we experience higher growth in the

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

second quarter through fourth quarters, portfolio balances tend to grow and profit margins are compressed. Our cost of sales for the non-prime loan products we offer in the US, which represents our provision for loan losses, is lowest as a percentage of revenues in the first quarter of each year, corresponding to our customers’ receipt of income tax refunds, and increases as a percentage of revenues for the remainder of each year. This seasonality requires us to manage our cash flows over the course of the year. If our revenues or collections were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our ability to service debt and meet our other liquidity requirements may be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

If internet search engine providers change their methodologies for organic rankings or paid search results, or our organic rankings or paid search results decline for other reasons, our new customer growth or volume from returning customers could decline.

Our new customer acquisition marketing and our returning customer relationship management is partly dependent on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! to direct a significant amount of traffic to our desktop and mobile websites via organic ranking and paid search advertising. We bid on certain keywords from search engines as well as use their algorithms to place our listings ahead of other lenders.

Our paid search activities may not produce (and in the past have not always produced) the desired results. Internet search engines often revise their methodologies. The volume of customers we receive through organic ranking and paid search could be adversely affected by any such changes in methodologies or policies by search engine providers, by:

 

Ø   decreasing our organic rankings or paid search results;

 

Ø   creating difficulty for our customers in using our web and mobile sites;

 

Ø   producing more successful organic rankings, paid search results or tactical execution efforts for our competitors than for us; and

 

Ø   resulting in higher costs for acquiring new or returning customers.

In addition, search engines could implement policies that restrict the ability of companies such as us to advertise their services and products, which could prevent us from appearing in a favorable location or any location in the organic rankings or paid search results when certain search terms are used by the consumer. Our online marketing efforts are also susceptible to actions by third parties that negatively impact our search results such as spam link attacks, which are often referred to as “black hat” tactics. Our sites have experienced meaningful fluctuations in organic rankings and paid search results in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our web and mobile sites could harm our business and operating results.

Finally, our competitors’ paid search, pay per click or search engine marketing activities may result in their sites receiving higher paid search results than ours and significantly increasing the cost of such advertising for us. We have little to no control over these potential changes in policy and methodologies relating to search engine results, and any of the changes described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Failure to keep up with the rapid technological changes in financial services and e-commerce, or changes in the uses and regulation of the internet could harm our business.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial and lending institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as quickly as some of our competitors or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could harm our ability to compete with our competitors.

Additionally, the business of providing products and services such as ours over the internet is dynamic and relatively new. We must keep pace with rapid technological change, consumer use habits, internet security risks, risks of system failure or inadequacy, and governmental regulation and taxation, and each of these factors could adversely impact our business. In addition, concerns about fraud, computer security and privacy and/or other problems may discourage additional consumers from adopting or continuing to use the internet as a medium of commerce. Also, to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire consumers who historically have used traditional means of commerce to conduct their financial services transactions. If these consumers prove to be less profitable than our previous customers, and we are unable to gain efficiencies in our operating costs, including our cost of acquiring new customers, our business could be adversely impacted.

Any such failure to adapt to changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our ability to conduct our business and demand for our loans could be disrupted by natural or man-made catastrophes.

Catastrophes, such as fires, hurricanes and tornados, floods, earthquakes, or other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, computer viruses and telecommunications failures, could adversely affect our ability to market or service loans. Natural disasters and acts of terrorism, war, civil unrest, violence or human error could also cause disruptions to our business or the economy as a whole, which could negatively affect customers’ demand for our loans. Despite any precautions we may take, system interruptions and delays could occur if there is a natural disaster that affects our offices or one of the data center facilities we lease. As we rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the internet to conduct our business and provide high-quality customer service, such disruptions could harm our ability to market our products, accept and underwrite applications, provide customer service and undertake collections activities and cause lengthy delays which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have implemented a disaster recovery program that allows us to move production to a back-up data center in the event of a catastrophe. Although this program is functional, we do not currently serve network traffic equally from each data center, and are not able to switch instantly to our backup center in the event of failure of the main server site. If our primary data center shuts down, there will be a period of time that our loan products or services, or certain of such loan products or services, will remain inaccessible to our users or our users may experience severe issues accessing such loan products and services. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Any of these events could also cause consumer confidence to decrease in one or more of the markets we serve, which could result in a decreased number of loans being made to customers. As a result of these issues, any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may be unable to protect our proprietary technology and analytics or keep up with that of our competitors.

The success of our business depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our proprietary technology, including our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, which we use for pricing loans. We seek to protect our intellectual property with non-disclosure agreements and through standard measures to protect trade secrets. However, we may be unable to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information, detect unauthorized use or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. If competitors learn our trade secrets (especially with regard to marketing and risk management capabilities) it could be difficult to successfully prosecute to recover damages. A third party may attempt to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology without our consent. The pursuit of a claim against a third party for infringement of our intellectual property could be costly, and there can be no guarantee that any such efforts would be successful. Our failure to protect our software and other proprietary intellectual property rights or to develop technologies that are as good as our competitors’ could put us at a disadvantage relative to our competitors. Any such failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may be subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

We may face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, including from our competitors or non-practicing entities. Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering certain products or product features, acquire licenses, which may not be available at a commercially reasonable price or at all, or modify such products, product features, processes or websites while we develop non-infringing substitutes.

In addition, we use open source software in our technology platform and plan to use open source software in the future. From time to time, we may face claims from parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, potentially including our valuable proprietary code, or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Current and future litigation or regulatory proceedings could cause management distraction, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We, our officers and certain of our subsidiaries have been and are currently subject to lawsuits that could cause us to incur substantial expenditures, generate adverse publicity and could significantly impair our business, force us to cease doing business in one or more jurisdictions or cause us to cease offering or alter one or more products. For instance, our Chief Executive Officer is party to civil suits in Pennsylvania and Vermont. In August 2015, a Vermont class action civil lawsuit initiated by two citizens of Vermont was amended to add defendants Kenneth E. Rees, TFI, TC Loan Service, LLC, TC Decision Sciences, LLC, Tailwind Marketing, LLC, Sequoia Capital Operations, LLC, and Technology Crossover

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Ventures related to TFI’s role in providing services to third party tribal lenders. Plaintiffs assert violations of several statutes, including the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, Federal Trade Commission Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Vermont Consumer Fraud Act, Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act and violations of the common law theory of unjust enrichment. The allegations in the Pennsylvania civil suit are similar to those in the Vermont civil suit. For more information regarding the Pennsylvania civil suit, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

We may also be subject to litigation in the future. An adverse ruling in or a settlement of any current or future litigation against us, our executive officers or another lender could harm our reputation, cause us to have to refund fees and/or interest collected, forego collection of the principal amount of loans, pay treble or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate our operations in particular jurisdictions.

Defense of any lawsuit, even if successful, could require substantial time and attention of our management and could require the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. We and others are also subject to regulatory proceedings, and we could suffer losses as a result of interpretations of applicable laws, rules and regulations in those regulatory proceedings, even if we are not a party to those proceedings. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may be unable to use some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations.

At December 31, 2014, we had US and UK net operating loss carryforwards, or “NOLs,” of $14.3 million and $40.7 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, due to prior period losses. If not utilized, the US NOL will begin to expire in 2034. The UK NOL can be carried forward indefinitely. Realization of these NOLs depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” our ability to utilize NOLs or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not completed a Section 382 analysis through June 30, 2015. If we have previously had, or have in the future, one or more Section 382 “ownership changes,” including in connection with this offering, or if we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR ASSOCIATION WITH TFI

Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for liabilities of TFI that we did not assume in our agreements.

In connection with our separation from TFI, TFI has generally agreed to retain all liabilities that did not historically arise from our business. Third parties may seek to hold us responsible for TFI’s retained

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

liabilities, including third party claims arising from TFI’s business and retained assets. For instance, the Pennsylvania civil suit described in “Business—Legal Proceedings” originally included Elevate as a named party, even though the purported claim is based on TFI’s retained business. Under the separation and distribution agreement, we are responsible for the debts, liabilities and other obligations related to the business or businesses that we own and operate. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI—Separation and distribution agreement.” Under our agreements with TFI, TFI has agreed to indemnify us for claims and losses relating to its retained liabilities. However, if any of those liabilities are significant and we are ultimately held liable for such liabilities, we cannot assure you that we will be able to recover the full amount of our losses from TFI.

Although we do not anticipate liability for any obligations not expressly assumed by us pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, it is possible that we could be required to assume responsibility for certain obligations retained by TFI should TFI fail to pay or perform its retained obligations. For instance, the Spin-Off could be challenged under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. An unpaid creditor or an entity vested with the power of such creditor (such as a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy) could claim that the distribution left TFI insolvent or with unreasonably small capital or that TFI intended or believed it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and that TFI did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in the Spin-Off. The measure of insolvency for purposes of such fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law is applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if either the fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including the probable amount of contingent liabilities), or it is unlikely to be able to pay its liabilities as they become due. We do not know what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency; however, if a court were to conclude that the Spin-Off constituted a fraudulent conveyance, then such court could void the distribution as a fraudulent transfer and could impose a number of different remedies, including without limitation, returning our assets or your shares in our company to TFI, voiding our liens and claims (if any) against TFI, or providing TFI with a claim for money damages against us in an amount equal to the difference between the consideration received by TFI and the fair market value of our company at the time of the distribution.

Certain members of management, directors and stockholders may face actual or potential conflicts of interest as a result of owning shares of, or having positions as directors of TFI.

Some of our officers and directors own both TFI common stock and our common stock. This ownership overlap could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when our officers and directors face decisions that could have different implications for us and TFI. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute between us and TFI regarding the terms of the agreements governing the distribution and our relationship with TFI thereafter or in the strategy for defending or resolving any litigation in which both TFI and Elevate are involved. Existing and past agreements between TFI and Elevate include the separation and distribution agreement, intellectual property assignment agreement, data sharing and support agreement, tax sharing agreement and sublease agreements. Potential conflicts of interest may also arise because one of our directors, Stephen J. Shaper, is currently a member of the board of directors of TFI. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

We do not have a non-competition agreement with TFI to restrict TFI from competing with us, and TFI is not required to offer corporate opportunities to us.

We do not have any noncompetition agreement or arrangement with TFI. TFI is free to compete with us in any activity or line of business. Additionally, TFI continues to offer its licensed technology platform,

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

which includes the proprietary intellectual property included in our IQ Technology Platform as it existed as of January 1, 2015, to customers offering financial services and is not restricted from competing in the online financial services business. We will not have any interest or expectancy in any business activity, opportunity, transaction or other matter in which TFI engages or seeks to engage merely because we engage in the same or similar lines of business. In addition, TFI will have no duty to communicate its knowledge of, or offer, any potential business opportunity, transaction or other matter to us, and TFI is free to pursue or acquire such business opportunity, including opportunities that would be in direct competition with us.

We could be subject to fines or corrective orders based on a Civil Investigative Demand issued by the CFPB to TFI.

In June 2012, prior to the Spin-Off, TFI received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau, or “CFPB.” The purpose of the Civil Investigative Demand was to determine whether small-dollar online lenders or other unnamed persons engaged in unlawful acts or practices relating to the advertising, marketing, provision, or collection of small-dollar loan products, in violation of parts of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or any other federal consumer financial law and to determine whether CFPB action to obtain legal or equitable relief would be in the public interest. While TFI’s business is distinct from our business, we cannot predict the final outcome of this Civil Investigative Demand or to what extent any obligations arising out of such final outcome will be applicable to our company or business, if at all. It is possible that if the CFPB determines any violations occurred we could receive fines or orders for corrective action as a successor to some of TFI’s businesses.

OTHER RISKS RELATED TO COMPLIANCE AND REGULATION

We, our marketing affiliates and Republic Bank, which originates Elastic, the line of credit product we offer, are subject to complex federal, state and local lending and consumer protection laws, and if we fail to comply with applicable laws, regulations, rules and guidance, our business could be adversely affected.

We, our marketing affiliates and Republic Bank, which originates Elastic, the line of credit product we offer, must comply with US federal, state and local regulatory regimes, including those applicable to consumer credit transactions. Certain US federal and state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges and require certain disclosures. In particular, we may be subject to laws such as:

 

Ø   local regulations and ordinances that impose requirements or restrictions related to certain loan product offerings and collection practices;

 

Ø   state laws and regulations that impose requirements related to loan or credit service disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, debt servicing and collection;

 

Ø   the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, and similar state laws, which require certain disclosures to borrowers regarding the terms and conditions of their loans and credit transactions;

 

Ø   Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce, Section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with any consumer financial product or service, and similar state laws that prohibit unfair and deceptive acts or practices;

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder and state non-discrimination laws, which generally prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act;

 

Ø   the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the “FCRA,” as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and similar state laws, which promote the accuracy, fairness and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies;

 

Ø   the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or the “FDCPA,” and similar state and local debt collection laws, which provide guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third party debt collectors and creditors in connection with the collection of consumer debts;

 

Ø   the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and similar state privacy laws, which include limitations on financial institutions’ disclosure of nonpublic personal information about a consumer to nonaffiliated third parties, in certain circumstances require financial institutions to limit the use and further disclosure of nonpublic personal information by nonaffiliated third parties to whom they disclose such information and require financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with affiliated and nonaffiliated entities as well as to safeguard personal customer information, and other privacy laws and regulations;

 

Ø   the Bankruptcy Code and similar state insolvency laws, which limit the extent to which creditors may seek to enforce debts against parties who have filed for bankruptcy protection;

 

Ø   the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and similar state laws, which allow military members and certain dependents to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations, as well as limit applicable rates, so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties;

 

Ø   the Military Lending Act, which limits the interest rate and fees that may be charged to military members and their dependents, requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain mandatory clauses among other restrictions;

 

Ø   the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which provide disclosure requirements, guidelines and restrictions on the electronic transfer of funds from consumers’ asset accounts;

 

Ø   the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures and, with consumer consent, permits required disclosures to be provided electronically; and

 

Ø   the Bank Secrecy Act, which relates to compliance with anti-money laundering, customer due diligence and record-keeping policies and procedures.

We may not always have been, and may not always be, in compliance with these laws. Compliance with these laws is also costly, time-consuming and limits our operational flexibility.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulatory requirements applicable to our business may, among other things, limit our or a collection agency’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on loans. As a result, we may not be able to collect on unpaid principal or interest. In addition, non-compliance could subject us to damages, revocation of required licenses, class action lawsuits, administrative enforcement actions, rescission rights held by investors in securities offerings and civil and criminal liability, which may harm our business and may result in borrowers rescinding their loans.

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Where applicable, we seek to comply with state small loan, loan broker, CSO, servicing and similar statutes. In all US jurisdictions with licensing or other requirements that we believe may be applicable to us, we comply with the relevant requirements by acquiring the necessary licenses or authorization and submitting appropriate registrations in connection therewith. Nevertheless, if we are found to not have complied with applicable laws, we could lose one or more of our licenses or authorizations or face other sanctions or penalties or be required to obtain a other licenses or authorizations in such jurisdiction, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to perform our servicing obligations or make products or services available to borrowers in particular states, which may harm our business.

Our products currently have usage caps and limitations on lending based on internally developed “responsible lending guidelines.” If those policies become more restrictive due to legislative or regulatory changes at either the local, state, US federal, or UK regulatory level these products would experience declining revenues per customer.

The CFPB may have examination authority over our US consumer lending business that could have a significant impact on our US business.

In July 2010, the US Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Act. Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which regulates US consumer financial products and services, and gave it regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over certain providers of consumer financial products and services, including authority to examine such providers.

The CFPB has begun exercising supervisory review over and examining certain non-bank providers of consumer financial products and services, including providers of consumer loans similar to us. The CFPB has not examined our lending products, or our services and practices. The CFPB’s examination authority permits CFPB examiners to inspect the books and records of providers, and ask questions about their business practices. The examination procedures include specific modules for examining marketing activities, loan application and origination activities, payment processing activities and sustained use by consumers, collections, accounts in default, consumer reporting activities and third party relationships. As a result of these examinations, we could be required to change our products, our services or our practices, whether as a result of another party being examined or as a result of an examination of us, or we could be subject to monetary penalties, which could materially adversely affect us.

Furthermore, because the CFPB is a relatively new entity, its practices and procedures regarding civil investigations, examination, enforcement and other matters relevant to us and other CFPB-regulated entities are subject to further development and change. Where the CFPB holds powers previously assigned to other regulators or may interpret laws previously interpreted by other regulators, the CFPB may not continue to apply such powers or interpret relevant concepts consistent with previous regulators’ practice. This may adversely affect our ability to anticipate the CFPB’s expectations or interpretations in our interaction with the CFPB.

The CFPB also has broad authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices and to investigate and penalize financial institutions that violate this prohibition. In addition to having the authority to obtain monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules), the CFPB can require remediation of practices, pursue administrative proceedings or litigation and obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief). Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented thereunder, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy violations of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented thereunder after consulting with the CFPB. If

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

the CFPB or one or more state attorneys general or state regulators believe that we have violated any of the applicable laws or regulations, they could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Regulators in both the US and the UK have imposed very large fines on both large and small financial services companies including well-established global financial institutions. Although we have had numerous state examinations, we have not been examined by the CFPB or the Financial Conduct Authority, or the “FCA,” the company’s regulator in the UK. These examinations are expected as soon as 2016 and could result in fines or changes to business practices that would reduce profit margins for the company.

The CFPB has announced that it will soon promulgate new rules affecting the consumer lending industry, and these or subsequent new rules and regulations may significantly restrict the conduct of our US consumer lending business.

On April 24, 2013, the CFPB issued a report entitled “Payday Loans and Deposit Advance Products: A White Paper of Initial Findings,” indicating that it had “engaged in an in-depth review of short-term small dollar loans, including payday loans.” This 2013 report discusses the initial findings of the CFPB regarding short-term payday loans, a category which the CFPB and some other regulators use to include certain of our loan products, as well as loans provided by non-bank financial institutions at storefront locations and deposit account advances offered by depository institutions. While this 2013 report stated that “these products may work for some consumers for whom an expense needs to be deferred for a short period of time,” this 2013 report also stated that its “findings raised substantial consumer protection concerns” related to the sustained use of payday loans and deposit account advances. This report also indicated that the CFPB planned to analyze the effectiveness of limitations, such as cooling-off periods between payday loans, “in curbing sustained use and other harms.” In furtherance of that report, on March 25, 2014, the CFPB held a hearing on payday lending and issued a subsequent report entitled “CFPB Data Point: Payday Lending,” presenting “the results of several analyses of consumers’ use of payday loans.” This 2014 report presents the CFPB’s findings as to borrowers’ loan sequences, which refers to a series of loans a borrower may take out following an initial loan. The CFPB found that payday borrowing typically involves multiple renewals following an initial loan, rather than distinct loans separated by at least 15 days. This 2014 report states that for the majority of loan sequences, there is no reduction in the principal amount between the first and last loan in the sequence. In both the 2013 and 2014 reports and subsequent statements, the CFPB reiterated its commitment to use its various tools to protect consumers from unlawful acts and practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products and services. Both the 2013 and 2014 reports indicated that online payday loans were not the focus of such reports, but the CFPB has indicated that it is currently analyzing borrowing activity by consumers using online payday loans.

The CFPB announced on March 26, 2015 that it is in the late stages of formulating rules regarding certain consumer loans which will ensure that consumers can get the credit they need without long-term impact to their financial futures. These rules will likely impose limitations on certain short term loans with high interest rates and, depending on the nature and scope of the proposed rules, might affect the loans and services we offer. If the CFPB adopts rules or regulations that significantly restrict the conduct of our business, any such rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows or could make the continuance of all or part of our US business impractical or unprofitable. Any new rules or regulations adopted by the CFPB could also result in significant compliance costs.

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Republic Bank, the originator of loans for the Elastic product, is regulated by the FDIC, which could require Republic Bank to make changes to or terminate the product.

The Elastic line of credit product is offered by Republic Bank using technology, underwriting and marketing services provided by Elevate. Republic Bank is supervised and examined by the FDIC. If the FDIC considers some aspects of the Elastic product inappropriate, it could require the lender to change the way the product is offered or require the lender to terminate the program entirely.

The UK has imposed, and continues to impose, increased regulation of the short-term high-cost credit industry with the stated expectation that some firms will exit the market.

In the UK, we are subject to regulation by the FCA, pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the “FSMA,” the Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended, or the “CCA,” and secondary legislation passed under it, among other rules and regulations including the FCA Handbook, which collectively serve to transpose the obligations under the European Consumer Credit Directive into UK law. In December 2012, the UK Parliament passed the Financial Services Act 2012, or the “FSA Act 2012,” which created a new regulatory framework for the supervision and regulation of the consumer credit industry in the UK, including the consumer lending industry in which we operate. The FSA Act 2012 mandated that in April 2014, the FCA take over responsibility for regulating consumer credit from the Office of Fair Trading, or the “OFT,” and it also made changes to the relevant legislation including the CCA and the FSMA.

The FCA regulates consumer credit and related activities pursuant to the FSMA and the FCA Handbook, which includes prescriptive rules and regulations and carries across many of the laws set out in the CCA and its secondary legislation, as well as guidance in a number of key areas, including Irresponsible Lending and Debt Collection, issued by the OFT, or the “Guidance.” The regulations under the FCA consumer credit regime are more prescriptive than the former UK consumer credit regime and in many instances the Guidance has been transposed into rules. The FSMA gives the FCA the power to authorize, supervise, examine and bring enforcement actions against providers of consumer credit, as well as to make rules for the regulation of consumer credit. On February 28, 2014, the FCA issued the Consumer Credit Sourcebook, or the “CONC,” contained in the FCA Handbook. The CONC incorporates prescriptive regulations for consumer loans such as those that we offer, including mandatory affordability checks on borrowers, limiting the number of refinances, or “rollovers,” to two, restricting how lenders can advertise, banning advertisements that the FCA deems misleading, and introducing a limit of two unsuccessful attempts on the use of continuous payment authority (which provides a creditor the ability to directly debit a customer’s account for payment using their bank card details when authorized by the customer to do so) to pay off a loan. Certain provisions of the CONC took effect on April 1, 2014, and other provisions for high-cost short-term credit providers, such as the limits on rollovers, continuous payment authority and advertising, took effect on July 1, 2014.

In addition, on December 18, 2013, the UK passed the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act, which included an amendment to the FSMA that required the FCA to introduce rules “with a view to securing an appropriate degree of protection for borrowers against excessive charges” on “high-cost short-term” consumer loans. On July 15, 2014, the FCA issued a consultation paper that proposed a cap on the total cost of high-cost short-term credit and requested comments on the proposal. The consultation paper proposed a maximum interest rate of 0.8% of principal per day, and a limit on the total fees, including interest (including post-default interest) and all other charges (including late repayment fees which are capped at £15) to an aggregate amount not to exceed 100% of the principal amount loaned. The FCA requested comments on the proposal and issued its final rules (which can be found at CONC section 5A)

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

on November 11, 2014. The final rule was largely the same as the proposed rule and required us to make changes to our loan products in the UK. As a result of the final rule, we discontinued offering line of credit accounts to new customers in the UK and effective January 1, 2015, we discontinued draws on existing accounts in the UK. Once UK customers have paid off their outstanding line of credit balance, they may apply for an installment loan. We also made the Sunny product an installment loan product. The final rule became effective on January 2, 2015, as required by the 2013 amendment to the FSMA. In addition, on February 24, 2015, the FCA issued a consultation paper (CP15/6) that, among other things, proposed to remove the exemption from the requirement that providers of high-cost short-term credit include a risk warning in financial promotions and to amend its rules to allow firms to use continuous payment authority to collect repayments where a customer is in arrears or default and the lender is exercising forbearance, without having to enter into a formal modifying agreement. The FCA requested comments on the proposals by May 6, 2015. Changes have not been made to implement the proposals as yet but the FCA has indicated in the meantime it would not expect to take supervisory or enforcement action against firms that use continuous payment authority as a repayment mechanism in circumstances where the firm is exercising forbearance in relation to a customer in arrears or default, simply because it is not incorporated as a contractual term.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our UK operations represented 25% and 30%, respectively, of our consolidated total revenues. The results for the year ended December 31, 2014 do not include the full impact of the changes described above, and the results for the year ended December 31, 2013 do not include any impact of the changes described above. The results for each of these periods are not indicative of our future results of operations and cash flows from our operations in the UK.

These changes that we have implemented or are required to implement in the future as a result of such legislative and regulatory activities could have a material adverse effect on our UK business, as further described below under “—Due to restructuring of the consumer credit regulatory framework in the UK, we are required to obtain full authorization from our UK regulators to continue providing consumer credit and perform related activities in the UK, and there is no guarantee that we will receive full authorization to continue offering consumer loans in the UK.”

Additionally, in June 2013, the OFT referred the payday lending industry in the UK to the Competition Commission, which is now the Competition & Markets Authority, or the “CMA,” for a market investigation. The CMA gathered data from industry participants, including us, in connection with its review of the UK payday lending industry to determine whether certain features of the payday lending industry prevent, restrict or distort competition (which is also referred to as having an adverse effect on competition) and, if so, what remedial action should be taken.

On June 11, 2014, the CMA released a provisional findings report in which it indicated that it believes that many payday lenders fail to compete on price and indicated that it will look at potential ways to increase price competition. The CMA also announced the expansion of its review of the payday lending industry to include lead generators. The CMA announced its provisional decision on remedies on October 9, 2014, and published its final report on February 24, 2015, supplemented by its final order, to implement the changes, on August 13, 2015. The CMA will order online lenders to provide details of their products on at least one price comparison website which is authorized by the FCA and include a hyperlink from their website to at least one such price comparison website on which its loans are featured. The CMA will also order online and storefront lenders to provide existing customers with a summary of their cost of borrowing. In addition, the CMA recommended that the FCA take steps to improve the disclosure of late fees and other additional charges, help customers compare competing loan products without unduly affecting their ability to access credit, improve real-time data sharing between

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

lenders and credit reference agencies and ensure that lead generators explain how they operate much more clearly to customers. It is expected that the FCA will consult in the summer of 2015 on the measures to be introduced in response to the CMA’s recommendations and will likely publish its standards in late 2015 or early 2016, with the changes becoming effective by the end of 2016. The CMA will work closely with the FCA to implement the recommendations. The remedies that are likely to be implemented by the FCA could have a negative effect on our operations in the UK.

Our advertising and marketing materials and disclosures have been and continue to be subject to regulatory scrutiny, particularly in the UK.

In the jurisdictions where we operate, our advertising and marketing activities and disclosures are subject to regulation under various industry standards, consumer protection laws, and other applicable laws and regulations. Consistent with the consumer lending industry as a whole (see “—The consumer lending industry continues to be subjected to new laws and regulations in many jurisdictions that could restrict the consumer lending products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current operations” above), our advertising and marketing materials have come under increased scrutiny. In the UK, for example, consumer credit firms are subject to the financial promotions regime set out in the FSMA (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 and specific rules in the CONC, part 3, such as the inclusion of a risk warning on certain advertising materials. The FCA has also decided to adopt certain elements of industry codes as FCA rules on a case by case basis. Our advertising and marketing materials in the UK are reviewed both by the FCA and the Advertising Standards Authority. We have in some cases been required to withdraw, amend or add disclosures to such materials, or have done so voluntarily in response to inquiries or complaints. In addition, on February 24, 2015, the FCA issued a consultation paper that, among other things, proposes a requirement that providers of high-cost short-term credit include a risk warning in all financial promotions (i.e., removing the exemption which provided that such warnings could be omitted where, owing to space constraints, it was not reasonably practicable to include them). The FCA requested comments on the proposals by May 6, 2015 but has yet to formally respond on the proposal, albeit it is likely to be implemented at some stage in the future. Going forward, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to advertise and market our business in the UK or elsewhere in a manner we consider effective. Any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Several lawsuits have sought to re-characterize certain loan marketers and service providers as lenders. If litigation on similar theories were successful against us, we could be subject to state usury and consumer protection laws in a greater number of states, loans in such states could be deemed void and unenforceable, and we could be subject to substantial penalties in connection with such loans.

Several lawsuits in the US, including some filed by state attorneys general, have challenged relationships between federally chartered banks or state chartered banks supervised and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and non-bank lenders and service providers like Elevate, claiming that the originating lender is not the “true lender” and that the loans offered pursuant to such relationships are not covered by the protections of the National Bank Act, Section 27 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or otherwise, but are instead subject to state usury and consumer protection laws.

While the case law involving whether an originating lender or a third party servicer is the “true lender” is not well developed and courts have come to different conclusions and applied different analyses, a determination of which party is the “true lender” is significant because if an originating lender is deemed not to be the “true lender,” the non-bank lenders and third party service providers risk having the loans

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

be subjected to a consumer’s state usury and consumer protection laws. The federal courts that have opined on the “true lender” issue have looked primarily to who is the lender indicated on the borrower’s loan documents. Most state courts consider a number of other factors when analyzing whether the originating lender or a third party is the “true lender,” including looking at the economics of the transaction to determine, among other things, who has the predominate economic interest in the loan being made. Additional state consumer protection laws would be applicable to us if we were re-characterized as a lender with respect to Elastic, or Rise in Ohio or Texas. The loans could be deemed to be void and unenforceable in some states, the right to collect finance charges could be affected, and we could be subject to fines and penalties from state and federal regulatory agencies as well as claims by borrowers, including class actions by private plaintiffs. Even if we were not required to change our business practices to comply with applicable state laws and regulations or cease doing business in some states, we could be required to register or obtain licenses or other regulatory approvals that could impose a substantial cost on us. If Republic Bank or the CSO lenders in Ohio or Texas were subject to such a lawsuit, they may elect to terminate their relationship voluntarily, and if they lost the lawsuit, they could be forced to modify or terminate the program.

The Second Circuit recently held in Madden v. Midland Funding, LLC that a third party purchaser of a loan from a national bank does not enjoy the ability to “export” the interest rate of the originating bank, but rather is restricted to the usury rate of the state where the borrower resides. The court overturned the long standing “valid at inception” doctrine, which provides that a loan that is assigned to a non-bank party retains the legality it had when it was originated by a national or state-chartered bank. The Second Circuit declined a rehearing en banc of the decision, and it is unknown if the case will be heard by the Supreme Court.

Neither Elevate nor any of its affiliates purchase loans in connection with our business. Rather, we either make the loans directly or, in the case of Elastic, the originating lender makes the loans and sells a participation to Elastic SPV, and therefore different facts exist with respect to our business than those at issue in the Madden case.

The failure to comply with debt collection regulations could subject us to fines and other liabilities, which could harm our reputation and business.

The FDCPA regulates persons who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Many states impose additional requirements on debt collection communications, and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that differ from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. We use third party collections agencies to collect on debts incurred by consumers of our credit products. Regulatory changes could make it more difficult for collections agencies to effectively collect on the loans we originate.

Non-US jurisdictions also regulate debt collection. For example, in the UK, due to new rules under the CONC we have made adjustments to some of our business practices, including our collections processes, which could possibly result in lower collections on loans made by us and has resulted in a decrease in the number of new customers that we are able to approve. In addition, the concerns expressed to us by the OFT and the FCA relate in part to debt collection. We could be subject to fines, written orders or other penalties if we, or parties working on our behalf, are determined to have violated the FDCPA, the CONC or analogous state or international laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Due to restructuring of the consumer credit regulatory framework in the UK, we are required to obtain full authorization from our UK regulators to continue providing consumer credit and perform related activities in the UK, and there is no guarantee that we will receive full authorization to continue offering consumer loans in the UK.

As a result of recent regulatory changes, we are required to apply for and obtain full authorization from the FCA to continue to provide consumer credit in the UK. Elevate International, LLC, the entity in the UK that operates the Sunny product, applied for the authorization from the FCA on February 25, 2014 and, pending the determination of that application, we continue to operate under an interim permission. In order to obtain full authorization, and as a threshold condition to maintaining our interim permission to provide consumer credit in the UK, we are required to demonstrate that we satisfy, and will continue to satisfy, certain minimum standards set out in the FSMA, including certain specified “threshold conditions,” and this may result in additional costs to us that could be significant. The FCA must approve certain individuals conducting “controlled functions” with respect to the operation and management of our UK business. All of these changes will result in additional costs to us. We are in frequent communication with the FCA regarding our activities in the UK. The FCA has the power to revoke our interim permission to conduct a consumer credit business if it determines we do not meet the threshold conditions. Additionally, the FCA could elect to impose additional conditions that could delay the authorization process, further increase our compliance costs or require further changes to the conduct of our UK business that could have a material adverse effect on our UK operations.

The FCA is expected to complete the process of reviewing applications of previous OFT license holders, such as us, for full authorization by April 1, 2016, and there is no guarantee that we will receive full authorization for our UK business. If we do not receive full authorization for our UK lending business, we will have to cease that business.

Our business is subject to complex and evolving US and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, or declines in user growth or engagement, or otherwise harm our business.

We receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other sensitive data from customers and potential customers. Our business is subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the US and the UK that involve user privacy issues, data protection, advertising, marketing, disclosures, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection and online payment services. The introduction of new products or expansion of our activities in certain jurisdictions may subject us to additional laws and regulations. In addition, international data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations can be more restrictive than those in the US. US federal and state and international laws and regulations, which can be enforced by private parties or government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change, and the US government, including the Federal Trade Commission, or the “FTC,” and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of information concerning consumer behavior on the internet, including regulation aimed at restricting certain targeted advertising practices. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving e-commerce industry in which we operate, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current or past policies and practices.

A number of proposals are pending before federal, state, and international legislative and regulatory bodies that could significantly affect our business. For example, the European Commission is currently

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

considering a data protection regulation that may include operational requirements for companies that receive personal data that are different than those currently in place in the European Union, and that may also include significant penalties for non-compliance. Similarly, there have been a number of recent legislative proposals in the US, at both the federal and state level, that could impose new obligations in areas such as privacy. In addition, some countries are considering legislation requiring local storage and processing of data that, if enacted, would increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services. These existing and proposed laws and regulations can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products, the expansion into new markets, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to inquiries or investigations, claims or other liabilities, including demands that we modify or cease existing business practices or pay fines, penalties or other damages.

The use of personal data in credit underwriting is highly regulated.

In the US the FCRA regulates the collection, dissemination and use of consumer information, including consumer credit information. Compliance with the FCRA and related laws and regulations concerning consumer reports has recently been under regulatory scrutiny. The FCRA requires us to provide a Notice of Adverse Action to a loan applicant when we deny an application for credit, which, among other things, informs the applicant of the action taken regarding the credit application and the specific reasons for the denial of credit. The FCRA also requires us to promptly update any credit information reported to a consumer reporting agency about a consumer and to allow a process by which consumers may inquire about credit information furnished by us to a consumer reporting agency. Historically, the FTC has played a key role in the implementation, oversight, enforcement and interpretation of the FCRA. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has primary supervisory, regulatory and enforcement authority of FCRA issues. Although the FTC also retains its enforcement role regarding the FCRA, it shares that role in many respects with the CFPB. The CFPB has taken a more active approach than the FTC, including with respect to regulation, enforcement and supervision of the FCRA. Changes in the regulation, enforcement or supervision of the FCRA may materially affect our business if new regulations or interpretations by the CFPB or the FTC require us to materially alter the manner in which we use personal data in our credit underwriting.

In the UK, we are subject to the requirements of the Data Protection Act 1998, or the “DPA,” and are required to be fully registered as a data-controller under the DPA and comply with industry guidance published by the regulator, the Information Commissioner. There are also strict rules on the use of credit reference data under the CCA regulations and the CONC. We are required to be certified under the United States Safe Harbor provisions, which allow European Economic Area data to be passed to non-European Economic Area countries or territories. There are also strict rules on the instigation of electronic communications such as email, text message and telephone calls under the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003, which impose consent rules regarding unsolicited direct marketing, as well as the monitoring of devices.

The oversight of the FCRA by both the CFPB and the FTC and any related investigation or enforcement activities or our failure to comply with the DPA may have a material adverse impact on our business, including our operations, our mode and manner of conducting business and our financial results.

Judicial decisions, CFPB rule-making or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements we use illegal or unenforceable.

We include arbitration provisions in our consumer loan agreements. These provisions are designed to allow us to resolve any customer disputes through individual arbitration rather than in court and

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class basis. Thus, our arbitration agreements, if enforced, have the effect of shielding us from class action liability. Our arbitration agreements do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings. We take the position that the arbitration provisions in our consumer loan agreements, including class action waivers, are valid and enforceable; however, the enforceability of arbitration provisions is often challenged in court. If those challenges are successful, our arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be unenforceable, which could subject us to additional litigation, including additional class action litigation.

In addition, the US Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory arbitration agreements in consumer contracts and has enacted legislation with such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loan agreements and also certain consumer loan agreements to members of the military on active duty and their dependents. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act directed the CFPB to study consumer arbitration and report to the US Congress, and it authorized the CFPB to adopt rules limiting or prohibiting consumer arbitration, consistent with the results of its study. In March 2015, the CFPB released its final report on consumer arbitration that indicates it may propose rules that prohibit or limit the use of arbitration provisions in consumer loan agreements. The CFPB is currently establishing a Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act panel to review its proposals relating to arbitration this fall. A rule could be proposed after such a panel meets and provides its report to the CFPB. Any rule adopted by the CFPB would apply to arbitration agreements entered into more than six months after the final rule becomes effective (and not to prior arbitration agreements).

Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair our ability to enter into and enforce consumer arbitration agreements and class action waivers could significantly increase our exposure to class action litigation as well as litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions, which would be costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We use marketing affiliates to assist us and the originating lender in obtaining new customers, and if such marketing affiliates do not comply with an increasing number of applicable laws and regulations, or if our ability to use such marketing affiliates is otherwise impaired, it could adversely affect our business.

We depend in part on marketing affiliates as a source of new customers for us and, with respect to the Elastic product, for the originating lender. Our marketing affiliates place our advertisements on their websites that direct potential customers to our websites. As a result, the success of our business depends in part on the willingness and ability of marketing affiliates to provide us customer referrals at acceptable prices.

If regulatory oversight of marketing affiliates relationships is increased, through the implementation of new laws or regulations or the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, our ability to use marketing affiliates could be restricted or eliminated.

Marketing affiliates’ failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or any changes in laws or regulations applicable to marketing affiliates relationships or changes in the interpretation or implementation of such laws or regulations, could have an adverse effect on our business and could increase negative perceptions of our business and industry. Additionally, the use of marketing affiliates could subject us to additional regulatory cost and expense. If our ability to use marketing affiliates were to be impaired, our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING, THE SECURITIES MARKETS AND OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The price of our common stock may be volatile and the value of your investment could decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

Ø   announcements of new products, services or technologies, relationships with strategic partners, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

Ø   changes in economic conditions;

 

Ø   changes in prevailing interest rates;

 

Ø   price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

Ø   significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in the financial services industry;

 

Ø   fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

Ø   actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

Ø   quarterly fluctuations in demand for our loans;

 

Ø   whether our operating results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

Ø   actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

Ø   regulatory developments in the US, foreign countries or both;

 

Ø   major catastrophic events;

 

Ø   sales of large blocks of our stock; or

 

Ø   departures of key personnel.

In addition, if the market for technology and financial services stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2015, upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described under “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our equity holders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares eligible for future sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock (including shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase common stock), or their permitted transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

Although we are applying for approval to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under our

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

financing agreement and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering that we do not use to repay indebtedness and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of such net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act,” the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the “JOBS Act.” Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenues-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

However, for so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Risk Management Committee and as qualified executive officers.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. In addition, pursuant to our financing agreement, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior consent of VPC. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. See “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. The provisions, among other things:

 

Ø   establish a classified Board of Directors so that not all members of our Board of Directors are elected at one time;

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

Ø   permit only our Board of Directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the Board;

 

Ø   provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

Ø   require two-thirds approval to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

Ø   authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our Board of Directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan, or a “poison pill;”

 

Ø   eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

Ø   prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which will require that all stockholder actions must be taken at a stockholder meeting;

 

Ø   do not provide for cumulative voting; and

 

Ø   establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the “DGCL,” which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us in certain circumstances.

Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of the IPO designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as we expect it will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is costly and time-consuming and needs to be reevaluated frequently. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of becoming a public company and being subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. Our management may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective if we fail to cure any identified material weakness or otherwise. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. In the future, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be satisfied with our internal controls over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such deficiencies may also subject us to adverse regulatory consequences. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, as these standards may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of listing standards. Any of the above could also result in a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected expenses, margins, prospects and plans and objectives of management. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “seek,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

Ø   our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, growth rate of revenue, cost of borrowing, credit losses, marketing costs, net charge-offs, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, operating margins, ability to generate cash flow and ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

Ø   our use of the proceeds of this offering;

 

Ø   the availability of debt financing, funding sources and disruptions in credit markets;

 

Ø   our ability to meet anticipated cash operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

Ø   anticipated trends, growth rates, seasonal fluctuations and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

Ø   our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products, services and mobile apps to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them;

 

Ø   our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth;

 

Ø   our anticipated expansion of relationships with strategic partners; customer demand for our product and our ability to rapidly scale our business in response to fluctuations in demand;

 

Ø   our ability to attract potential customers and retain existing customers and our cost of customer acquisition;

 

Ø   the ability of customers to repay loans;

 

Ø   interest rates and origination fees on loans;

 

Ø   the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

Ø   our ability to attract and retain necessary qualified directors, officers and employees to expand our operations;

 

Ø   our reliance on third-party service providers;

 

Ø   our access to the automated clearinghouse system;

 

Ø   the efficacy of our marketing efforts and relationships with marketing affiliates;

 

Ø   our anticipated direct marketing costs and spending;

 

Ø   the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets;

 

Ø   continued innovation of our analytics platform;

 

Ø   our ability to prevent security breaches, disruption in service and comparable events that could compromise the personal and confidential information held in our data systems, reduce the attractiveness of the platform or adversely impact our ability to service loans;

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

 

 

 

Ø   our ability to detect and filter fraudulent or incorrect information provided to us by our customers or by third parties;

 

Ø   our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

Ø   our compliance with applicable local, state, federal and foreign laws;

 

Ø   our compliance with current or future applicable regulatory developments and regulations, including developments or changes from the CFPB;

 

Ø   regulatory developments or scrutiny by agencies regulating our business or the businesses of our third-party partners;

 

Ø   public perception of our business and industry;

 

Ø   the anticipated effect on our business of litigation or regulatory proceedings to which we or our officers are a party;

 

Ø   the anticipated effect on our business of natural or man-made catastrophes;

 

Ø   the increased expenses and administrative workload associated with being a public company;

 

Ø   failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls necessary to accurately report our financial results and prevent fraud;

 

Ø   our liquidity and working capital requirements and our plans for the net proceeds from this offering;

 

Ø   the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

Ø   the utility of non-GAAP financial measures;

 

Ø   the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices;

 

Ø   our anticipated development and release of certain products and applications and changes to certain products;

 

Ø   our anticipated investing activity; and

 

Ø   trends anticipated to continue as our portfolio of loans matures.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

We believe that these statements constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Rule 175 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Industry and market data

This prospectus contains estimates, statistical data, and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates, that are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those by the CFPB, Friends Provident Foundation, CFI Group and other publicly available sources. The industry and market information included in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations.

The sources of industry and market data contained in this prospectus are listed below:

 

Ø   Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Report on the Economic Well-Being of U.S. Households, 2014, 2015.

 

Ø   CFPB, Payday Loans and Deposit Advance Products: A White Paper of Initial Findings, April 2013.

 

Ø   CFPB, Data Point: Payday Lending, March 2014.

 

Ø   CFPB, Arbitration Study, Report to Congress, Pursuant to Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act §1028(a), March 2015.

 

Ø   Centre for Economics and Business Research, Future Trends in UK Banking, February 2015.

 

Ø   CFI Group, Bank Satisfaction Barometer 2013, October 2013.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Market Investigation into Payday Lending, Notice of Possible Remedies Under Rule 11 of the CMA Rules of Procedure, June 11, 2014.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Payday Lending Investigation, Summary of Provisional Findings Report, June 11, 2014.

 

Ø   Competition & Markets Authority, Payday Lending Market Investigation Final Report, February 24, 2015.

 

Ø   Corporation for Enterprise Development, Treading Water in the Deep End: Findings from the 2014 Assets and Opportunity Scorecard, January 2014.

 

Ø   FICO, Expanding Credit Opportunities, July 2015.

 

Ø   Financial Inclusion Commission, Improving the Financial Health of the Nation, March 2015.

 

Ø   Friends Provident Foundation, Credit and Low-Income Consumers, November 2011.

 

Ø   House of Commons Welsh Affairs Committee, The Impact of Changes Benefit in Wales, October 2013.

 

Ø   The Information, Online Lenders Facing Marketing War, August 2015.

 

Ø   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Weathering Volatility: Big Data on the Financial Ups and Downs of U.S. Individuals, May 2015.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding amount under the VPC Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including to fund a portion of the loans made to our customers.

Pursuant to our financing agreement, the outstanding borrowings under the agreement were used to finance customer loan growth for our Rise and Sunny products. Our financing agreement will mature on January 30, 2018 and, as of June 30, 2015, the $204.8 million outstanding under our financing agreement bears interest at a rate of the greater of 3-month LIBOR or 1% per annum plus 14-18%. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt facilities—VPC Facility.”

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds in this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the US government.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to our financing agreement, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior consent of VPC. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015 on:

 

Ø   an actual basis;

 

Ø   a pro forma basis to give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 5,639,410 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

Ø   a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect: (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.”
     As of June 30, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)    Actual     Pro
forma
    Pro forma as
adjusted(1)(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,584      $ 14,584      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing agreement

   $ 204,800      $ 204,800      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock:

      

Series A preferred stock, par value $0.001, 2,957,059 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3                 

Series B preferred stock, par value $0.001, 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     6                 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, par value $0.001, 16,670,700 shares authorized and 5,063,223 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 16,670,700 shares authorized and 10,702,633 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5        11     

Additional paid-in capital

     85,129        85,129     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

     (426     (426  

Accumulated deficit

     (39,195     (39,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     45,519        45,519     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 250,319      $ 250,319      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming all other adjustments detailed above remain the same. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming all other adjustments detailed above remain the same.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Capitalization

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock set forth in the table above excludes 1,762,250 shares of common stock reserved and common stock remaining available for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or “2014 Plan,” which comprises:

 

Ø   1,598,291 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $9.12 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $5.29 to $15.77;

 

Ø   23,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $20.72 per share; and

 

Ø   140,959 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options available for grant.

The information above is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2015, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $26.9 million, or $2.52 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2015 assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock.

After giving effect to (i) our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and (ii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds,” our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015

      $ 2.52   

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors in this offering

   $        
  

 

 

    

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the following will occur:

 

Ø   the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share;

 

Ø   the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering;

 

Ø   the pro forma as-adjusted number of shares of our common stock held by investors participating in this offering will increase to             , or approximately     % of the total pro forma as-adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

Ø   the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Dilution

 

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2015, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Weighted
average
price
per share
 
      Number    Percent      Amount      Percent     

Existing stockholders

        %       $           %       $     

New investors

               $                
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

        %       $           %      
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $         million, $         million and $            , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to             , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering

The foregoing discussion and tables exclude:

 

Ø   163,959 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options available for grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or “2014 Plan,” as of June 30, 2015.

The foregoing discussion and tables assume the following:

 

Ø   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   a             -for-1 forward stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

Ø   an IPO price per share in excess of our highest option exercise prices;

 

Ø   the exercise of options to purchase 1,598,291 shares of common stock, issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted average exercise price of $9.12 per share and per share exercise prices ranging from $5.29 to $15.77; and

 

Ø   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

To the extent that any options become exercisable, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may grant more options in the future.

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Selected historical consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected combined and consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the combined and consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined and consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed combined and consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited combined and consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and as of June 30, 2015 includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals that are necessary in the opinion of our management for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

Prior to May 1, 2014, we operated as a separately identifiable line of business of TFI. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders. Our combined financial statements for periods prior to the Spin-Off reflect the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending business that was contributed to us. The combined statements of operations for periods prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for general overhead and corporate functions historically provided to the direct lending business. These allocations were made based on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods and have been included in our combined financial statements for periods prior to May 1, 2014. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
Combined and consolidated statements of
operations data (dollars in thousands)
   2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 273,718      $ 72,095      $ 180,874      $ 102,562   

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     170,908        41,723        89,494        64,784   

Direct marketing costs

     60,166        23,811        27,017        26,040   

Other cost of sales

     10,603        6,305        6,398        4,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     241,677        71,839        122,909        95,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,041        256        57,965        7,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Compensation and benefits

     48,010        21,257        28,934        22,295   

Professional services

     18,662        13,205        10,854        7,856   

Selling and marketing

     7,366        6,557        4,380        2,405   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,043        4,802        4,598        4,206   

Depreciation and equipment

     8,317        5,329        4,210        4,189   

Other

     2,766        1,510        1,598        1,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     93,164        52,660        54,574        42,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (61,123     (52,404     3,391        (35,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     (12,939     (60     (13,927     (2,906

Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain

     (1,408     (237     491          

Non-operating income

            572        5,528          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (14,347     275        (7,908     (2,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (75,470     (52,129     (4,517     (38,274

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,710     (8,771     577        (8,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (54,760     (43,358     (5,094     (29,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     135        (1,499            149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (54,625   $ (44,857   $ (5,094   $ (29,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (11.59   $ (9.66   $ (1.03   $ (6.37

Pro forma net loss per share of common
stock – basic and diluted(1)

        

As adjusted(2)

        

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     4,711,794        4,643,133        4,949,376        4,643,133   

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per
share – basic and diluted(1)

        

 

(1)   Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at both December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later.
(2)   Pro forma net loss per share of common stock, as adjusted, gives effect to (i) the sale by us of             shares of our common stock in this offering; (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of our common stock; and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the VPC Facility, as described in “Use of proceeds,” as if the offering and those transactions had occurred on June 30, 2015. The number of shares is computed based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the six
months ended
June 30,
 

Other financial and operational data

(dollars in thousands, except as noted)

   2014     2013     2015     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (52,806   $ (47,075   $ 7,601      $ (31,178

Free cash flow(2)

     (47,358     (46,736     (12,646     (25,003

Number of new customer loans

     202,656        93,425        92,492        94,524   

Number of loans outstanding

     146,046        81,081        163,736        114,813   

Customer acquisition cost per new loan (in dollars)

     297        255        292        275   

Net charge-offs(3)

   $ 138,559      $ 30,649      $ 83,874      $ 45,130   

Additional provision for loan losses(3)

     32,349        11,074        5,620        19,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 170,908      $ 41,723      $ 89,494      $ 64,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable –  principal(4)

     15     11     12     16

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     51     43     46     44

Total provision for loan losses a percentage of revenues

     62     58     49     63

Combined loan loss reserve(5)

   $ 48,491      $ 16,826      $ 54,090      $ 36,672   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(5)

     22     21     22     24

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     202     251     189     207

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(4)

   $ 201,660      $ 72,753      $ 234,256      $ 139,845   

 

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss, adjusted to exclude: net interest expense associated with notes payable primarily under the VPC Facility used to fund our loans; foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations; depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets; adjustments to contingent consideration payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off; miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets related to discontinued operations; and income taxes. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Free cash flow is not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Free cash flow represents our net cash from operating activities adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.
(3)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to provision for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5)   Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans owned by the company plus the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the company. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to loan loss reserve, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     As of June 30, 2015
Selected consolidated balance sheet data (dollars in thousands)    Actual      Pro forma(1)      Pro forma as
adjusted(2)
     (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,584       $ 14,584      

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $49,307

     172,780         172,780      

Total assets

     283,330         283,330      

Total liabilities

     237,811         237,811      

Total convertible preferred stock

     6              

Total stockholders’ equity

     45,519         45,519      

 

(1)   The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock at June 30, 2015 into 5,639,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The outstanding shares of our preferred stock were originally distributed to stockholders of TFI in connection with the Spin-Off. Each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock without the payment of additional consideration. The conversion of the convertible preferred stock reduces total convertible preferred stock par value by $6 thousand while increasing common stock by the same amount.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above, (ii) the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our VPC Facility as described in “Use of proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         and decrease (increase) pro forma as adjusted total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. We generally refer to loans, customers and other information and data associated with each of Rise, Elastic and Sunny as Elevate’s loans, customers, information and data, irrespective of whether Elevate directly originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus—Presentation of information related to our products” for detailed information.

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers. We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We currently offer online installment loans and lines of credit in the US and the UK. Our products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide consumers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features.

On May 1, 2014, Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” completed a tax-free spin-off, or the “Spin-Off,” of our company by contributing the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us. TFI retained the assets and liabilities associated with its licensed technology platform line of business. The direct lending and branded products business contributed to us included Rise installment loans in the US, Sunny installment loans in the UK, Elastic lines of credit originated by a third party lender in the US, and our US and UK legacy short-term consumer loan products (loans which were migrated to our Rise and Sunny products, respectively) and a rent-to-own product (which we ceased offering in 2014).

The financial results included in this Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, or “MD&A,” include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of TFI, using the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending and branded products business. In preparing these financial results, we have made certain assumptions or used methodologies to allocate various expenses from TFI to us. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis where expenses could be tied directly to Elevate products or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods. We believe the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, these financial results may not necessarily reflect our financial results had we been a stand-alone company during all of the periods presented.

We earn revenues on the Rise and Sunny installment loans and on the Elastic lines of credit offered to customers. For all three products, our revenues, which primarily consist of finance charges, are driven by

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

our average loan balances outstanding and by the average annual percentage rate, or “APR,” associated with those outstanding loan balances. We calculate our average loan balances by taking a simple daily average of the ending loan balances outstanding for each period. We present certain key metrics and other information on a “combined” basis to reflect information related to loans originated by us and loans originated by Republic Bank, as well as loans originated by third-party lenders pursuant to CSO programs, which loans originated through CSO programs are not recorded on our balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. See “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics” and “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $1 billion in credit to approximately 400,000 customers and generated strong growth in revenues and loans outstanding. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 grew 280% compared to revenues for 2013 and revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015 grew 76% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our combined loan principal balances grew 177% in 2014, from $72.8 million as of December 31, 2013 to $201.7 million as of December 31, 2014, and grew an additional 16% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $234.3 million. For additional information about our combined loan balances please see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Combined loan information.”

We use our working capital and our credit facility with Victory Park Management, LLC, or “VPC,” to fund the loans we make to our customers. Prior to January 2014, we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. On January 30, 2014, we entered into an agreement with VPC to provide a credit facility, or the “VPC Facility,” with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million to fund our Rise installment loans. On August 15, 2014, the VPC Facility was amended to provide a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $315 million in order to add funds for our UK Sunny product and for working capital. On May 20, 2015, the VPC Facility was further amended to increase the maximum total borrowing amount to $335 million. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt facilities.”

The Elastic line of credit product is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank, which initially provides all of the funding for that product. Republic Bank retains 10% of the balances of all loans originated and sells a 90% loan participation in the Elastic lines of credit. We purchased these loan participations ourselves through June 30, 2015 and thus earned 90% of the revenues and incurred 90% of the losses associated with the Elastic product through that date. Due to the significant growth in Elastic, commencing July 1, 2015, a new structure was implemented such that the loan participations are sold by Republic Bank to Elastic SPV, Ltd., or “Elastic SPV.” Elastic SPV receives its funding from VPC in a separate financing facility, the “ESPV Facility,” which was finalized on July 13, 2015. We do not own Elastic SPV but, effective July 1, 2015, we entered into a credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV whereby we agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in Elastic SPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. As a result of this agreement, we believe that, under GAAP, Elastic SPV is a variable interest entity and we will be required to consolidate the financial results of Elastic SPV in our consolidated financial results going forward. We expect that the presentation of this new Elastic SPV structure will not differ from the presentation of the previous structure reflected in our financial statements, as we continue to record revenue and losses on 90% of the Elastic lines of credit originated by Republic Bank that are sold to Elastic SPV.

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Our management assesses our financial performance and future strategic goals through key metrics based primarily on the following three themes:

 

Ø   Revenue growth.    In 2014, our total revenues were $273.7 million, which represented a 280% increase over 2013 total revenues of $72.1 million. In the first six months of 2015, our total revenues were $180.9 million, a 76% increase from $102.6 million in the first six months of 2014. Key metrics related to revenue growth that we monitor by product include the ending and average combined loan balances outstanding, the effective APR of our product loan portfolios, the total dollar value of loans originated, the number of new customer loans made, the ending number of customer loans outstanding and the related customer acquisition cost, or “CAC,” associated with each new customer loan made. We include CAC as a key metric when analyzing revenue growth (rather than as a key metric within margin expansion) as we do not intend to lower our CAC over future periods. Instead, as we improve customer acquisition efficiency, we intend to increase spending on direct marketing to acquire a broader customer base to drive further revenue growth.

 

Ø   Stable credit quality.    Since the time they were managing our legacy US products, our management team has maintained stable credit quality across the loan portfolio they were managing, including during the recent financial crisis. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.” Additionally, in the periods covered in this MD&A, we have continued to maintain stable credit quality. The credit quality metrics we monitor include net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, the combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of outstanding combined loans, total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues and the percentage of past due combined loans receivable – principal.

 

Ø   Margin expansion.    We expect that our operating margins will continue to expand over the near term as we lower our direct marketing costs and operating expense as a percentage of revenues while continuing to maintain our stable credit quality levels. Over the next several years, as we continue to scale our loan portfolio, we anticipate that our direct marketing costs primarily associated with new customer acquisitions will decline to approximately 10% of revenues and our operating expenses will decline to approximately 20% of revenues. We aim to manage our business to achieve a long-term operating margin of 20%, and do not expect our operating margin to increase beyond that level, as we intend to pass on any improvements over our targeted margins to our customers in the form of lower APRs. We believe this is a critical component of our responsible lending platform and over time will also help us continue to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING METRICS

As discussed above, we regularly monitor a number of metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and in making strategic decisions.

Certain of our metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that such metrics are useful in period-to-period comparisons of our core business. However, non-GAAP financial measures are not an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of our non-GAAP metrics to GAAP.

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Revenue growth

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the six
months ended June 30,
 
Revenue growth metrics (dollars in thousands, except as noted)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 273,718      $ 72,095      $ 180,874      $ 102,562   

Period-over-period revenue growth

     280     N/A        76     N/A   

Ending combined loans receivable – principal(1)

     201,660        72,753        234,256        139,845   

Average combined loans receivable – principal(1)(2)

     134,491        28,411        192,211        99,399   

Total combined loans originated – principal

     489,321        139,201        249,940        204,010   

Average customer loan balance (in dollars)(3)

     1,367        893        1,434        1,229   

Number of new customer loans

     202,656        93,425        92,492        94,524   

Number of loans outstanding

     146,046        81,081        163,736        114,813   

Customer acquisition cost per new loan (in dollars)

     297        255        292        275   

Effective APR of combined loan portfolio

     202     251     189     207

 

(1)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders pursuant to our CSO programs. See “—Non-GAAP financial measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using an average of daily principal balances.
(3)   Average customer loan balance is a weighted average of all three products and is calculated for each product by dividing the ending combined loans receivable – principal by the number of loans outstanding at period end.

Revenues.    Our revenues are composed of finance charges, CSO acquisition fees (which are fees we receive from customers who obtain a loan through the CSO program for the credit services, including the loan guaranty, we provide) and non-sufficient funds fees (which we expect to discontinue by the end of 2015) on Rise installment loans, finance charges on Sunny installment loans and revenues earned on the Elastic lines of credit. See “—Components of our Results of Operations—Revenues.”

Ending and average combined loans receivable – principal.    We calculate the average combined loans receivable – principal by taking a simple daily average of the ending combined loans receivable – principal for each period. Key metrics that drive the ending and average combined loans receivable – principal include the amount of loans originated in a period and the average customer loan balance. All loan balance metrics include only the 90% participation in the related Elastic line of credit advances (we exclude the 10% held by Republic Bank), but include the full loan balances on CSO loans, which are not presented on our balance sheet.

Combined loans originated.    The amount of loans originated in a period is driven primarily by loans to new customers as well as new loans to prior customers, including refinancings of existing loans to customers in good standing.

Average customer loan balance and effective APR of combined loan portfolio.    The average loan amount and its related APR are based on the product and the underlying credit quality of the customer. Generally, better credit quality customers are offered higher loan amounts at lower APRs. Additionally, new customers have more potential risk of loss than prior or existing customers due to lack of payment history and the potential for fraud. As a result, newer customers typically will have lower loan amounts and higher APRs to compensate for that additional risk of loss. The effective APR is calculated based on the actual amount of revenue generated from a customer loan divided by the average outstanding balance for the loan, and can be lower than the stated APR on the loan due to waived finance charges and other

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

reasons. The actual amount of revenue we realize on a loan portfolio is impacted by both the lower effective APR and the amount of prepayments and charged-off customer loans in the portfolio. For a single loan, on average, we typically expect to realize approximately 60% of the revenues that we would otherwise realize if the loan were to fully amortize at the stated APR.

Number of new customer loans.    We define a new customer loan as the first loan made to a customer for each of our products (so a customer receiving a Rise installment loan and then at a later date taking their first cash advance on an Elastic line of credit would be counted twice). The number of new customer loans is subject to seasonal fluctuations. New customer acquisition is typically slowest during the first six months of each calendar year, primarily in the first quarter, compared to the latter half of the year, as our existing and prospective US customers usually receive tax refunds during this period and, thus, have less of a need for loans from us. Further, many US customers will use their tax refunds to prepay all or a portion of their loan balance during this period, so our overall loan portfolio typically decreases during the first quarter of the calendar year. Overall loan portfolio growth and the number of new customer loans tends to accelerate during the summer months (typically June and July), at the beginning of the school year (typically late August to early September) and during the winter holidays (typically late November to early December).

Customer acquisition cost per new loan.    A key expense metric we monitor related to loan growth is our CAC. This metric is the amount of direct marketing costs incurred during a period divided by the number of new customer loans originated during that same period. New loans to former customers are not included in our calculation of CAC (except to the extent they receive a loan through a different product) as we believe we incur no material direct marketing costs to make additional loans to a prior customer through the same product.

Recent trends.    Our revenues for the first six months of 2015 totaled $180.9 million, up 76% from the first six months of 2014. The growth in revenues during the first six months of 2015 was driven by a 93% increase in our average combined loan balance as we continued to expand our customer base. The number of customer loans outstanding at June 30, 2015 increased 43% over the prior year amount. We were able to continue to grow our customer base while maintaining a CAC that remained within our historical levels of $250 to $300. Additionally, the average customer loan balance increased 17% from the prior period, totaling approximately $1,500. We expect this trend in average customer loan balance to continue as our loan portfolio continues to grow and mature with more existing and repeat customers. The growth in loan balances drove the increase in revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2015, offset in part by a decrease in the average APR on the loan portfolio, which declined to 189% during the first six months of 2015 from 207% during the first six months of 2014. This decrease in the average APR resulted both from an overall maturation of the loan portfolio, which we expect to continue over time, as well as a decline in the average APR for Sunny, due to the new regulatory rate cap implemented on January 1, 2015 in the UK, and the effect of an increased portion of our portfolio being attributable to Elastic since late 2014. Elastic has an average effective APR of approximately 90% compared to Rise, which has an average APR of approximately 180%. See “Risk factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our recent growth rate may not be indicative of our ability to continue to grow, if at all, in the future.”

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Credit quality

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the six months
ended June 30,
 
Credit quality metrics (dollars in thousands)    2014     2013           2015                 2014        
                 (unaudited)  

Net charge-offs(1)

   $ 138,559      $ 30,649      $ 83,874      $ 45,130   

Additional provision for loan losses(1)

     32,349        11,074        5,620        19,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 170,908      $ 41,723      $ 89,494      $ 64,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due combined loans receivable – principal as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(2)

     15     11     12     16

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues(1)

     51     43     46     44

Total provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     62     58     49     63

Combined loan loss reserve(3)

   $ 48,491      $ 16,826      $ 54,090      $ 36,672   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(3)

     22     21     22     24

 

(1)   Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses are not financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Net charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud, offset by any recoveries. Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation provision for loan losses, to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(2)   Combined loans receivable is defined as loans owned by the company plus loans originated and owned by third-party lenders. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loans receivable to loans receivable, net, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(3)   Combined loan loss reserve is defined as the loan loss reserve for loans originated and owned by the company plus the loan loss reserve for loans owned by third-party lenders and guaranteed by the company. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation of Combined loan loss reserve to allowance for loan losses, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

In reviewing the credit quality of our loan portfolio, we break out our total provision for loan losses that is presented on our income statement under GAAP into two separate items—net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses. Net charge-offs are indicative of the credit quality of our underlying portfolio, while additional provision for loan losses is subject to more fluctuation based on loan portfolio growth and the effect of normal seasonality on our business. The additional provision for loan losses is the amount needed to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss reserve methodology.

Net charge-offs.    Net charge-offs comprise gross charge-offs offset by recoveries on prior charge-offs. Gross charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as bankruptcy notice or identified fraud. Any payments received on loans that have been charged off are recorded as recoveries and reduce the amount of gross charge-offs. Recoveries are typically less than 10% of the amount charged off and thus we do not view recoveries as a key credit quality metric. Historically, we have incurred net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues of between 43% and 51%.

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues can vary based on several factors, such as whether or not we experience significant growth or lower the APR of our products. Additionally, although a more seasoned

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

portfolio will typically result in lower net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues, we do not intend to drive down this ratio significantly below our historical ratios and would instead seek to offer our existing products to a broader new customer base to drive additional revenues.

Additional provision for loan losses.    Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology.

Additional provision relates to an increase in future inherent losses in the loan portfolio as determined by our loan loss reserve methodology. This increase could be due to a combination of factors such as an increase in the size of the loan portfolio or a worsening of credit quality or increase in past due loans. It is also possible for the additional provision for loan losses for a period to be a negative amount, which would reduce the amount of the combined loan loss reserve needed (due to a decrease in the loan portfolio or improvement in credit quality). The amount of additional provision for loan losses is seasonal in nature, mirroring the seasonality of our new customer acquisition and overall loan portfolio growth, as discussed above. The combined loan loss reserve typically decreases during the first quarter or first half of the calendar year due to a decrease in the loan portfolio from year end. Then, as the rate of growth for the loan portfolio starts to increase during the second half of the year, additional provision for loan losses is typically needed to increase the reserve for future losses associated with the loan growth. Because of this, our provision for loan losses can vary significantly throughout the year without a significant change in the credit quality of our portfolio.

The following provides an example of the application of our loan loss reserve methodology and the break out of the provision for loan losses between the portion associated with replenishing the reserve due to net charge-offs and the amount related to the additional loan loss provision. If the beginning combined loan loss reserve were $25 million, and we incurred $10 million of net charge-offs during the period and the ending combined loan loss reserve needed to be $30 million according to our loan loss reserve methodology, our total provision for loan losses would be $15 million, comprising $10 million in net charge-offs (provision needed to replenish the combined loan loss reserve) plus $5 million of additional provision related to an increase in future inherent losses in the loan portfolio identified by our loan loss reserve methodology.

 

Example (dollars in thousands)                

Beginning combined loan loss reserve

      $ 25,000   

Less: Net charge-offs

        (10,000

Provision for loan losses:

     

Provision for net charge-offs

   $ 10,000      

Additional provision for loan losses

     5,000      
  

 

 

    

Total provision for loan losses

        15,000   
     

 

 

 

Ending combined loan loss reserve balance

      $ 30,000   
     

 

 

 

Loan loss reserve methodology.    Our loan loss reserve methodology is calculated separately for each product and, in the case of Rise (for non-CSO and CSO program loans), is calculated separately based on the state in which each customer resides to account for varying state license requirements that affect the amount of the loan offered, repayment terms and other factors. For each product, loss factors are calculated based on the delinquency status of customer loan balances: current, 1 to 30 days past due or 31 to 60 days past due. These loss factors for loans in each delinquency status are based on average

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

historical loss rates by product (or state) associated with each of these three delinquency categories. Hence, another key credit quality metric we monitor is the percentage of past due combined loans receivable – principal, as an increase in past due loans will cause an increase in our combined loan loss reserve and related additional provision for loan losses to increase the reserve. For customers that are not past due, we further stratify these loans into loss rates by payment number, as a new customer that is about to make a first loan payment has a significantly higher risk of loss than a customer who has successfully made ten payments on an existing loan with us. Based on this methodology, we have historically seen our combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable fluctuate between approximately 21% and 24% depending on the overall mix of new, former and past due customer loans.

Recent trends.    For the first six months of 2015, net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues was 46%, consistent with our historical range of 43% to 51%. This was slightly higher than the 44% for the first six months of 2014 but slightly lower than the 51% for the full year 2014. Additional provision for loan losses for the first six months of 2015 totaled $5.6 million. This increase primarily resulted from the strong growth in loans we experienced during the latter part of the first half of 2015 and the resultant expected increase in net charge-offs associated with this growth in new customers (including potential fraud losses we identified in June 2015). For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our overall loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable remained relatively flat at 22%. The loss factors by delinquency category used to calculate the loan loss reserve at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 did not vary materially.

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Additionally, we also look at cumulative credit losses by vintage as a percentage of combined principal-originated. As the below table shows, our cumulative credit losses for each quarterly vintage since the third quarter of 2013 (with the launch of Rise and Sunny) have trended under 20%.

 

 

LOGO

 

  *   Excludes losses related to fraud.

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Margins

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
Margin metrics (dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 273,718      $ 72,095      $ 180,874      $ 102,562   

Net charge-offs(1)

     (138,559     (30,649     (83,874     (45,130

Additional provision for loan losses(1)

     (32,349     (11,074     (5,620     (19,654

Direct marketing costs

     (60,166     (23,811     (27,017     (26,040

Other cost of sales

     (10,603     (6,305     (6,398     (4,480
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,041        256        57,965        7,258   

Operating expenses

     (93,164     (52,660     (54,574     (42,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ (61,123   $ (52,404   $ 3,391      $ (35,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percentage of revenues:

        

Net charge-offs

     51  %      43  %      46  %      44  % 

Additional provision for loan losses

     11        15        3        19   

Direct marketing costs

     22        33        15        25   

Other cost of sales

     4        9        4        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     12               32        7   

Operating expenses

     34        73        30        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin

     (22 )%      (73 )%      2  %      (34 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Non-GAAP measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses.”

Gross margin is calculated as revenues minus cost of sales, or gross profit, expressed as a percentage of revenues, and operating margin is calculated as operating income (loss) expressed as a percentage of revenues. We expect our margins to increase as we continue to scale our business. Over the long term, we also expect direct marketing costs and operating expenses to decrease to approximately 10% and 20% of revenues, respectively, as revenues continue to increase as our loan portfolio grows.

Recent operating margin trends.    For the first six months of 2015 our operating margin was 2%, up from (22)% for full year 2014 and up from (34)% for the first six months of 2014. This increase was due to a decline in both additional provision for loan losses and direct marketing costs as a percentage of revenues, as well as to a decline in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues. Additional provision for loan losses declined due to the loan portfolio growing only 16% during the first half of 2015 compared to 92% during the first half of 2014, resulting in the combined loan loss reserve increasing $5.6 million in the first half of 2015 versus $19.8 million in the first half of 2014. As the percentage of loan growth continues to decline compared to the overall size of the loan portfolio, we expect our related additional provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues will continue to decline as well. Direct marketing costs declined to 15% of revenues for the first half of 2015, from 25% a year earlier, despite the CAC and number of new customers being relatively consistent between the first six months of 2015 and 2014. The decline was due to efficiencies derived from the scaling of our business, as revenues increased 76% and combined loans receivable – principal increased by 68%, while direct marketing costs remained relatively flat. As we continue to further scale our business, we believe our direct marketing costs as a percentage of revenues will continue to decline to approximately 10% of revenues. However, in the second half of 2015, we believe this percentage will continue to be largely consistent with that of

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

the first half of 2015, as we continue to acquire new customers within our target CAC. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues declined from 41% during the first six months of 2014 to 30% during the first six months of 2015. A majority of our operating expenses is compensation and benefits associated with our employees. Approximately two-thirds of TFI’s employees moved over to Elevate in the Spin-Off, as these employees were involved with the direct lending business. The loan products that drive our revenues were all relatively new at the time of the Spin-Off—having been launched in 2013. As a result, we incurred a large amount of operating expenses as we launched these newer products. As we continue to further scale our business, we believe our operating expenses as a percentage of revenues will continue to decline to approximately 20% of revenues.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We believe that the inclusion of the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business and useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, non-GAAP financial measures are not a measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered an alternative to any measures of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Other companies may calculate these non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our net income (loss), adjusted to exclude:

 

Ø   Net interest expense, primarily associated with notes payable under the VPC Facility used to fund our loans;

 

Ø   Foreign currency gains and losses associated with our UK operations;

 

Ø   Depreciation and amortization expense on fixed assets and intangible assets;

 

Ø   Adjustments to contingent considerations payable related to companies previously acquired prior to the Spin-Off;

 

Ø   Miscellaneous gains and losses associated with the sale of assets on discontinued operations; and

 

Ø   Income taxes.

Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful supplemental measure in analyzing the operating performance of the business and provides greater transparency into the results of operations of our core business.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

Ø   Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expected cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

Ø   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

Ø   Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest associated with notes payable used for funding our customer loans, for other corporate purposes or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (54,625   $ (44,857   $ (5,094   $ (29,578

Adjustments:

        

Net interest expense

     12,939        60        13,927        2,907   

Foreign currency (gains) losses

     1,408        237        (491       

Depreciation and amortization expense

     8,317        5,329        4,210        4,189   

Adjustment to contingent consideration

            (572     (5,528       

(Gain) loss on discontinued operations

     (135     1,499               (149

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,710     (8,771     577        (8,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (52,806   $ (47,075   $ 7,601      $ (31,178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow, or “FCF,” represents our net cash provided by operating activities, adjusted to include:

 

Ø   Principal net charge-offs – combined principal loans; and

 

Ø   Capital expenditures.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to FCF for each of the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities(1)

   $ 55,648      $ (15,568   $ 48,652      $ 8,463   

Adjustments:

        

Net charge-offs – combined principal loans

     (93,732     (18,578     (57,383     (29,027

Capital expenditures

     (9,274     (12,590     (3,915     (4,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FCF

   $ (47,358   $ (46,736   $ (12,646   $ (25,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities includes net charge-offs – combined finance charges.

Net charge-offs and additional provision for loan losses

We break out our total provision for loan losses into two separate items—first, the amount related to net charge-offs, and second, the additional provision for loan losses needed to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss methodology. We believe this presentation provides more detail related to the components of our total provision for loan losses when analyzing the gross margin of our business.

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net charge-offs.    Net charge-offs comprise gross charge-offs offset by recoveries on prior charge-offs. Gross charge-offs include the amount of principal and accrued interest on loans that are more than 60 days past due, or sooner if we receive notice that the loan will not be collected, such as a bankruptcy notice or identified fraud. Any payments received on loans that have been charged off are recorded as recoveries and reduce the amount of gross charge-offs.

Additional provision for loan losses.    Additional provision for loan losses is the amount of provision for loan losses needed for a particular period to adjust the combined loan loss reserve to the appropriate level in accordance with our underlying loan loss reserve methodology.

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
     For the six months
ended June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2014      2013      2015      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

Net charge-offs

   $ 138,559       $ 30,649       $ 83,874       $ 45,130   

Additional provision for loan losses

     32,349         11,074         5,620         19,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   $ 170,908       $ 41,723       $ 89,494       $ 64,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Combined loan information

The information presented in the tables below on a combined basis are non-GAAP measures based on a combined portfolio of loans, which includes the total amount of outstanding loans receivable that we own and that are on our balance sheet plus outstanding loans receivable originated and owned by third parties that we guarantee pursuant to CSO programs in which we participate. See “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance and liability for estimated losses on consumer loans” and “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Liability for estimated losses on credit service organization loans.”

We believe these non-GAAP measures provide investors with important information needed to evaluate the magnitude of potential loan losses and the opportunity for revenue performance of the combined loan portfolio on an aggregate basis. We also believe that the comparison of the combined amounts from period to period is more meaningful than comparing only the amounts reflected on our balance sheet since both revenues and cost of sales as reflected in our financial statements are impacted by the aggregate amount of loans we own and those CSO loans we guarantee.

Our use of total combined loans and fees receivable has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

Ø   Rise CSO loans are originated and owned by a third party lender; and

 

Ø   Rise CSO loans are funded by a third party lender and are not part of the VPC facility.

As of each of the period ends indicated, the following table presents a reconciliation of:

 

Ø   Loans receivable, net, company owned (which reconciles to our combined and consolidated balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus);

 

Ø   Loans receivable, net, guaranteed by the company (as disclosed in Note 1 of our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus);

 

Ø   Combined loans receivable (which we use as a non-GAAP measure); and

 

Ø   Combined loan loss reserve (which we use as a non-GAAP measure).

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
(dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Company Owned Loans:

        

Loans receivable – principal, current, company owned

   $ 148,210      $ 50,448      $ 182,007      $ 101,165   

Loans receivable – principal, past due, company owned

     28,564        8,036        26,250        21,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – principal, total, company owned

     176,774        58,484        208,257        122,248   

Loans receivable – finance charges, company owned

     15,963        6,614        13,830        10,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – company owned

     192,737        65,098        222,087        132,884   

Allowance for loan losses on loans receivable, company owned

     (44,914     (15,167     (49,307     (33,530
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net, company owned

   $ 147,823      $ 49,931      $ 172,780      $ 99,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Third Party Loans Guaranteed by the Company:

        

Loans receivable – principal, current, guaranteed by company

   $ 23,145      $ 14,269      $ 23,769      $ 15,713   

Loans receivable – principal, past due, guaranteed by company

     1,741               2,230        1,884   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – principal, total, guaranteed by company(1)

     24,886        14,269        25,999        17,597   

Loans receivable – finance charges, guaranteed by company(2)

     75        41        110        72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable – guaranteed by company

     24,961        14,310        26,109        17,669   

Liability for losses on loans receivable, guaranteed by company

     (3,577     (1,659     (4,783     (3,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net, guaranteed by company(3)

   $ 21,384      $ 12,651      $ 21,326      $ 14,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Loans Receivable(3):

        

Combined loans receivable – principal, current

   $ 171,355      $ 64,717      $ 205,776      $ 116,878   

Combined loans receivable – principal, past due

     30,305        8,036        28,480        22,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable – principal

     201,660        72,753        234,256        139,845   

Combined loans receivable – finance charges

     16,038        6,655        13,940        10,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable

   $ 217,698      $ 79,408      $ 248,196      $ 150,553   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined Loan Loss Reserve(3):

        

Allowance for loan losses on loans receivable, company owned

   $ (44,914   $ (15,167   $ (49,307   $ (33,530

Liability for losses on loans receivable, guaranteed by company

     (3,577     (1,659     (4,783     (3,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve

   $ (48,491   $ (16,826   $ (54,090   $ (36,672
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loans receivable – principal, past due(3)

   $ 30,305      $ 8,036      $ 28,480      $ 22,967   

Combined loans receivable – principal(3)

     201,660        72,753        234,256        139,845   

Percentage past due

     15     11     12     16

Combined loan loss reserve(3)

   $ (48,491   $ (16,826   $ (54,090   $ (36,672

Combined loans receivable(3)

     217,698        79,408        248,196        150,553   

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable(3)(4)

     22     21     22     24

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans receivable – company owned

     23     23     22     25

 

(1)   Represents loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Represents finance charges earned by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(3)   Non-GAAP measure.
(4)   Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of combined loans receivable is determined using period-end balances.

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

COMPONENTS OF OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues

Our revenues are composed of finance charges, CSO acquisition fees and non-sufficient funds fees on Rise installment loans, finance charges on Sunny installment loans and cash advance fees attributable to the participation in Elastic lines of credit that we consolidate. See “—Overview” above for further information on the structure of Elastic.

Cost of sales

Provision for loan losses.    Provision for loan losses consists of amounts charged against income during the period related to net charge-offs and the additional provision for loan losses needed to adjust the loan loss reserve to the appropriate amount at the end of each month based on our loan loss methodology.

Direct marketing costs.    Direct marketing costs consist of online marketing costs such as sponsored search and advertising on social networking sites, and other marketing costs such as purchased television and radio air time and direct mail print advertising. In addition, direct marketing cost includes affiliate costs paid to marketers in exchange for referrals of potential customers. All direct marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

Other cost of sales.    Other cost of sales includes data verification costs associated with the underwriting of potential customers and automated clearinghouse, or “ACH,” transaction costs associated with customer loan fundings and payments.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, professional services, selling and marketing, occupancy and equipment, depreciation and amortization as well as other miscellaneous expenses. For 2015, all operating expenses are based on actual operating expenses incurred by us. From the Spin-Off date (May 1, 2014) through the end of 2014, all operating expenses are based on actual operating expenses incurred by us, as well as on the allocation of expenses pursuant to the shared services agreement with TFI for functional areas such as finance, human resources and information technology. Prior to the Spin-Off, our operating expenses were calculated using assumptions or methodologies where operating expenses could not be directly attributable to either us or TFI. Examples would include allocating compensation and benefits for overhead personnel based on our product’s percentage of revenues to overall consolidated TFI revenues, or allocating rent expense based on a similar methodology. See “—Basis of Presentation and Critical Accounting Policies—Assumptions and significant judgments regarding treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off.”

Compensation and benefits.    Salaries and personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation expense, comprise a majority of our operating expenses and these costs are driven by our number of employees. The average number of employees related to these operating expense categories grew from 357 for the first six months of 2014 to 402 for the first six months of 2015.

Professional services.    These operating expenses include costs associated with legal, accounting and auditing, recruiting and outsourced customer support and collections.

Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing costs include costs associated with the use of agencies that perform creative services and monitor and measure the performance of the various marketing channels.

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Selling and marketing costs also include the production costs associated with media advertisements that are expensed as incurred over the licensing or production period. These expenses do not include direct marketing costs incurred to acquire customers, which comprises CAC.

Occupancy and equipment.    Occupancy and equipment includes rent expense on our leased facilities, as well as telephony and web hosting expenses.

Depreciation and amortization.    We capitalize all acquisitions of property and equipment of $500 or greater as well as certain software development costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of software development are expensed. Costs incurred thereafter, including external direct costs of materials and services as well as payroll and payroll-related costs, are capitalized. Post-development costs are expensed. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets.

Other (expense) income

Net interest expense.    Net interest expense primarily includes the interest expense associated with the VPC facilities that fund the Rise and Sunny installment loans, and after July 1, 2015, the Elastic lines of credit and related Elastic SPV entity. Net interest expense for 2014 also includes interest expense paid to TFI related to the debt facility with TFI that was completely paid off on December 31, 2014 and terminated on January 1, 2015.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).    We incur foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to activities associated with our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Inc., primarily with regard to the VPC facility used to fund Sunny installment loans.

Non-operating income.    Non-operating income primarily includes gains and losses on adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities related to acquisitions associated with the Elastic product.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes prior to, and after, the Spin-Off was determined on a separate return basis as if we were a separate filer (and not part of the TFI consolidated tax return).

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth our combined and consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
Results of operations (dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 273,718      $ 72,095      $ 180,874      $ 102,562   

Cost of sales:

      

Provision for loan losses

     170,908        41,723        89,494        64,784   

Direct marketing costs

     60,166        23,811        27,017        26,040   

Other cost of sales

     10,603        6,305        6,398        4,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     241,677        71,839        122,909        95,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,041        256        57,965        7,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

     48,010        21,257        28,934        22,295   

Professional services

     18,662        13,205        10,854        7,856   

Selling and marketing

     7,366        6,557        4,380        2,405   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,043        4,802        4,598        4,206   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,317        5,329        4,210        4,189   

Other

     2,766        1,510        1,598        1,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     93,164        52,660        54,574        42,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (61,123     (52,404     3,391        (35,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Net interest expense

     (12,939     (60     (13,927     (2,906

Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain

     (1,408     (237     491          

Non-operating income

            572        5,528          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (14,347     275        (7,908     (2,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (75,470     (52,129     (4,517     (38,274

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,710     (8,771     577        (8,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (54,760     (43,358     (5,094     (29,727

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     135        (1,499            149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (54,625   $ (44,857   $ (5,094   $ (29,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
    For the six months ended
June 30,
 
As a percentage of revenues (dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Cost of sales:

        

Provision for loan losses

     62     58     49     63

Direct marketing costs

     22        33        15        25   

Other cost of sales

     4        9        4        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     88        100        68        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     12               32        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

     18        29        16        22   

Professional services

     7        18        6        8   

Selling and marketing

     3        9        2        2   

Occupancy and equipment

     3        7        3        4   

Depreciation and amortization

     3        7        2        4   

Other

            3        1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34        73        30        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (22     (73     2        (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Net interest expense

     (5            (8     (3

Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain

     (1                     

Non-operating income

            1        3          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (6     1        (5     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (28     (72     (3     (37

Income tax benefit

     8        12               8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (20     (60     (3     (29

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

            (2              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (20 )%      (62 )%      (3 )%      (29 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

Revenues

 

     Six months ended June 30,        
     2015     2014     Period-to-period change  
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  
     (unaudited)               

Finance charges

   $ 180,061         100   $ 101,977         99   $ 78,084         77

Other

     813                585         1        228         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 180,874         100   $ 102,562         100   $ 78,312         76
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $78.3 million, or 76%, from $102.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $180.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. This growth in revenues was primarily

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

attributable to increased finance charges driven by growth in our average loan balances, partially offset by a decrease in our overall APR, as illustrated in the table below. Over time, we expect our average customer loan balance to continue to increase and the related overall effective APR of our loan portfolio to decrease as our loan portfolio continues to grow and mature with more existing and repeat customers who pay lower interest rates over time.

The below tables break out the change in finance charges (including CSO acquisition fees and cash advance fees) by product:

 

     Six months ended June 30, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)   

US
Installment

(1)

    US Line
of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK     Total  
     (unaudited)  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

   $ 163,570      $ 3,209      $ 166,779      $ 25,432      $ 192,211   

Effective APR

     180     93     178     257     189

Finance charges

   $ 146,129      $ 1,477      $ 147,606      $ 32,455      $ 180,061   
     Six months ended June 30, 2014  
(dollars in thousands)   

US
Installment

(1)

    US Line
of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK     Total  
     (unaudited)  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(2)

   $ 85,607      $ 31      $ 85,638      $ 13,761      $ 99,399   

Effective APR

     187     106     187     333     207

Finance charges

   $ 79,231      $ 16      $ 79,247      $ 22,730      $ 101,977   

 

(1)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using an average of daily principal balances.

During the first six months of 2015, our average combined loans receivable – principal increased $92.8 million as we continued to market our Rise, Sunny and Elastic products in the US and UK. As a result of the increased average combined loans receivable – principal, finance charges increased $93.2 million during the first six months of 2015 compared to a year earlier. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in our average APR, in particular for the UK Sunny product. Effective January 1, 2015, our UK Sunny product was required under the new UK regulations to lower the APR to comply with a 24% monthly rate cap. Our prior monthly APR for the Sunny product was a maximum monthly rate of 29%. This new rate cap, combined with our existing Sunny UK customers continuing to receive lower rates, resulted in the overall annual APR of that product dropping to 257% for the first six months of 2015 compared to 333% for the first six months of 2014. This UK rate reduction, combined with the slight drop in the Rise APR, resulted in reduced revenue of $15.1 million for the first six months of 2015. Based on the new rate cap, the APR of our Sunny product should initially remain relatively flat for the remainder of 2015, potentially decreasing over time as the portfolio matures and more existing customers receive lower rates on their loans.

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Cost of sales

 

     Six months ended June 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  
     (unaudited)  

Cost of sales:

  

Provision for loan losses

   $ 89,494         49   $ 64,784         63   $ 24,710         38

Direct marketing costs

     27,017         15        26,040         25        977         4   

Other cost of sales

     6,398         4        4,480         5        1,918         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

   $ 122,909         68   $ 95,304         93   $ 27,605         29
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses.    Provision for loan losses increased by $24.7 million, or 38%, from $64.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $89.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to an increase in the overall loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses increase reflected a $38.7 million increase in net charge-offs partially offset by a $14.0 million decrease in additional loss provisions.

The tables below break out these changes by loan product:

 

     Six months ended June 30, 2015  
(dollars in thousands)    US
Installment(1)
    US Line of
credit(2)
    Total
Domestic
    UK(3)     Total  
     (unaudited)  

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 39,309      $ 38      $ 39,347      $ 9,144      $ 48,491   

Net charge-offs

     (75,035     (254     (75,289     (8,585     (83,874

Provision for loan losses

     81,770        2,413        84,183        5,311        89,494   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (21     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 46,044      $ 2,197      $ 48,241      $ 5,849      $ 54,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(4)(5)

   $ 197,552      $ 20,239      $ 217,791      $ 30,405      $ 248,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     23     11     22     19     22

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     51     17     51     26     46

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     56     163     57     16     49

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

    Six months ended June 30, 2014  
(dollars in thousands)   US
Installment(1)
    US Line of
credit(2)
    Total
Domestic
    UK(3)     Total  
    (unaudited)  

Combined loan loss reserve(4):

         

Beginning balance

  $ 12,657      $      $ 12,657      $ 4,169      $ 16,826   

Net charge-offs

    (35,710     (7     (35,717     (9,413     (45,130

Provision for loan losses

    51,481        15        51,496        13,288        64,784   

Effect of foreign currency

                         192        192   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 28,428      $            8      $ 28,436      $ 8,236      $ 36,672   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(4)(5)

  $ 125,583      $ 65      $ 125,648      $ 24,905      $ 150,553   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

    23     12     23     33     24

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

    45     44     45     41     44

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

    65     92     65     58     63

 

(1)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Rise for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014.
(2)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Elastic for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014.
(3)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Sunny for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014.
(4)   Not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(5)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.

Net charge-offs increased $38.7 million for the first six months of 2015 versus the first six months of 2014, primarily due to an increase in Rise net charge-offs associated with growth in the Rise loan portfolio during the year. Despite the large increase in absolute dollar amounts, overall net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues for the first six months of 2015 was 46%, a slight increase from 44% for the comparable period in 2014 and generally in line with our 50% expectation as discussed in “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality” above.

Additional provision for loan losses decreased $14.0 million as the combined loan loss reserve increased $5.6 million in the first six months of 2015, as compared to a $19.8 million increase in the first six months of 2014. This relatively smaller increase was due to the Rise portfolio growing faster during the first half of 2014 compared to the first half of 2015. The combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of total combined loans receivable was 22% as of June 30, 2015, a slight decrease compared to 24% as of June 30, 2014.

Direct marketing costs.    Direct marketing costs increased by $1.0 million, or 4%, from $26.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $27.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to a slight increase in the CAC to $292 from $275 a year earlier. This resulted in direct marketing costs increasing by $1.5 million, partially offset by $0.5 million due to a decrease in the number of new customers acquired, which dropped slightly from 94,524 to 92,492. Our goal is to maintain CAC between $250 and $300 per customer on a consolidated basis.

Other cost of sales.    Other cost of sales increased by $1.9 million, or 43%, from $4.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $6.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to increased data verification, transactions through preapproved ACH authorization and other costs associated with growth in our loan portfolio.

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Operating expenses

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
    2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  
    (unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 28,934        16   $ 22,295        22   $ 6,639        30

Professional services

    10,854        6        7,856        8        2,998        38   

Selling and marketing

    4,380        2        2,405        2        1,975        82   

Occupancy and equipment

    4,598        3        4,206        4        392        9   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,210        2        4,189        4        21        1   

Other

    1,598        1        1,675        1        (77     (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $ 54,574        30   $ 42,626        41   $ 11,948        28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits.    Compensation and benefits increased by $6.6 million, or 30%, from $22.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $28.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to an increase in the number of average full-time employees from 357 for the first six months of 2014 to 402 for the first six months of 2015.

Professional services.     Professional services increased by $3.0 million, or 38%, from $7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $10.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to increased audit and tax services associated with the carve-out audits and increased costs from customer service support costs due to the growth in the overall loan portfolio.

Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing increased by $2.0 million, or 82%, from $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to increased television production costs associated with the Rise and Sunny products.

Occupancy and equipment.    Occupancy and equipment increased by $0.4 million, or 9%, from $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to increased repairs and maintenance costs over the comparable period in 2014.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization remained relatively flat at $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015.

Other expenses.    Other expenses decreased by $0.1 million, or 5%, from $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to a decrease in VAT taxes incurred by our UK operations during the comparable period in 2014.

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net interest expense

 

     Six months ended June 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  
     (unaudited)               

Net interest expense

   $ 13,927         8   $ 2,906         3   $ 11,021         379

Net interest expense increased $11.0 million, or 379%, during the first six months of 2015 versus the first six months of 2014 as we established a debt facility with a third party lender, VPC, in January 2014 to fund our Rise installment loans, and then expanded that facility in August 2014 to include funding for our Sunny UK loans as well as working capital for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2014, we had $174.8 million in notes payable outstanding under this debt facility, which increased to $204.8 million at June 30, 2015, compared to no outstanding amounts at December 31, 2013 and $86.6 million at June 30, 2014. The interest rates on these notes vary from 14% to 18%. Prior to establishing this debt facility, we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. During 2014, after the Spin-Off, we also borrowed funds from TFI during the year to help with our general corporate purposes under the credit facility provided as part of the Spin-Off. The maximum amount we borrowed under the debt facility with TFI was $24.8 million, and we completely repaid these funds as of December 31, 2014 and terminated the debt facility on January 1, 2015. The interest rate on that debt facility was 8%.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

In the first half of 2015, we realized $0.5 million in foreign currency remeasurement gains related to the debt facility our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Ltd., has with a third party lender, VPC, which is denominated in US dollars. This debt facility for our UK entity was not yet in place at June 30, 2014, and therefore, there were no such gains or losses in the first half of 2014. Additionally, we expect that upon completion of our initial public offering as contemplated by this prospectus, we will use a portion of the proceeds to pay off, in full, the $30 million outstanding under the UK entity’s VPC debt facility, thereby eliminating any future interest expense and gains or losses on foreign currency associated with that debt facility.

Non-operating Income

For the first six months of 2015, we realized non-operating income of $5.5 million. We had no non-operating income during the first six months of 2014. In June 2015, we entered into a consulting agreement with a related party whereby the related party agreed to release our $5.5 million contingent consideration payable to them, and, in exchange, we agreed to pay the related party a $300 thousand annual fee for the next five years for consulting services. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Transactions with RLJ Financial LLC.”

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

     Six months ended June 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015      2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
     Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  
     (unaudited)               

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ 577               $ (8,547     (8 )%    $ 9,124         107

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Our income tax (benefit) expense increased $9.1 million, or 107%, from a benefit of $8.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $0.6 million in tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Our US effective tax rate for the six-months ended June 30, 2015 was 129% and is higher than our effective tax rate for the six-months ended June 30, 2014 of 37%. The increase in our US effective tax rate is due to our US pre-tax income for the six-months ended June 30, 2015 being $0.4 million with adjustments made for corporate state tax expense and permanent non-deductible items. These differences resulted in a higher than expected effective tax rate. Our UK operations have generated net operating losses which have a full valuation allowance provided due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realizability of this asset. Therefore, no UK tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements for the six-months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Discontinued operations

We realized a small gain of $0.1 million in the first half of 2014 on our discontinued operations (i.e., our prior rent-to-own product) that we ceased offering in 2014.

Net loss

 

     Six months ended June 30,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2015     2014    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  
     (unaudited)              

Net loss

   $ 5,094         3   $ 29,578         29   $ (24,484     (83 )% 

Our net loss decreased $24.5 million, or 83%, from $29.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 to $5.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. This decrease was due to an increase in gross profit that resulted from an increase in our loan portfolio, partially offset by increases in operating expenses and net interest expense as discussed above.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Revenues

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2014     2013    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Finance charges

   $ 272,213         99   $ 71,355         99   $ 200,858         281

Other

     1,505         1        740         1        765         103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 273,718         100   $ 72,095         100   $ 201,623         280
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $201.6 million, or 280%, from $72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $273.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This growth in revenues was primarily attributable to increased finance charges associated with an increase in our average loan balances.

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

The below tables break out this change in finance charges by product:

 

    Year ended December 31, 2014  
(dollars in thousands)  

US Installment

(1)

    US Line of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK(3)     Total  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(4)

  $ 112,976      $          70      $ 113,046      $ 21,445      $ 134,491   

Effective APR

    182     106     182     312     202

Finance charges

  $ 205,143      $ 74      $ 205,217      $ 66,996      $ 272,213   

 

    Year ended December 31, 2013  
(dollars in thousands)   US
Installment
(1)(2)
    US Line of
Credit
    Total
Domestic
    UK(3)     Total  

Average combined loans receivable – principal(4)

  $ 20,553             $ 20,553      $ 7,858      $ 28,411   

Effective APR

    243            243     272     251

Finance charges

  $ 49,988             $ 49,988      $ 21,367      $ 71,355   

 

(1)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.
(2)   Represents loans attributable to Rise and legacy loan products (loans under which were migrated to Rise).
(3)   Represents loans attributable to Sunny and legacy line of credit products (loans under which were migrated to Sunny).
(4)   Average combined loans receivable – principal is calculated using daily principal balances.

During 2014, our average combined loans receivable – principal increased $106 million as we continued to market our Rise and Sunny loan products in the US and UK. As a result of the increased overall average loan portfolio, finance charges increased $200.8 million during fiscal year 2014 compared to a year earlier. The average APR in 2014 for our loan portfolio increased due to a change in the mix of the loan portfolio towards a larger percentage in the UK portfolio, which had a maximum monthly rate of 29% in 2014. This increased APR related to growth in the UK portfolio resulted in an $8.6 million increase in finance charges in 2014. The decrease in the APR for US installment loans from 243% to 182% related to the launching of the Rise installment loan in June 2013 and migration of the legacy product with a higher APR to the Rise product, which has a lower APR. This offset the finance charges increase in 2014 by $22.7 million.

Cost of sales

 

    Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
    2014     2013    
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage of
revenues
    Amount     Percentage  
    (unaudited)              

Cost of sales:

 

Provision for loan losses

  $ 170,908        62   $ 41,723        58   $ 129,185        310

Direct marketing costs

    60,166        22        23,811        33        36,355        153   

Other cost of sales

    10,603        4        6,305        9        4,298        68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

  $ 241,677        88   $ 71,839        100   $ 169,838        236
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses.    Provision for loan losses increased by $129.2 million, or 310%, from $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $170.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase resulted from a $107.9 million increase in net charge-offs and a $21.3 million increase in additional provision for loan losses, both primarily due to growth in the combined loan portfolio.

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

The tables below break out these changes by loan product:

 

(dollars in thousands)

   Year ended
December 31, 2014
 
  

US

Installment(1)

    US Line
of
credit
   

Total

domestic

    UK(2)     Total  

Combined loan loss reserve(3):

          

Beginning balance

   $ 12,657      $      $ 12,657      $ 4,169      $ 16,826   

Net charge-offs

     (112,085     (44     (112,129     (26,430     (138,559

Provision for loan losses

     138,739        82        138,821        32,087        170,908   

Effect of foreign currency

                          (684     (684
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 39,311      $ 38      $ 39,349      $ 9,142      $ 48,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(3)(4)

   $ 186,280      $ 184      $ 186,464      $ 31,234      $ 217,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     21     21     21     29     22

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     55     59     55     39     51

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     68     110     68     48     62

 

(dollars in thousands)    Year ended
December 31, 2013
 
  

US

Installment(1)

    US Line
of
credit
    

Total

domestic

    UK(2)     Total  

Combined loan loss reserve(3):

           

Beginning balance

   $ 2,419              $ 2,419      $ 3,024      $ 5,443   

Net charge-offs

     (19,346             (19,346     (11,303     (30,649

Provision for loan losses

     29,584                29,584        12,139        41,723   

Effect of foreign currency

                           309        309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 12,657              $ 12,657      $ 4,169      $ 16,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined loans receivable(3)(4)

   $ 67,923              $ 67,923      $ 11,485      $ 79,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of ending combined loans receivable

     19             19     36     21

Net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues

     39             39     53     43

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of revenues

     59             59     57     58

 

(1)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Rise and legacy loan products (loans under which were migrated to Rise).
(2)   Represents loan loss reserve attributable to Sunny and legacy line of credit products (loans under which were migrated to Sunny).
(3)   Not a financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
(4)   Includes loans originated by third-party lenders through the CSO programs, which are not included in our financial statements.

Net charge-offs increased $107.9 million in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to an increase in Rise net charge-offs associated with growth in the Rise loan portfolio during the year. Despite the large increase, consolidated net charge-offs as a percentage of revenues were 51% for 2014, up from 43% in 2013 and generally in line with our 50% target as discussed in “—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality” above.

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Additional provision for loan losses increased $21.3 million as the combined loan loss reserve increased $31.7 million in 2014 compared to an $11.4 million increase in 2013. This increase was due to an increase in our overall combined loan portfolio, mainly in Rise installment loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013. The combined loan loss reserve as a percentage of total combined loans receivable was 22% at December 31, 2014, representing a slight increase compared to 21% at December 31, 2013.

Direct marketing costs.    Direct marketing costs increased by $36.4 million, or 153%, from $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as the number of new customer loans more than doubled from 93,425 in 2013 to 202,656 in 2014. The average CAC increased from $255 to $297 per customer during the same period. Our goal is to keep CAC between $250 and $300 per customer on a consolidated basis.

Other cost of sales.    Other cost of sales increased by $4.3 million, or 68%, from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to increased data verification, ACH transaction and other costs associated with growth in our loan portfolio during this time period.

Operating expenses

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2014     2013    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Operating expenses:

  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 48,010         18   $ 21,257         29   $ 26,753         126

Professional services

     18,662         7        13,205         18        5,457         41   

Selling and marketing

     7,366         3        6,557         9        809         12   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,043         3        4,802         7        3,241         67   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,317         3        5,329         7        2,988         56   

Other

     2,766                1,510         3        1,256         83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 93,164         34   $ 52,660         73   $ 40,504         77
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits.    Compensation and benefits increased by $26.8 million, or 126%, from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $48.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to an increase in the number of average full-time employees directly associated with the Elevate business in 2014, as related costs were shared costs with TFI in 2013.

Professional services.    Professional services increased by $5.5 million, or 41%, from $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase resulted from increased costs from outsourced collection agencies due to growth in the loan portfolio and an overall increase in contractor expense after the Spin-Off.

Selling and marketing.    Selling and marketing increased by $0.8 million, or 12%, from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to increased marketing agency costs associated with the Rise, Elastic and Sunny products.

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Occupancy and equipment.     Occupancy and equipment increased by $3.2 million, or 67%, from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to increased telephony costs as we incurred these costs separately in 2014 and shared these costs with TFI in 2013.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased by $3.0 million, or 56%, from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase resulted from a full year’s depreciation on the Rise, Sunny and Elastic loan systems in 2014 versus approximately a half year of depreciation expense in 2013 as the products were launched in mid-to-late 2013.

Other expenses.    Other expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 83%, from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to increased costs associated with the Elevate business as these were shared costs with TFI in 2013.

Net interest expense

 

     Years ended December 31,      Period-to-period
change
 
     2014     2013     
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
     Amount      Percentage  

Net interest expense

   $ 12,939         5   $ 60               $ 12,879         21,465

Net interest expense increased significantly during 2014 as we established a debt facility with a third party lender in January 2014 to fund our Rise installment loans, and then expanded that facility in August 2014 to include funding for our Sunny UK loans as well as working capital for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2014 we had $174.8 million in notes payable outstanding under this debt facility, compared to no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013. The interest rates on these notes vary from 14% to 18%. Prior to establishing this debt facility we funded all of our loans to customers out of our existing cash flows. During 2014, after the Spin-Off, we also borrowed funds from TFI for general corporate purposes under the credit facility provided as part of the Spin-Off. The maximum amount we borrowed under the debt facility was $24.8 million and we repaid the outstanding balance on the facility in full as of December 31, 2014 and terminated the debt facility on January 1, 2015. The interest rate on that debt facility was 8%.

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

In 2014, we realized $1.4 million in foreign currency remeasurement losses, primarily related to the debt facilities our UK entity, Elevate Credit International, Ltd., has with a third party lender ,VPC, as well as on our intercompany debt facility with the UK entity. The debt facility with the third party lender is denominated in US dollars, and our UK entity remeasures the outstanding balance into British pounds, which is its functional currency. This remeasurement resulted in a $0.6 million loss in 2014. This debt facility was not in place during 2013; therefore, no such gains or losses were recognized in 2013. The intercompany debt facility between us and our UK entity is denominated in British pounds, and the outstanding balance is remeasured into US dollars. The remeasurement of the principal portion is recorded as a gain or loss to other comprehensive income, as the principal portion is deemed to be a long-term investment, and the remeasurement of the interest portion is recorded as a foreign currency gain or loss to the income statement. In conjunction with the UK obtaining its debt facility with VPC, a portion of the intercompany facility was no longer deemed long-term in nature and settled during 2014. The

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

remeasurement of this portion of the intercompany debt facility resulted in $0.7 million in foreign currency losses in 2014. The UK entity also incurs foreign currency gains and losses when remeasuring bank accounts denominated in foreign currencies, and settling accounts receivable/payable that are denominated in foreign currencies. These gains and losses were minimal during the years ended 2013 and 2014.

Non-operating Income

In 2013, we realized a $0.6 million gain related to the reduction of our contingent liability associated with an acquisition of an entity related to the Elastic product.

Income tax benefit

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2014     2013    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Income tax benefit

   $ 20,710         (8 )%    $ 8,771         (12 )%    $ 11,939         136

Our income tax benefit increased $11.9 million, or 136%, from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our US effective tax rate for 2014 and 2013 was 38%. Our US effective tax rates are above the standard corporate federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to our corporate state tax obligations in the states where we have lending activities. Our UK operations have generated net operating losses which have a full valuation allowance provided due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realizability of this asset. Therefore, no UK tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Discontinued operations

We realized a small gain of $0.1 million on our discontinued operations (our prior rent-to-own product) that we ceased offering in 2014. In 2013 we incurred a $1.5 million loss on the discontinued operations, primarily associated with the operating losses and inventory write-down associated with this product.

Net loss

 

     Years ended December 31,     Period-to-period
change
 
     2014     2013    
(dollars in thousands)    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage of
revenues
    Amount      Percentage  

Net loss

   $ 54,625         20   $ 44,857         62   $ 9,768         22

Our net loss increased $9.8 million, or 22%, from $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was due to an increase in operating expenses and net interest expense as discussed above, offsetting the increase in the gross profit that resulted from an increase in our loan portfolio.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We principally rely on our working capital and our credit facility with VPC to fund the loans we make to our customers.

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Debt facilities

VPC Facility

Prior to January 2014, our working capital and funding for customer loans came from internally generated cash flows. On January 30, 2014, we entered into an agreement with VPC providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million to fund our Rise customer installment loans. On August 15, 2014, the VPC Facility was amended, increasing the credit facility to a maximum total borrowing amount of $315 million in order to fund our UK Sunny product and working capital. On May 20, 2015, the VPC Facility was amended again to increase the maximum total borrowing amount to $335 million.

The VPC Facility provides the following term notes:

 

Ø   A US Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio.

 

Ø   A UK Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the Sunny loan portfolio.

 

Ø   A Sub-debt Term Note with a maximum borrowing amount of $35 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital.

The outstanding balance of notes payable as of June 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 14-15%

   $ 144,800,000   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

     30,000,000   

Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

     30,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 204,800,000   
  

 

 

 

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the VPC Facility maturity date of January 30, 2018. All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure the VPC Facility. The agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a maximum loan to value ratio, a maximum charge-off rate and a maximum first payment default rate. We were in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

TF Credit Facility

On May 1, 2014, and in connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into the TF Credit Facility with TFI, whereby TFI provided a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million to us. Interest was charged at an annual rate of 8%.

We made draws on the TF Credit Facility of $24.8 million during 2014 and paid off the facility and had no amounts outstanding under the credit facility at December 31, 2014. We recognized interest expense of $0.9 million on this credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is included within net interest expense in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. The TF Credit Facility was terminated effective January 1, 2015.

There were no debt amounts outstanding as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Elastic funding

The Elastic line of credit product is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank, which initially provides all of the funding for that product. Republic Bank retains 10% of the balances of all loans originated and sells a 90% loan participation in the Elastic lines of credit. We purchased such loan participations ourselves through June 30, 2015. As detailed below, beginning July 1, 2015, such participations are being sold to Elastic SPV.

Elastic structure effective as of July 1, 2015

Commencing July 1, 2015, loan participations are sold by Republic Bank to Elastic SPV. We do not own Elastic SPV, but effective July 1, 2015 we entered into a credit default protection agreement with Elastic SPV whereby we agreed to provide credit protection to the investors in Elastic SPV against Elastic loan losses in return for a credit premium. As a result of this agreement, we believe that, under GAAP, Elastic SPV is a variable interest entity and we will be required to consolidate the financial results of Elastic SPV in our combined financial results going forward. Accordingly, the presentation of this structure will not differ from the presentation of the previous structure reflected in our financial statements, as we continue to earn revenues and incur losses on 90% of the Elastic lines of credit originated by Republic Bank that are sold to Elastic SPV.

Elastic SPV receives its funding from VPC in a separate financing facility, the “ESPV Facility,” which was finalized on July 13, 2015. The ESPV Facility provides for a maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the greater of the 3-month LIBOR rate or 1% per annum) plus 13% for the outstanding balance up to $50 million. There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity date of July 1, 2019. All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure the ESPV Facility. The agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a maximum loan to value ratio, a maximum charge-off rate and a maximum first payment default rate. There was no balance outstanding on this facility as of June 30, 2015 as it was not effective until July 1, 2015.

Cash and cash equivalents, loans (net of allowance for loan losses), and cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, loans and cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
    As of and for the
six months ended
June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2014     2013     2015     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,519      $ 4,415      $ 14,584      $ 29,519   

Loans receivable, net

     147,823        49,931        172,780        147,823   

Cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

     55,648        (15,568     48,652        8,463   

Investing activities

     (226,982     (78,650     (93,418     (97,854

Financing activities

     197,732        94,951        29,760        110,057   

Our cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2015 were held primarily for working capital purposes. We may, from time to time, use excess cash and cash equivalents to fund our lending activities. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate working capital requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our excess cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

We generated $55.6 million in cash from our operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily from revenues derived from our loan portfolio. This was up $71.2 million from the $15.6 million of cash used in operating activities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. This increase was the result of the growth in our loan portfolio in 2014 which drove a $201.6 million increase in our revenues in 2014 versus 2013.

We generated $48.7 million in cash from our operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily from revenues derived from our loan portfolio. This was up $40.2 million from the $8.5 million generated during the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was the result of the growth in our loan portfolio in 2015 which drove a $78.3 million increase in our revenues in 2015 versus 2014.

Net cash used in investing activities

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash used in investing activities was $227.0 million and $78.7 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, cash used in investing activities was $93.4 million and $97.9 million, respectively. The following table summarizes cash used in investing activities for the periods indicated:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months ended
June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)      2014      2013      2015      2014  
                     (unaudited)  

Cash used in investing activities

             

Net loans issued to consumers, less repayments

     $ (213,720    $ (60,765    $ (88,844    $ (92,271

Purchases of fixed assets

       (9,274      (12,590      (3,915      (4,439

Increase in restricted cash

       (3,882      (2,433      (659      (914

Purchase consideration paid

               (2,000                

Other activities

       (106      (862              (230
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ (226,982    $ (78,650    $ (93,418    $ (97,854
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities was $148.3 million higher than for the comparable 2013 period, primarily due to an increase in net loans issued to consumers. Our Rise and Sunny loans were not launched until mid-2013 so there was not a full year of loan originations associated with those products in 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, cash used in investing activities was relatively comparable, as net loans issued to consumers was relatively the same during both periods.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows from financing activities primarily include cash received from issuing notes payable and related repayments of those notes payable, and contributions from TFI prior to the Spin-Off. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $197.7 million and $95.0 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $29.8 million and $110.1 million, respectively. The following table summarizes cash provided by (used in) financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
       Six months ended
June 30,
 
(dollars in thousands)      2014      2013        2015      2014  
                       (unaudited)  

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

               

Proceeds less repayment of notes payable

     $ 174,800       $         $ 30,000       $ 86,600   

Contribution from TFI

       24,032         94,560                   24,032   

Other activities

       (1,100      391           (240      (575
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 197,732       $ 94,951         $ 29,760       $ 110,057   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2013 was due to the proceeds of $174.8 million received in 2014 related to the VPC Facility that was established in January 2014. Offsetting this increase was a decrease in net transfers from TFI as we completed the Spin-Off on May 1, 2014 (2013 had a full year of net transfers from TFI to support our operations while 2014 only had the four months prior to the Spin-Off).

Free Cash Flow

In addition to the above, we also review FCF when analyzing our cash flows from operations. We calculate free cash flow as cash flows from operating activities, adjusted for the principal loan net charge-offs and capital expenditures incurred during the period. While this is a non-GAAP measure, we believe it provides a useful presentation of cash flows derived from our core operating activities.

 

       Year ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
(dollars in thousands)            2014                  2013                  2015                  2014        
                     (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     $ 55,648       $ (15,568    $ 48,652       $ 8,463   

Adjustments:

             

Net charge-offs – combined principal loans

       (93,732      (18,578      (57,383      (29,027

Capital expenditures

       (9,274      (12,590      (3,915      (4,439
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FCF

     $ (47,358    $ (46,736    $ (12,646    $ (25,003
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our FCF continues to be negative, meaning that we continue to rely on a combination of working capital debt and equity to fund our core operating activities. However, as we continued to scale our business, the negative FCF of $12.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was almost 50% less than the negative FCF we incurred during the first six months of 2014.

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Operating and capital expenditure requirements

We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the available borrowing capacity under our VPC Facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash operating expense and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 12 months. Following our initial public offering, we intend to further diversify our funding sources. If our loan growth exceeds our expectations, our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering may be insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, and we may seek additional equity or debt financing. This additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our debt facilities and operating lease obligations. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2014. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payment due by period  
(dollars in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 174,800       $       $ 174,800       $           

Capital lease obligations

     523         251         272                   

Operating lease obligations

     4,378         2,211         1,599         568           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 179,701       $ 2,462       $ 176,671       $ 568           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at June 30, 2015. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

     Payment due by period  
(dollars in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (unaudited)  

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 204,800       $       $ 204,800       $           

Capital lease obligations

     397         251         146                   

Operating lease obligations

     4,428         2,215         1,852         361           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 209,625       $ 2,466       $ 206,798       $ 361           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We provide services in connection with installment loans originated by independent third-party lenders, or “CSO Lenders,” whereby we act as a credit service organization/credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws through our “CSO program.” The CSO program includes arranging loans with CSO lenders, assisting in the loan application, documentation and servicing processes. Under the CSO program, we guarantee the repayment of a customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services we provide to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays us a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. We estimate a liability for

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses detailed above, which we recognize for our consumer loans. See Note 1 to our audited combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into interest rate or exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest rate sensitivity

Our cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2015 consisted of demand deposit accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk for our cash and cash equivalents is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of US interest rates. Given the currently low US interest rates, we generate only a de minimis amount of interest income from these deposits.

All of our customer loan portfolios are fixed APR loans and not variable in nature. Additionally given the high APR’s associated with these loans, we do not believe there is any interest rate sensitivity associated with our customer loan portfolio.

Our VPC funding facilities are variable rate in nature and tied to the 3-month LIBOR rate. Thus any increase in the 3-month LIBOR rate will result in an increase in our net interest expense. We intend to mitigate this risk by using all or a portion of the proceeds raised in this offering to pay down our VPC debt. The outstanding balance of our VPC debt at June 30, 2015 was $204.8 million and the balance at December 31, 2014 was $174.8 million. Based on the average outstanding indebtedness during 2014, a 1% (100 basis points) increase in interest rates would have increased our interest expense by approximately $0.8 million during 2014.

Foreign currency exchange risk

We provide installment loans to customers in the UK. Interest income from our Sunny UK installment loans is earned in British pounds, or “GBP.” Fluctuations in exchange rate of the US dollar, or “USD,” against the GBP and cash held in such foreign currency can result, and have resulted, in fluctuations in our operating income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. As the USD has strengthened compared to most foreign currencies, including the GBP, during 2014, our financial position and results of operations have been adversely affected. We had foreign currency transaction (losses) gains of approximately $(1.4) million and $(0.2) million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and no gains or losses and a $0.5 million gain during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We currently do not engage in any foreign exchange hedging activity but may do so in the future.

At December 31, 2014, our net GBP-denominated assets were approximately $34.0 million (which excludes the $30.0 million USD-denominated VPC credit facility). A hypothetical 10% strengthening or

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

weakening in the value of the USD compared to the GBP at this date would have resulted in a decrease/increase in net assets of approximately $3.4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the GBP-denominated pre-tax loss was approximately $20.5 million. A hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening in the value of the USD compared to the GBP during this period would have resulted in a decrease/increase in the pre-tax loss of approximately $2.1 million.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

On January 31, 2014, we were incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of TFI. On May 1, 2014, we were spun off from TFI and we entered into several agreements with TFI that governed shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. We accounted for this transaction in accordance with relevant accounting guidance governing spinoffs. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI” contained elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the agreements entered into between us and TFI in connection with the Spin-Off.

Our combined financial statements include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of TFI, using the historical results of operations and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending and branded products business which was spun off to form our business. Beginning May 1, 2014, our consolidated financial statements include Elevate Credit, Inc. and our majority-owned subsidiaries. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between us and TFI have been included within the combined financial statements and are also considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within TFI’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities. Beginning May 1, 2014, all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

We made certain assumptions and significant judgments regarding the treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off, which we believe are critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. Additionally, while our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the accounting policies detailed below reflect our most significant judgments, estimates and assumptions, which we believe are also critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Assumptions and significant judgments regarding treatment of amounts affected by the Spin-Off

In preparing our combined and consolidated financial statements for the period before May 1, 2014, we made certain assumptions and used certain methodologies to allocate various expenses from TFI to us. For instance, we assigned certain expenses on a specifically identifiable basis, meaning that where we were able to tie expenses, such as direct mail marketing expenses for any of the products we currently offer, back to our business, we allocated such expenses to us. In other instances, such as with regard to certain corporate functions historically performed by TFI, including finance, human resources and information technology support services, we also used allocation methods such as those based on a percentage of revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods to assign expenses to us. All such costs and expenses were assumed to be settled with TFI through TFI’s net investment equity account in the period in which the costs were incurred.

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

For services shared between TFI and us pursuant to our shared services agreement with TFI, which was effective from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014 and covered services such as human resources, finance, facilities management and information technology, to the extent that a shared-services cost was not demonstrably attributable to either party, the cost was allocated ratably based on each party’s proportion of revenues.

We believe the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a separate stand-alone public company during the periods presented.

Revenue recognition

We realize revenues in connection with the consumer loans we offer for each of our products, including finance charges, cash advance fees and fees for services provided through CSO programs. We have also historically realized a small amount of NSF fees on Rise installment loans and may recognize other fees or charges as permitted by applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. We plan to discontinue Rise NSF fees by the end of 2015 and generally all of our revenues will consist of finance charges on our Rise and Sunny installment loans, cash advance fees associated with our Elastic line of credit product, and fees for services provided through CSO programs associated with our Rise installment loans in Texas and Ohio.

We recognize finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. We realize fees such as CSO acquisition fees and cash advance fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. We do not recognize finance charges or other fees on installment loans or lines of credit more than 60 days past due based on management’s historical experience that such past due loans and lines of credit are unlikely to be repaid and thus the loans are charged off. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due for accounting purposes if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. When payments are received, they are first applied to accrued charges and fees, then interest, and then to the loan balance.

Allowance and liability for estimated losses on consumer loans

Credit losses are an inherent part of outstanding loans receivable. We maintain an allowance for loan losses for loans and interest receivable at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb such losses based primarily on our analysis of historical loss rates by product, stratified by delinquency ranges. We also consider recent collection and delinquency trends, as well as macro-economic conditions that we believe may affect portfolio losses. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of economic conditions and cash flow resources of our customers, we adjust our estimates as needed, with the result that the allowance for loan losses is subject to change in the near-term, which could significantly impact our combined and consolidated financial statements. If a loan is deemed to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved based on information we become aware of (e.g., receipt of customer bankruptcy notice), we charge off such loan at that time. As noted above, we believe that loans and lines of credit more than 60 days past due have a low probability of being repaid. We charge off such overdue loans and reduce the allowance accordingly. Any recoveries on loans previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Liability for estimated losses on credit service organization loans

Under the CSO program, we guarantee the repayment of a customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services we provide to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays us a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses detailed above, which we recognize for our consumer loans.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. We perform an impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life annually at October 31 and between annual tests if we determine that an event has occurred or circumstances changed in a way that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such a determination may be based on our consideration of macro-economic and other factors and trends, such as current and projected financial performance, interest rates and access to capital.

Our impairment evaluation of goodwill is based on comparing the fair value of the respective reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined based on a weighted average of the income and market approaches. The income approach establishes fair value based on estimated future cash flows of the reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital developed using the capital asset pricing model, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the reporting unit. The income approach uses our projections of financial performance for a six- to eight-year period and includes assumptions about future revenue growth rates, operating margins and terminal values. The market approach establishes fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the respective reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from other publicly traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint.

We completed our annual test and determined that there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill for the two reporting units that have goodwill. In addition, we performed an interim assessment of goodwill associated with the UK reporting unit as of May 31, 2015, and noted that there was no impairment and that the fair value was substantially in excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit. Although no goodwill impairment was noted, there can be no assurances that future goodwill impairments will not occur.

Internal-use software development costs

We capitalize certain costs related to software developed for internal-use, primarily associated with the ongoing development and enhancement of our technology platform. Costs incurred in the preliminary development and post-development stages are expensed. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally three years.

Income taxes

Our income tax expense and deferred income tax balances in the combined and consolidated financial statements have been calculated on a separate tax return basis, although prior to the Spin-Off, our operations had been included as part of the consolidated US federal and state tax returns of TFI. Prior to May 1, 2014, current income taxes are assumed to be settled with TFI through TFI’s net investment and

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

settlement is deemed to occur in the year of recognition in the current income tax provision. As part of the process of preparing our combined and consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax expense based on various factors and assumptions, together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in net deferred tax assets and are included within the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. We then must assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. An expense or benefit is included within the tax provision in the Combined and Consolidated Statement of Operations for any increase or decrease in the valuation allowance for a given period.

We perform an evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. We establish a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not (greater than 50 percent) that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We analyze several factors, including the nature and frequency of operating losses, our carryforward period for any losses, the reversal of future taxable temporary differences, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and the feasibility of available tax planning strategies to protect against the loss of deferred tax assets. We have established a full valuation allowance for our UK deferred tax assets due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence supporting the realization of these assets in the foreseeable future.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with applicable guidance, which requires that a more-likely-than-not threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the combined and consolidated financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. We must evaluate tax positions taken on our tax returns for all periods that are open to examination by taxing authorities and make a judgment as to whether and to what extent such positions are more likely than not to be sustained based on merit.

Our judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. Our judgment is also required in evaluating whether tax benefits meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND JOBS ACT ELECTION

Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or “JOBS Act,” we meet the definition of an emerging growth company. We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the “FASB,” issued Accounting Standards Update, or “ASU,” 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and enhance disclosures in this area. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of discontinued operations. The new guidance also requires disclosure of the pre-tax income or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2014-08 prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company adopted ASU 2014-08 in December 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-08 did not have a material effect on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”), which provides guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2013-11 in December 2014. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material effect on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2015-10”). The amendments in ASU 2015-10 represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. In addition, some of the amendments are intended to make the Codification easier to understand and easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies, providing needed clarifications, and improving the presentation of guidance in the Codification. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-10 on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-03 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items (“ASU 2015-01”). The amendments in ASU 2015-01 eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-01 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 06) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Business

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Elevate,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” used below refer to Elevate Credit, Inc. and, where appropriate, our wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the direct lending and branded product business of our predecessor, TFI, for periods prior to the Spin-Off. We generally refer to loans, customers and other information and data associated with each of Rise, Elastic and Sunny as Elevate’s loans, customers, information and data, irrespective of whether Elevate originates the credit to the customer or whether such credit is originated by a third party. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus” for detailed information.

OUR COMPANY

We are a leading provider of technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers, typically defined as those with credit scores of less than 700. We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We currently offer online installment loans and lines of credit in the US and the UK. Our products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features.

We have experienced rapid growth since launching our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Since their introduction, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, together, have provided approximately $1 billion in credit to approximately 400,000 customers and generated strong revenue growth. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 grew 280% to $274 million from $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015 grew 76% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $61 million and $52 million, respectively.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Our business is subject to seasonality, which is particularly evident in the first quarter of every year. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth.”

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

We believe our growth demonstrates our ability to rapidly scale our business by utilizing advanced technology, proprietary risk analytics and sophisticated multi-channel marketing capabilities. The chart above details our total combined loans receivable and revenues by quarter since the fourth quarter of 2013.

We believe the market for non-prime credit in the US and UK consists of approximately 170 million consumers. See “—Industry Overview—Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market.” Despite the large size of the non-prime credit market, banks continue to neglect it. According to our analysis of master pool trust data of securitizations for the five major credit card issuers, we estimate that from 2008 to 2015 revolving credit to US borrowers with FICO scores less than 660 was reduced by approximately $143 billion. Elevate is leading a new generation of technology-enabled lenders with a focus on bringing better options to this underserved market.

Our products in the US and the UK are:

 

Ø   Rise.    An installment loan product available in 15 states in the US;

 

Ø   Sunny.    An installment loan product available in the UK; and

 

Ø   Elastic.    A line of credit product originated by a third-party bank and offered in 40 states in the US.

We differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

 

Ø   Online products that are “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.”    We provide customers access to competitively priced credit when they need it and reward successful payment history with rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time. In addition, our products offer responsible lending features including credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (for US customers), online financial literacy videos and tools, amortizing loan balances, flexible repayment schedules, and no prepayment penalties or punitive fees.

 

Ø   Industry-leading advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics.    We have developed proprietary automated underwriting capabilities that allow us to make data-driven decisions on loan applications in seconds. To best serve a broad set of non-prime consumers, we have developed a unique approach that we call “segment-optimized analytics.” This approach utilizes proprietary credit scoring models for each of the customer segments and channels we serve to underwrite and assess risk and uses targeted fraud models to identify potential fraud. We apply both cutting-edge and traditional analytical techniques and use a vast array of data sources, while complying with applicable lending laws. As a result of our proprietary technology and risk analytics, over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. We are currently utilizing the 11th generation of our proprietary credit scoring model that has been developed by our team of over 35 data scientists.

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing strategy.    We use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to directly reach potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns as well as strategic partnerships. We believe our direct-to-consumer approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisitions while maximizing reach and brand awareness. Approximately 85% of our customers are sourced from direct marketing channels. We continue to invest in new marketing channels, including social media, which we believe will provide us with further competitive advantages and support our ongoing growth. We expect to continue to expand growth in each of our channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to expand our marketing reach while maintaining target customer acquisition costs, or “CAC.”

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our seasoned management team has, on average, over 15 years of technology and financial services experience and has worked together for an average of over six years in the non-prime consumer credit industry. Our management team has overseen the origination of $2.4 billion in credit to 2.7 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor direct and branded products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off. In addition, our management team achieved stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis, maintaining total principal losses as a percentage of loan originations of between 17% and 20% each year from 2006 through 2011. See “—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.”

Our business has grown rapidly under our management team. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 our revenues were $273.7 million and $72.1 million, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, our revenues were $180.9 million and $102.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 our Adjusted EBITDA was $(52.8) million and $(47.1) million, respectively, and our net loss from operations was $54.6 million and $44.9 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, our Adjusted EBITDA was $7.6 million and $(31.2) million, respectively, and our net loss from operations $5.1 million and $29.6 million, respectively. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Non-prime consumers represent the largest segment of the credit market

We provide credit to non-prime consumers, many of whom face reduced credit options and increased financial pressure due to macro-economic changes over the past few decades. We believe that this segment of the population represents a massive and underserved market of approximately 170 million consumers in the US and UK—a larger population than the market for prime credit:

 

Ø   According to an analysis of TransUnion data through the third quarter of 2014 by the Corporation for Enterprise Development, approximately 56% of the US population with a TransRisk Score (TransUnion’s credit score) had a non-prime credit score of less than 700, representing approximately 109 million Americans adults.

 

Ø   Approximately 22% of Americans over the age of 18, or approximately 53 million Americans, do not have a credit score at all or had credit records that were treated as “unscorable” by traditional credit scoring models used by nationwide credit reporting agencies, according to a 2015 report by Fair Isaac Corporation.

 

Ø   According to a House of Commons report covering the years 2013 and 2014, it is estimated that the UK “non-standard” credit market consisted of approximately ten million people.

Our typical customers in both the US and UK are middle-income and have a mainstream demographic profile as illustrated below which is in line with the average of the populations of the US and UK, respectively, in terms of income, educational background and homeownership. We refer to them as the “New Middle Class:”

 

      Rise and Elastic
Customer Profile
   Sunny
Customer Profile

Average income

  

$48,300 for Rise

$60,000 for Elastic

                £23,400

% Attended college

   79%                 58%

% Own their homes

   44%                 22%

Typical range of FICO scores

   575 to 600                 N/A

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our customers have varying credit profiles, which we generally categorize into the following groups:

 

Ø   “Prime-ish.”    Consumers with access to traditional credit sources who have exhausted all available lines of credit and now need new sources of credit.

 

Ø   “Challenged.”    Consumers who have had traditional credit in the past but experienced defaults and as a result now use alternative non-prime products such as payday, pawn and title loans.

 

Ø   “Invisibles.”    Consumers with no credit history or such limited credit experience that they cannot be sufficiently scored by traditional means and as a result are kept outside the traditional credit markets.

The New Middle Class has an unmet need for credit

Due to wage stagnation over the past several decades and the further impact of the recent financial crisis, the New Middle Class is characterized by a lack of savings and significant income volatility. According to a Federal Reserve survey in 2015, 47% of American adults said they could not cover an emergency expense of $400, or would cover it by selling an asset or borrowing money. In the UK, according to a report by Friends Provident Foundation surveying over 1,500 adult consumers in the lowest 50% of household incomes in the UK in 2010, 68% of low-income households had no savings and seven in ten low-income households would find it difficult or impossible to raise from £200 to £300 in an emergency. Further, the JPMorgan Chase Institute reported in a 2015 study of 100,000 US customers that 41% saw their incomes vary by more than 30% from month-to-month, and noted that the bottom 80% of households by income lacked sufficient savings to cover the volatility observed in income and spending. As a result, our customer base often must rely on short-term credit to fund unexpected expenses, like car and home repairs or medical emergencies.

Banks do not adequately serve the New Middle Class

Following the recent financial crisis, most banks tightened their underwriting standards and increased their minimum FICO score requirements for borrowers, leaving non-prime borrowers with severely reduced access to traditional credit. Despite the improving economy, banks continue to underserve the New Middle Class. According to our analysis of master pool trust data of securitizations for the five major credit card issuers, we estimate that from 2008 to 2015 revolving credit to US borrowers with a FICO score of less than a 660 was reduced by approximately $143 billion. This reduction has had a profound impact on non-prime consumers in the US and UK who typically have little to no savings. Often, the only credit-like product offered by banks that is available to non-prime borrowers is overdraft protection, which in essence provides credit at extremely high rates. According to a 2013 study by the CFPB, Americans pay approximately $34 billion in bank overdraft and similar fees annually. Additionally, according to a 2014 study by the CFPB, bank overdraft fees can carry an effective APR of 17,000%.

Legacy non-prime lenders are not innovative

As a result of limited access to credit products offered by banks, the New Middle Class has historically had to rely on a variety of legacy non-prime lenders, such as storefront installment lenders, payday lenders, title lenders, pawn and rent-to-own providers that typically do not offer the customer the convenience of online and mobile access. While legacy non-prime credit products may fulfill a borrower’s immediate funding needs, many of these products have significant drawbacks for consumers, including a potential cycle of debt, higher interest rates, punitive fees and aggressive collection tactics. Additionally, legacy non-prime lenders do not typically report to major credit bureaus, so non-prime consumers often remain in a cycle of non-prime and rarely improve their financial options.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Consumers are embracing the internet for their personal finances

Consumers are increasingly turning to online solutions to fulfill their personal finance needs. A 2013 study by the CFI Group found that 82% of bank customers surveyed in the US had interacted with their bank’s website at least once in the last 30 days. In the UK, 61% of people choose to do their banking or pay their bills online, according to a 2015 report by the Financial Inclusion Commission. Additionally, according to a 2015 report by the Center for Economics and Business Research, 53% of UK adults used the internet for their banking needs and this proportion is projected to grow to 66% of UK adults by 2020. We believe this growth is an indication of borrower preferences for online financial products that are more convenient and easier to use than products provided by legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

OUR SOLUTIONS

Our innovative online credit solutions provide immediate relief to customers today and can help them build a brighter financial future. Our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” is central to our innovative product design. We are committed to responsible products with competitive pricing that help customers improve their financial options with features like lower interest rates, free online financial literacy videos and tools, and free credit monitoring. Elevate’s current suite of credit products includes Rise, Sunny and Elastic. See “—Our Products.”

We use advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient, competitively priced financial solutions to our customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. We believe we are one of the first to develop a risk-based pricing model utilizing technology and risk analytics focused on the non-prime credit industry. We offer a number of financial wellness and consumer-friendly features that we believe are unmatched in the non-prime lending market. As a result, we believe we are leading the next generation of more responsible online credit providers for the New Middle Class.

Our products provide the following key benefits:

 

Ø   Competitive pricing and no hidden or punitive fees.    Our US products offer rates that we believe are typically 50% lower than many generally available alternatives from legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders, which have an average APR of almost 400%, according to findings by the CFPB. Our products offer rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) that can decrease over time based on successful loan payment history. For instance, as of June 30, 2015, approximately 60% of Rise customers in good standing had received a rate reduction. In addition, in order to help our customers facing financial hardships, we have eliminated punitive fees, including returned payment fees and late charges, among others.

 

Ø   Access and convenience.    We provide convenient, easy-to-use products via online and mobile platforms. Consumers are able to apply using an online application, which takes only minutes to complete. Credit determinations are made in seconds and over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required. Funds are typically available next-day in the US and same-day in the UK. Consumers can elect to make payments via preapproved automated clearinghouse, or “ACH,” authorization or other methods such as check or debit card transfer.

 

Ø  

Flexible payment terms and responsible lending features.    Customers can select a repayment schedule that fits their needs with no prepayment penalties. In addition, our products feature amortizing principal balances over the term of the loan, in contrast to balloon payments required by many legacy non-prime lenders which often result in repeated refinancings and can lead to a cycle of debt. To ensure that consumers fully understand the product and their alternatives, we provide extensive “Know Before You Owe” disclosures as well as an industry-leading five-day period for customers to rescind their loan at no cost. Consistent with our goal of being sensitive to the unique needs of non-

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

  prime consumers, we also offer flexible solutions to help customers facing issues impacting their ability to make scheduled payments. Our solutions include notifications before payment processing, extended due dates, grace periods, payment plans and settlement offers.

 

Ø   Financial wellness features.    Our products include credit building and financial wellness programs, such as credit reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US) and online financial literacy videos and tools. Our goal is to help our customers improve their financial options and behaviors at no additional charge.

This combination of features has resulted in extremely high customer satisfaction for our products. Internal customer satisfaction ratings are consistently over 90% for all of our products.

OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

Using our technology platform and proprietary risk analytics, we are able to offer our customers innovative credit solutions that place us as a leader among a new generation of more responsible, online non-prime lenders. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

 

Ø   Differentiated online products for non-prime consumers.    We are committed to our mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow.” Our products are “good today” due to their convenience, cost and flexibility. Our average customer receives an interest rate that we believe is 50% less than that offered by many legacy non-prime lenders, such as payday lenders. Furthermore, the convenience of online and mobile access and flexible repayment options distinguish our products from many legacy non-prime credit options. However, we go even further in creating credit products that can help enable customers to have a “better tomorrow.” Based on successful payment history, rates on subsequent loans (installment loan products) can decrease over time, and we provide a path to prime credit for struggling consumers by reporting to credit bureaus, providing free credit monitoring (for US products), and offering online financial literacy videos and tools to help build better financial management skills.

 

Ø   Leading risk analytics.    As a result of our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have developed a unique approach to underwriting non-prime credit using our segment-optimized analytics. Unlike simplistic scoring approaches that may be adequate for prime and near-prime consumers, our approach allows us to serve a broad set of customer segments within the non-prime market and across the numerous channels we use to reach them. Our team of over 35 data scientists utilizes thousands of data inputs to continually optimize our proprietary credit scoring model which is currently in its 11th generation. See “—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—Segment-optimized analytics—Segment specific credit scores.” Across the portfolio of products we currently offer, we have maintained stable credit quality as evidenced by credit loss rates of under 20% on the original principal loan balances. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.” Furthermore, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models allow not only for the scoring of a broad range of non-prime consumers, but also across a variety of products, channels, geographies and regulatory requirements.

 

Ø   Innovative and flexible technology platform.    Investment in our flexible and scalable technology platform has enabled us to rapidly grow and innovate new products—notably supporting the launch of our current generation of product offerings in 2013. Our proven technology platform provides for highly automated loan originations and cost-effective servicing. In addition, our platform is adaptable to allow us to deliver customizable online loan products to meet changing consumer preferences and respond to a dynamic regulatory environment. Further, our open architecture allows us to easily integrate best-in-class third party providers, including strategic partners, data sources and outsourced vendors into our platform.

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø   Integrated multi-channel marketing approach.    Unlike other online non-prime lenders, which typically rely on lead generators to identify potential customers, we use an integrated multi-channel marketing strategy to market directly to potential customers. Our marketing strategy includes coordinated direct mail programs, TV campaigns, search engine marketing and digital campaigns and strategic partnerships with affiliates and has been key to our growth. We believe this approach allows us to focus on higher quality, lower cost customer acquisition while maximizing reach and enhancing brand awareness. By investing in new channels such as direct mail and TV, we have created unique capabilities to effectively identify and attract qualified customers, which support our long-term growth objectives at target CAC.

 

Ø   Seasoned management team with strong industry track record.    We have a seasoned team of senior executives with an average of over 15 years of experience in technology and financial services at companies such as PayPal, Experian, Silicon Valley Bank, JPMorgan Chase and GE Capital, led by Ken Rees, a financial services industry veteran with over 20 years of experience, who is regarded as one of the leading advocates of responsible credit in the non-prime lending space. Mr. Rees was named Regional Entrepreneur of the Year by Ernst & Young in 2012 in recognition of his achievements in the online lending sector. The team oversaw the origination of $2.4 billion in credit to 2.7 million consumers for the combined current and predecessor products that were contributed to Elevate in the Spin-Off.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

To achieve our goal of being the preeminent online lender to the New Middle Class, we intend to execute the following strategies:

 

Ø   Continue to grow our current products into dominant brands.    The current generation of Rise, Elastic and Sunny were launched in 2013. Given strong consumer demand and organic growth potential, we believe that significant opportunities exist to expand these three products within their current markets via existing marketing channels. As non-prime consumers become increasingly familiar and comfortable with online financial services, we also plan to capture the new business generated as they migrate away from less convenient legacy brick-and-mortar lenders.

 

Ø   Widen the spectrum of borrowers served.    We continue to evaluate new product and market opportunities that fit into our overall strategic objective of delivering next-generation online credit products that span the non-prime credit spectrum. For example, we are evaluating products with lower rates that would be more focused on the needs of near-prime consumers. In addition, we are continually focused on improving our analytics to effectively underwrite and serve consumers within those segments of the non-prime credit spectrum that we do not currently reach.

 

Ø   Increase operating leverage by expanding our relationship with existing customers.    Customer acquisition cost is one of the most significant expenses for online lenders. We will seek to expand our strong relationships with existing customers by providing qualified customers with new loans on improved terms or offering other products and services without incurring significant additional costs. We believe we can, as a result, provide improved products and services to our customers while, at the same time, achieving better operating leverage.

 

Ø   Expand strategic partnerships.    Our progressive non-prime credit solutions have attracted top-tier affiliate partners. We intend to continue growing our existing affiliate partnerships and will evaluate opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers and potentially enable non-prime customers to purchase their goods and services on credit. We expect these partnerships to provide us with access to a broad range of potential new customers, with low customer acquisition costs.

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø   Expansion in select markets.    We will explore pursuing strategic opportunities to expand into additional international and domestic markets. However, we plan to take a disciplined approach to international expansion, utilizing customized products and in-market expertise. As reflected in our approach to entering the UK market, we believe that local teams with products developed for each unique local market will ultimately be the most successful. We currently do not expect to undertake any international expansion in the near term.

OUR PRODUCTS

Rise, Elastic and Sunny are exclusively available through online and mobile platforms. We offer these products by leveraging the deep experience of our management team in the non-prime lending industry as well as by utilizing leading technology and proprietary risk analytics to effectively manage profitability and optimize customer convenience.

Each of these products reflects our “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” mission and offers competitive rates along with credit building and financial wellness features. These responsible lending features include rates on subsequent loans that can decrease over time, credit bureau reporting, free credit monitoring (in the US), and online financial literacy videos and tools.

Rise, Elastic and Sunny each follow distinct regulatory models, providing diversification across different regulatory frameworks. Rise operates under licenses from each state it serves and is additionally regulated by the CFPB, Elastic is a bank-originated credit product that is offered in 40 states across the US and is regulated by the FDIC, and Sunny is a UK credit product regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, or the “FCA.”

 

    

LOGO

 

  LOGO  

LOGO

 

Year launched

  2013   2013   2013

Product type

  Installment   Installment   Line of credit

Geographies served(1)

  15 states   UK   40 states

Loan size

  $500 to $5,000   £100 to £2,500   $500 to $3,500

Loan term

  10-25 months   6-14 months   Up to 10 months

Repayment schedule

  Bi-weekly,
semi-monthly, or monthly
  Bi-weekly,
semi-monthly, or monthly
  Bi-weekly or
semi-monthly

Prepayment penalties

  None   None   None

Pricing(2)

  36% to 365%

annualized

  10.5% to 24% monthly   Initially $5 per $100
borrowed plus up to 5.0%
of outstanding principal
per billing period

Other fees

  None   None   None

Combined loans receivable principal(1)

  $186.3 million   $27.9 million   $20.1 million

% of Combined loans receivable principal(1)

  79.5%   11.9%   8.6%

Top three states as a percentage of combined loans receivable – principal(1)

  CA (41.8%), GA (13.3%),
TX (7.4%)
  N/A
  FL (14.5%), CA (8.5%),
MD (8.1%)
     

Weighted average effective APR(1)(3)

  180%   257%   93%

 

(1)   As of or for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Includes loans originated through Credit Services Organization, or “CSO,” programs.
(2)   In Texas and Ohio, Rise charges a CSO fee instead of interest. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Revenue growth—Revenues.” Rise interest rates may differ significantly by state. See “—Regulatory Environment—APR by geography” for a breakdown of the APR for each of our products. Rise interest rates of 36% are available to qualified customers based on on-time repayment history.
(3)   Elastic is a fee-based product. The number shown is based on a calculation of an effective APR.

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Rise—US installment loans

Rise is an installment loan product currently available in 15 states in the US. After 24 months of on-time payments, eligible customers can receive a 50% rate reduction on their next loan, limited to a resulting rate of 36%. After an additional 12 months of on-time payments on a subsequent loan, rates on new loans drop to 36% for qualifying customers. As of June 30, 2015, approximately 60% of Rise customers had received a rate reduction mid-loan or after a refinance or on a subsequent loan. Our current policy is to award customers with rate reductions once they refinance or take out a new loan. As of June 30, 2015 approximately 66% of eligible Rise customers had refinanced or taken out a subsequent loan. The average effective APR across the Rise portfolio is approximately 180%, which we believe is 50% lower than the average effective rate of a typical payday loan, based on the CFPB’s findings that the average APR for a payday loan is almost 400%.

As a result of differing state laws, the structure of Rise varies. Rise is currently offered as an installment loan product. However, in Texas and Ohio, Rise is available through a CSO program that provides consumers access to installment loans offered by a third-party lender. See “Certain Conventions Governing Information in this Prospectus—Presentation of information related to our products.”

Sunny—UK installment loans

Sunny is our UK installment loan product, currently offering loans of up to £2,500 under two sub-brands, Sunny Now for loans up to £1,000 and Sunny Plus for loans between £1,000 and £2,500. Rates range from 10.5% per month for Sunny Plus to 24% per month for Sunny Now. Like Rise, Sunny customers may receive higher credit lines and interest rate reductions over time. In addition, Sunny offers a “no-fee guarantee.”

Although it is a relatively new entrant to the market, Sunny has already become the third most recognized brand among non-prime lenders, according to our survey of over 4,000 people in the UK over approximately 22 weeks. Sunny is a differentiated offering based on a wider range of loan amounts, lower rates, price promotions and more flexible repayment options than most other providers in the UK short-term lending market.

Elastic—US bank-originated lines of credit

Elastic, currently available in 40 US states, is a line of credit designed to be a financial safety net for non-prime consumers. It is originated by a third-party lender, Republic Bank. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of our Results of Operations—Revenues.” Elastic offers a maximum credit limit of $3,500 and charges an initial advance fee of $5 for each $100 advanced against the credit line, as well as a fixed charge of approximately 5% of open balances each payment period. Elastic’s effective APR based on this is approximately 93%, more than 75% lower than the average effective rate of a typical payday loan, based on the above-mentioned findings by the CFPB. There are no origination fees, monthly fees, late fees, over-limit fees or fees for returned payments on the product. Additionally, consumers must make a 10% mandatory principal reduction each month designed to encourage the full repayment of the original loan amount in approximately ten months.

Under the terms of our agreement with Republic Bank, we provide them with marketing services related to the Elastic program and license them our website, technology platform and proprietary credit and fraud scoring models to originate and service Elastic customers. However, as the originator of the Elastic lines of credit, Republic Bank reviews and approves all marketing materials and campaigns and

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

determines the underwriting strategies and score cutoffs used in processing applications. In addition, Republic Bank defines all program parameters and provides full compliance oversight over all aspects of the program. Our platform supports Republic Bank’s operational and compliance activities related to the Elastic program. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Overview” regarding the structure of Elastic and how we recognize revenue associated with Elastic loans.

ADVANCED ANALYTICS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The non-prime lending challenge

Traditional underwriting requires manual review of physical documents and human credit decisions. This is inconvenient for customers and for lenders it is resource-intensive, time-consuming and can lead to inconsistent results. Technology-enabled lenders have recently used Big Data techniques to revolutionize the offering of credit. Instant credit decisions and automated processes are increasingly the norm for innovative online lenders such as Lending Club and Prosper (for prime consumer credit), Avant (for near-prime consumer credit), SoFi (for student debt) and OnDeck (for small business loans).

In non-prime consumer lending, however, the analytical challenges are significantly greater. Traditional credit scores like FICO are poorly correlated with risk for non-prime consumers. Whereas prime consumers have established positive credit histories with traditional credit products and very little derogatory information, non-prime consumers are more varied and difficult to underwrite. Because of the wider variety of credit backgrounds and higher credit risk, automated analytical techniques for underwriting non-prime consumers must be much more sophisticated.

We use our deep insights into non-prime consumers and extensive experience serving them to develop differentiated analytical techniques and scores to better underwrite and price credit for the New Middle Class, as further described below under “—Segment-optimized analytics.” This approach provides for extremely high levels of automation in the underwriting process and has been proven to be effective, resulting in stable credit performance through the recent financial crisis. See “Business—Advanced Analytics and Risk Management—History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn.” Furthermore, we invest significant resources into the research and development of new data sources and new analytical techniques to continue to improve our capabilities.

Segment-optimized analytics

Based on our extensive experience and track record in the industry, we have found that FICO and other monolithic credit scores are inadequate for the non-prime market. Instead, we have developed an array of proprietary scores targeting unique customer segments and marketing channels as well as different fraud types. This segment-optimized analytical approach allows us to serve an expanding set of non-prime consumer segments and marketing channels while maintaining stable credit quality and acceptable customer acquisition costs.

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

We have used our extensive historical database of non-prime consumer information across multiple channels and products to identify unique segments for analysis and score development. We utilize highly predictive data sources and advanced analytical techniques to continually optimize our proprietary targeted scores and underwriting strategies for each customer segment and marketing channel. This segment-optimized approach impacts all aspects of our underwriting process:

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Segment specific credit scores

We use our proprietary risk analytics to build targeted credit scores for key customer segments. Based on our segmentation model, we utilize highly predictive data (including nationwide credit reporting agencies or “NCRA,” non-prime bureau data, and wide-ranging alternative data sources, as well as internally collected proprietary customer credit performance history) and analytical techniques (including regression and machine learning techniques) to achieve a high level of accuracy for our scores. For instance, for “prime-ish” consumers who have access to traditional credit sources but supplement them with non-prime credit, we use NCRA data extensively in our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models. For “challenged” consumers who have derogatory NCRA credit information and, as a result, rely primarily on non-prime credit providers, our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models leverage data provided by non-prime credit bureau sources like Clarity and Teletrack. For “credit invisibles” with limited or no credit history, we utilize a host of alternative data sources, such as the duration for which an applicant has used the same mobile phone number or used an email address.

We assess over 10,000 data inputs while developing our segmented credit models and are currently using the 11th generation of our proprietary credit scoring model.

Targeted fraud scores

In addition to our segment-specific credit scores, we have developed targeted fraud scores for different types of fraud. For instance, we have found that first party fraud (when the loan applicant provides correct identity information but has no intent of repaying the loan), third party fraud (when the applicant has stolen someone else’s identity information) and bank account fraud (when the borrower intends to shut down his or her account shortly after receiving the proceeds from the loan) are fundamentally different and require unique analysis and risk management tools.

Our proprietary fraud scores are built from over 2,000 available data inputs and models with extensive use of non-linear analytical tools and techniques. Examples of data sources that we have found to be predictive in our fraud scores include IP address information, how applicants use our website (including pages viewed), and email and bank account information as well as identity fraud information provided by third parties.

Affordability analysis

Although not currently required by US federal law, we proactively assess the affordability of our products for our customers. We use multiple approaches including debt to income, payment to income and full budgeting (required by UK regulations), based on third-party and self-reported information, and continue to evaluate the effectiveness of each approach. Our affordability assessment impacts both the decision of whether to provide the loan, as well as the maximum amount to offer.

Fully automated, near-instant credit decisions

Credit and fraud determinations are made in seconds and more than 90% of loan applications for all products are fully automated with no manual review required, based on our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models, and affordability assessments. Once approved, the customer is provided the loan amount and relevant terms of the credit being offered. We provide declined customers with the reasons for the decision.

Elevate fraud detection agents manually review a limited number of applicants based on the results of the fraud scores and any discrepancies in the application data they provide (such as identity information).

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Fraud detection specialists generate and review intraday reports to identify cross-application fraud risk and use such reports to flag additional loan applications requiring review. Elevate fraud detection agents use sophisticated “fuzzy matching” link analysis of application information to identify potentially fraudulent activity and pursue additional investigation if they suspect fraud.

History of stable credit quality through the economic downturn

We bring extensive experience in managing defaults through the most recent financial crisis. Including products that preceded our current generation of credit products, we have provided $2.4 billion in credit to 2.7 million non-prime consumers since 2002. As the following chart indicates, our management team delivered stable credit quality through the recent financial crisis.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Elevate legacy predecessor credit product from 2006-2011. Includes losses related to credit and fraud.
(2)   Years presented pre-date the Spin-Off. For recent cumulative credit loss rates by vintage, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics—Credit quality.”

Commitment to research and development

We have built a team of over 35 data analysts in our Risk Management department including 25 staff members with advanced degrees and ten with PhDs. Our Advanced Analytics team is primarily focused on analysis of new (typically non-traditional) data sources and analytical techniques. We believe our commitment to research and development in risk analytics results in consistently improving capabilities, which give us an on-going competitive advantage in the market by allowing us to scale our business while providing savings in the form of lower rates back to our customers in the form of lower rates.

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

SALES AND MARKETING

Multi-channel approach to customer acquisition

Online providers of non-prime credit generally rely on third-party lead generators for customer acquisition, which limits growth and provides challenges to achieving cost and quality targets. In contrast, we rely primarily on direct marketing channels, which support improved CAC, faster growth and heightened brand awareness. The following chart shows the percentage of total customers attributable to each marketing channel for the six months ended June 30, 2015, as well as the portions attributable to direct marketing channels and indirect marketing channels.

 

LOGO

Our multi-channel approach is demonstrated by the following:

 

Ø   Direct mail: Nearly 50 million pre-approved credit offers mailed in 2014;

 

Ø   TV and mass media: Both brand and direct response-oriented campaigns launched for Rise and Sunny;

 

Ø   Strategic partnerships: Multiple partnerships with large customer aggregators to drive traffic;

 

Ø   Paid search: Nearly 250,000 keywords actively managed; and

 

Ø   Other digital campaigns: Social media platforms and banner ads, among others.

Analytically-driven channel optimization

Each new marketing channel we introduce requires extensive testing and optimization before it can be scaled cost-effectively and requires significant on-going analytical support. For instance, we spent three years developing, testing, and optimizing our response and credit models for pre-approved direct mail

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

campaigns to achieve an acceptable CAC for this channel. As a result, direct mail is now our largest and most profitable marketing capability, and we continue to identify new analytical approaches that help expand the addressable market through the direct mail channel.

Similarly, we have been piloting and refining TV campaigns for the past two years in order to achieve target CAC levels. Rigorous testing of different creative messages, spot durations, “day-parting” and “pulsing” marketing strategies, and network targeting strategies have achieved significant improvements in performance. Based on these improvements, we are now aggressively expanding TV advertising. We believe TV and other mass media channels are essential to achieve market leadership for our products.

We are currently conducting large-scale tests of new digital and social channels that are showing strong initial results. Pilots with Facebook and other social media providers, including campaigns focusing on re-targeting strategies, have proven to generate meaningful lift in customer conversions and are expected to be integrated and scaled following the initial tests and refinements.

We expect to continue to expand growth in all of the above channels based on improved customer targeting analytics and increasingly sophisticated response models that allow us to enhance our marketing reach while maintaining our target CAC. Our dedicated channel management teams continually monitor and manage campaign effectiveness. We believe our investment in developing multiple customer acquisition channels provides a significant competitive advantage over other online non-prime lenders who rely primarily on lead generators.

Integrated channel management

In addition to optimizing the performance of each channel, we are increasingly using integrated channel management strategies to improve marketing impact and enhance brand-building. We have found that coordinating the timing of individual channel campaigns and leveraging creative across channels can accelerate growth at lower costs.

TV has become a key accelerator for integrated channel management. Because of the ability of TV advertising to help build trusted brands and expand customer awareness, we have invested extensively in TV campaigns in both the US (for Rise) and the UK (for Sunny). For the Rise campaign, we licensed the song Eye of the Tiger from Survivor (commonly recognized as the soundtrack for Rocky III). In the UK, we licensed the 1960’s song Sunny by Bobby Hebb. By using elements from the TV creative across other channels, we have increased the response from these other channels. In addition, we have learned to “pulse” our TV placements to coincide with large direct mail campaigns, which significantly improves customer acquisition results across both channels.

Strategic partner development

Rather than utilizing lead generators who are often accused of deceptive practices, we have focused on developing relationships through large strategic partnerships. Large strategic partnerships with companies, such as CreditKarma, allow us to better control customer application quality and CAC. We have contractual relationships with such partners whereby we pay a fee per loan funded. Because the customer completes the loan application on our website, rather than on a lead generator’s site, we control the messaging received by the customer about our products.

We expect our relationships with strategic partners to expand over time, and we will evaluate opportunities to enter into new partnerships with affiliates and retailers to potentially enable non-prime customers to purchase goods and services on credit. We also have the ability to make targeted offers with discounted rates to strategic partners who we believe have higher quality applicants.

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Customer relationship optimization

Our sales and marketing efforts are not only focused on acquiring new customers. We also market to current and former customers for additional or improved offers of credit.

Based on rigorous creditworthiness and affordability analysis, we typically offer increased credit lines to former customers—often at lower rates. Also, subject to our usage caps, we may offer current customers the ability to refinance loans to receive additional funds (in the US). We use both email and text messaging campaigns to reach customers with additional credit offers.

We have witnessed strong repeat customer use of our products. Historically, more than 60% of customers who repay their loan have taken out an additional loan, typically at a lower rate. Because there is no additional CAC for originating those additional loans, these transactions are highly profitable and can support offering a lower APR for consumers. Similarly, over 50% of eligible US customers in good standing have historically refinanced their loan or made an additional draw on their credit line at some time.

TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM AND INFORMATION SECURITY

Underlying our innovative product features and advanced analytics is a flexible technology platform that has enabled rapid innovation and growth. In addition to a proven ability to scale, our technology platform supports compliant processing and business controls. We have optimized the platform for mobile device access and have created an industry-leading decision engine that enables our sophisticated segment-optimized analytics approach to underwriting. Also, because we collect and store extensive amounts of consumer information, we have invested in best practice levels of information security.

Flexible and scalable IQ Technology Platform

We call our end-to-end loan origination, decisioning, loan management and servicing system the IQ Technology Platform. We believe it integrates the best available third party loan modules under our proprietary architecture. This has allowed us to rapidly launch new products, modify product functionality and ensure regulatory compliance. In fact, all three of our current generation of credit products were released in 2013, highlighting the flexibility and scalability of our technology.

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Our IQ Technology Platform includes proprietary architecture and messaging that facilitates high-availability, scalability and flexibility for changing product features. It supports both open-end (lines of credit) products as well as closed-end (installment loans) and is easily configurable for new pricing and term structures, whether in response to regulatory changes or competitive opportunities. Currently, the IQ Technology Platform supports our US products, Rise and Elastic. We plan to migrate Sunny from its legacy technology platform to the IQ Technology Platform over the next two years. The core functionality of the IQ Technology Platform is illustrated below.

 

LOGO

Mobile-first approach to user interface development

Currently, over half of our loan applications come from mobile rather than desktop devices. Our product front-ends (both web and mobile interfaces) are designed with a focus on user-friendly design and cross-platform mobility. While the web-based platform for our products is mobile-optimized, we do not currently have any mobile applications. We expect to release our first mobile app in 2016 to increase access for existing customers.

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Sophisticated decision engine

Our segment-optimized analytics approach requires us to manage numerous credit and fraud scores and strategies for each of our products, customer segments and marketing channels. In addition, because of our commitment to innovation and research and development, we are regularly conducting “champion-challenger” testing of new scores, data providers and analytical techniques. This requires an extremely flexible yet compliant decision engine. Our decision engine is a key component of the IQ Technology Platform and allows our Risk Management team to rapidly implement tests that control and measure new “challenger” performance against existing “champions.” In particular, the decision engine can rapidly integrate with new data providers and test a randomly selected percentage of application traffic with new scores and track their performance against existing scores.

All aspects of our underwriting process are controlled through components of the IQ Technology Platform, from the credit and fraud scores to the various product affordability assessments, to the instant decisioning and credit assignment process and even including the fraud and verifications activities performed by fraud agents. In this manner we have enhanced automation and have instituted tight controls over the entire decisioning process.

Best practice approach to information security and system reliability

Because we store extensive amounts of customer personally identifiable information, or “PII,” we take our obligations to protect that information and avoid data breaches very seriously. PII in the IQ Technology Platform is encrypted and we conduct regular audits of our security protocols via third party intrusion detection and vulnerability scans and penetration testing. These activities are supplemented with real-time monitoring and alerting for potential intrusions.

We have fully redundant data centers in place. Full disaster recovery and business continuity plans and tests have been completed, which help to ensure high levels of system availability.

COMPETITIVE OVERVIEW

The competition in our market is composed of both legacy brick-and-mortar and online credit providers. We compete with providers that offer products in the following categories:

 

Ø   Non-prime installment loans

 

Ø   Non-prime credit cards

 

Ø   Pawn loans

 

Ø   Payday loans

 

Ø   Title loans

 

Ø   Rent to own

In addition, bank overdrafts often function as an expensive form of emergency credit. According to a 2013 study by the CFPB, Americans pay approximately $34 billion in bank overdraft and similar fees annually. Additionally, according to a 2014 study by the CFPB, bank overdraft fees can carry an effective APR of 17,000%.

Most legacy non-prime lenders still operate primarily out of legacy brick-and-mortar locations and require extensive documentation and face-to-face interactions. With online and mobile-only products,

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Elevate eliminates the potential need for our customers to drive across town and stand in line to apply for credit. In fact, with our products, the credit determination is made in seconds and over 90% of loan applications are fully automated with no manual review required.

There are few providers attempting to deliver lower-cost, online non-prime credit products similar to ours. Although there have been a number of technology-enabled financial services companies that target prime and near-prime customers, including LendingClub, Prosper and Avant, there are only a limited number of comparable online competitors in the non-prime lending space, such as LendUp and NetCredit in the US and Pounds-to-Pocket in the UK. We expect more entrants in this space as this market continues to develop.

The online non-prime credit market in the US is extremely fragmented and most lenders source customers from lead generation companies, resulting in low brand recognition. Unlike these competitors, we have made a significant investment in establishing a direct-to-consumer, integrated multi-channel marketing capability, which we believe creates a unique opportunity for Rise and Elastic to become dominant brands in this space.

In the UK, online non-prime credit products are established, but have faced increased regulatory scrutiny. An industry-wide re-licensing process with the FCA is being undertaken in the UK, which is expected to reduce the number of credit providers in the market. The two largest lenders in the market, Wonga and QuickQuid, are reported to have experienced significant reductions in originations and loans outstanding due to the regulatory changes. We believe that Sunny has an opportunity to take significant market share over time based on our improved customer value proposition and analytics.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

The online consumer loan products we currently offer are subject to a range of laws, regulations and standards that address consumer lending, credit services, consumer protections and reporting, information sharing, marketing, debt collection, data protection, state licensing and interest rate and term limitations, among other things.

All products are subject to supervision, regulation and enforcement by numerous regulatory bodies—from state regulators and attorneys general, federal regulators, like the CFPB, the FTC and in some cases the FDIC and the FCA in the UK. Consistent with regulatory expectations, we have an extensive compliance program and internal controls. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been examined by the CFPB or the FCA, but we have had numerous state examinations.

For a discussion of the risks related to our regulatory environment, see “Risk factors—Other Risks Related to Compliance and Regulation.”

US regulation

State and local regulation and licensing

Rise is regulated under a variety of enabling state statutes. The scope of state regulation, including permissible interest rates, fees and terms, varies from state to state. Some states require specific disclosures, mandate or prohibit certain terms and limit the maximum interest rate and fees that may be charged. Where licensing or registration is required, we and our lending partners are subject to extensive state rules, licensing and examination. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in, among

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

other things, refunds of excess charges, monetary penalties, revocation of required licenses, voiding of loans and other administrative enforcement actions. Rise is available in the following 15 states: Alabama, California, Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Missouri, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, Utah and Wisconsin. Rise may also be subject to additional municipal regulations and ordinances related to, for example, certain short-term loan products and debt collection. The scope of municipal regulations and ordinances vary.

US federal regulation

Truth in Lending Act.    Both Rise, an installment loan product, and Elastic, a bank-originated line of credit product, are subject to the federal Truth in Lending Act, or “TILA,” and its underlying regulations known as Regulation Z. TILA and Regulation Z require creditors to deliver disclosures to borrowers during the life cycle of a loan—at application, at account opening or at consummation and for open-end credit products, such as Elastic, periodically.

The disclosure rules differ depending upon whether the product is an open-end credit, such as Elastic, or closed-end credit, such as Rise. Under the appropriate disclosure scheme, the originating creditor is required to provide borrowers with key information about the loan, including, for open-end credit, the annual percentage rate, applicable finance charges, transaction and penalty fees, and, for closed-end loans, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments, the number and amount of payments and payment due dates.

Regulation Z and TILA also provide consumers with substantive consumer protections. Specifically, pursuant to Regulation Z and TILA, loan products are subject to special rules for calculating annual percentage rates, advertising, and for open-end credit, rules for resolving billing errors.

Fair Credit Reporting Act.    We are also subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the “FCRA,” and similar state laws, as both a user of consumer reports and a furnisher of consumer credit information to credit reporting agencies. The FCRA and similar state laws regulate the use of consumer reports and reporting of information to credit reporting agencies. Specifically, the FCRA establishes requirements that apply to the use of “consumer reports” and similar data, including certain notifications to consumers, including when an adverse action, such as a loan declination, is based on information contained in a consumer report.

We only obtain and use consumer reports subject to the permissible purpose requirements under the FCRA. The FCRA permits us to share our experience information, information obtained from credit reporting agencies, and other customer information with affiliates. We comply with notice and opt out requirements for prescreen solicitations and for certain information sharing under the FCRA. We also have implemented an identity theft prevention program to fulfill the requirements of the Red Flags Regulations and Guidelines issued under the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or the “FACT Act.”

In meeting our duties to furnish consumer credit information to consumer reporting agencies, we:

 

Ø   furnish consumer credit information pursuant to the METRO 2 guidelines;

 

Ø   establish and maintain procedures regarding the accuracy and integrity of the consumer credit information we report; and

 

Ø   establish and maintain procedures to conduct timely investigations of customer disputes (received directly from customers or through credit reporting agencies) regarding the consumer credit information we report to the consumer reporting agencies.

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act.    The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or the “ECOA,” generally prohibit creditors from discriminating against applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act. Regulation B, which implements ECOA, restricts creditors from requesting certain types of information from loan applicants and from using advertising or making statements that would discourage on a prohibited basis a reasonable person from making or pursuing an application.

In the underwriting of loans offered through our online platform, and with respect to all aspects of the credit transaction, we, our lending partners and marketing affiliates must comply with applicable provisions prohibiting discouragement and discrimination.

ECOA also requires creditors to provide consumers with timely notices of adverse action taken on credit applications. A prospective borrower applying for a loan but denied credit is provided with an adverse action notice.

FTC Act and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.    Both the FTC and CFPB regulate the advertising and marketing of financial products and services. The FTC is charged with preventing unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements, and the CFPB is charged with preventing unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices, all of which can erode consumer confidence. All marketing materials related to our products must also comply with the advertising requirements set forth in TILA.

Military Lending Act.    The Military Lending Act, or “MLA,” restricts, among other things, the interest rate and other terms that can be offered to active military personnel and their dependents. The MLA caps the interest rate that may be offered to a covered borrower to a 36% military annual percentage rate, or “MAPR,” which includes certain fees such as application fees, participation fees and fees for add-on products. Prior to a recent amendment of the rules under the MLA, the MLA applied only to certain short term loans. The rules amendment extends the 36% rate cap to most types of consumer credit. The MLA also requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain terms, such as mandatory arbitration if a dispute arises concerning the consumer credit product. The amended MLA rules became effective on October 1, 2015 and will apply to transactions consummated or established after October 3, 2016 for all credit products subject to the rules except credit cards, which have a later operative date.

The MLA, as amended, will cover the Elastic and Rise products and will restrict our ability to offer our products to military personnel and their dependents when the amendments become operative in October 2016. Failure to comply with the MLA may limit our ability to collect principal, interest, and fees from borrowers and may result in civil and criminal liability that could harm our business.

The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act.    The federal Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, or “SCRA,” and similar state laws apply to certain loans made to certain active duty members of the US military, reservists and members of the National Guard and certain dependents. The SCRA limits the interest rate a creditor may charge or certain collection actions a creditor may take on certain loans while a servicemember is on military duty.

The Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act.    The federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or “E-SIGN,” and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act “UETA,” authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures. ESIGN and UETA require businesses that use electronic records or signatures in consumer transactions and provide required disclosures to consumers electronically, to obtain the consumer’s consent to receive information electronically. When a borrower is provided electronic disclosures, we obtain his or her consent to transact business electronically, to receive electronic disclosures and maintain electronic records in compliance with ESIGN and UETA requirements. We also follow similar state e-signature rules mandating that certain disclosures be made and certain steps be followed in order to obtain and authenticate e-signatures.

Electronic Fund Transfer Act.    The Electronic Fund Transfer Act of 1978, or “EFTA,” protects consumers engaging in electronic fund transfers. The EFTA is implemented through Regulation E, which includes an official staff commentary. The Dodd-Frank Act transferred rule-making authority under the EFTA from the Federal Reserve Board to the CFPB and, with respect to entities under its jurisdiction, granted authority to the CFPB to supervise and enforce compliance with EFTA and its implementing regulations. Borrowers of our products often choose to repay by electronic fund transfers. Restrictions on how consumers choose to pay or how lenders comply with electronic fund transfers could impact our current business processes.

To the extent a borrower repays his or her payment obligation through electronic fund transfers, the federal Electronic Fund Transfer Act or “EFTA” and its implementing regulations apply. EFTA contains restrictions, requires disclosures and provides consumers certain rights relating to electronic fund transfers.

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.    The federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or the “FDCPA,” provides guidelines and limitations on the conduct of third-party debt collectors and debt buyers when collecting consumer debt. While the FDCPA generally does not apply to first-party creditors collecting their own debts or to servicers when collecting debts that were current when servicing began, we use the FDCPA as a guideline for all collections. We require all vendors and third parties that provide collection services on our behalf to comply with the FDCPA to the extent applicable. We also comply with state and local laws that apply to creditors and provide guidance and limitations similar to the FDCPA.

Unfair, Deceptive, Abusive Acts and Practices.    The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts or practices, or “UDAAPs.” The CFPB has found UDAAPs in most phases in the life cycle of a loan, including the marketing, collecting and reporting of loans. UDAAPs could involve omissions or misrepresentations of important information to consumers or practices that take advantages of vulnerable consumers, such as elderly or low-income consumers. All products and services provided by Elevate and its vendors are subject to the prohibition on UDAAPs.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.    We are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations relating to privacy and security of consumers’ nonpublic personal information. Under these laws, including the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or “GLBA,” we must disclose our privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of nonpublic personal information with third parties. We may also be required to provide an opt -out to certain sharing. The GLBA and other laws also require us to safeguard personal information.

Anti-money laundering and economic sanctions.    We and the originating lenders that we work with are also subject to certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act under which we must maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program covering certain of our business activities. In addition, the Office of Foreign Assets Control prohibits us from engaging in financial transactions with specially designated nationals.

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Anticorruption.    We are also subject to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA,” which generally prohibits companies and their agents or intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

The CFPB, which regulates consumer financial products and services, including consumer loans that we offer, was created in July 2010 with the passage of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act. The CFPB has regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over certain providers of consumer financial products and services. In March 2015, the CFPB announced that it is planning to propose rules that would affect consumer credit with an APR in excess of 36%. As part of the announcement, the CFPB published a detailed outline of the proposed approach, or the “proposal,” and indicated that the next step in the rulemaking process is to convene a Small Business Review Panel to gather feedback from small lenders.

Under the CFPB proposal Rise would be considered a longer-term loan as the terms for these products are over 45 days. As such, the proposal would give lenders of products that fall under the rules the option to follow one of the following general approaches—prevention or protection:

 

Ø   the prevention approach would require an ability-to-repay analysis at the outset of the loan and each time a borrower seeks to refinance or re-borrow. This ability-to-repay analysis would require lenders to verify a consumer’s income, financial obligations (including living expenses) and borrowing history to determine whether a consumer’s residual income would satisfy the payment obligations on the loan; or

 

Ø   the protection approach would impose substantive limitations on loan terms, including, capping annual percentage rates and fees, restricting principal loan amounts, limiting the number of times a consumer is eligible for a loan and limiting the amount a consumer is required to repay each month.

The proposal also would add restrictions to the collection of payments from a borrower’s bank account and require lenders to access and report loan information to a reporting system. Any rules issued by the CFPB in this area are likely to impose limitations on consumer credit with an APR in excess of 36%. However, we do not currently know the full extent of the final rule the CFPB will ultimately adopt, and thus, its impact on our activities is uncertain. An official preliminary proposal is expected by the end of the year, and a final rule is not expected until sometime in 2016 with an effective date in 2017. As noted above, Republic Bank is supervised and examined by the FDIC. It is not clear whether or not the FDIC, the CFPB, or both will have supervisory authority over Elevate, as a service provider to Republic Bank.

Foreign regulation

United Kingdom

In the UK, we are subject to regulation by the FCA and must comply with the FCA’s rules and guidance set forth in the FCA Handbook, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the “FSMA,” the Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended, or the “CCA,” and Secondary legislation passed under the FSMA and the CCA, among other rules and regulations. We must also follow the responsible lending and arrears, default and recovery rules, which provide greater clarity for lenders as to business practices that the FCA believes constitute inappropriate lending.

UK regulation and authorization.    Our Sunny product is covered by the extensive regulatory regime promulgated under the FSMA and CCA. The regulatory regime requires firms undertaking consumer credit regulatory activities to be authorized or exempt. Regulated businesses must hold FCA

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

authorizations, pay annual fees, follow prescriptive rules on advertising, include minimum and prescribed disclosures within pre-contract, loan and post-contract arrears documentation, regularly report customer complaints information, and maintain robust systems and controls in relation to the conduct of regulated business, including when engaging third-party suppliers.

The UK regime includes an obligation to self-report breaches of the applicable laws and regulations, and the FCA has the power to order regulated firms to pay fines, undertake changes to business models, implement customer remediation programs compensating customers for historic breaches and, among various other enforcement powers, limit or revoke regulatory authorizations. Failure to comply with the technical requirements of CCA and underlying regulations can, among other penalties, render loan agreements unenforceable without a court order. The courts also have wide powers to determine that a relationship between a lender and customers is unfair and impose equitable remedies in such circumstances.

Equality Act.    The Equality Act 2010 prohibits unlawful direct and indirect discrimination and harassment of applicants and customers when conducting lending services on the basis of nine protected characteristics: age; disability; gender reassignment; marriage and civil partnership; pregnancy and maternity; race; religion or belief; sex; and sexual orientation. These requirements apply to the advertising, underwriting and enforcing of Sunny loans and the handling of complaints regarding Sunny loans.

Marketing laws.    Marketing in all mediums, including television, radio and online, is subject to the detailed advertising rules for the consumer credit industry contained in part 3 of the FCA’s CONC rulebook as well as the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005. In particular, all advertisements must be clear, fair and not misleading and include representative cost information and illustrations where particular advertising jargon is included in the material. Certain marketing expressions are also prohibited.

The Advertising Standards Authority, or the “ASA,” has also published specific codes for broadcast and non-broadcast advertising to which we must also adhere. Both the FCA and the ASA tightly monitor consumer credit advertising and regularly conduct industry audits of compliance standards. The ASA maintains a complaints framework and investigates legal, regulatory and code breaches raised by both consumers and competitors and publishes public adjudications, which can require firms to amend or completely remove advertisements. Misleading marketing can also constitute a criminal offense under the Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations 2008 and result in fines from the FCA.

Debt collection practices.    The CCA sets out a formulaic procedure for customers in arrears, applicable when levying default fees and when taking any other steps in relation to default. Firms are required to issue statutory notices in a prescribed format within specific timeframes and include self-help information sheets. Failure to comply has severe consequences, including restricting lender rights to enforce relevant loan agreements, charge interest or any levy applicable default fees. The FCA also expects firms that have failed to comply with these requirements to proactively undertake extensive remediation activities, issuing refunds to customers where appropriate, including in cases where customers have not raised a complaint directly. A number of leading banking groups in the UK are currently in the process of conducting such remediation activities.

Part 7 of the FCA’s CONC rulebook also sets out detailed rules and guidance for dealing with customers in arrears or default when pursuing recovery. The rules prohibit threatening, aggressive and harassing debt collection communications and practices, impose obligations to treat customers in arrears with forbearance and govern conduct when interacting with debt management firms engaged to resolve over-

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

indebtedness. There are also specific rules on the use of continuous payment authorities as a repayment method that limit the number of repayment attempts that can be initiated by lenders.

Privacy laws.    In the UK, we are subject to the requirements of the DPA and are required to be fully registered as a data-controller under the DPA and comply with industry guidance published by the regulator, the Information Commissioner. The DPA includes data protection principles regarding use, security and notification of the purposes of processing and sharing, which must be followed, as well as rights to access and correct information.

There are also strict rules on the instigation of electronic communications such as email, text message and telephone calls under the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003, which impose consent rules regarding unsolicited direct marketing, as well as the monitoring of devices.

We are required to be certified under the United States Safe Harbor provisions, which allow European Economic Area data to be passed to non-European Economic Area countries or territories.

A new data protection regulation is currently being debated by European law makers, and a final draft of the legislation is anticipated in late 2015 or early 2016 with an implementation period of approximately two years. It is anticipated that the new regulation will impose strict minimum disclosure requirements, new obligations on organizations processing data and mandatory self-reporting of data breaches, as well as fines relating to worldwide turnover.

Anti-money laundering.    We are subject to the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 and the Money Laundering Regulations 2007, which require the implementation of strict procedures for our business activities. The UK regime includes self-reporting suspicious activities, the appointment of a designated anti-money laundering officer with overall responsibility for the compliance of the business and employees. The legislation also includes several criminal offenses and can result in personal criminal liability.

Anti-bribery and corruption.    UK firms are subject to the Bribery Act 2010, which introduces a number of individual offenses relating to giving and receiving bribes and dealings with foreign public officials. Commercial organizations can be prosecuted for failure to implement adequate procedures to record, report and prevent bribery.

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

APR by geography

The table below presents the maximum APR allowed by state for states in which Rise is offered. Sunny is subject to a 24% monthly APR limit, which is nationwide in the UK. Elastic is a fee-based product to which such APR limits are not applicable.

 

State    Maximum APR
allowed by state
    Maximum APR
Rise charges
 

Alabama

     *        275

California(1)

     *        225

Delaware

     *        365

Georgia(2)

     60     59.8

Idaho

     *        365

Illinois

     99     99

Missouri

     *        365

North Dakota

     *        325

New Mexico

     *        365

Ohio

     *        365

South Carolina

     *        350

South Dakota

     *        365

Texas

     *        365

Utah

     *        365

Wisconsin

     *        365

 

*   As agreed upon between the parties. In California, as agreed upon between the parties for loans over $2,500.
(1)   Minimum loan amount offered in California is $2,600.
(2)   APR must be less than 60% under applicable state law.

EMPLOYEES

As an innovator seeking to respond quickly to new market opportunities and challenges, we have built a corporate culture that rewards ambition, responsible lending practices, execution and intense cross-company collaboration and communication. Our key company values are:

 

Ø   Think Big.    We have always been an innovator in our industry. Ideas, both big and small, are our competitive advantage. We share a responsibility to think out of the box, challenge the status quo and embrace change.

 

Ø   Do the Right Thing.    Doing the right thing is not optional. We hold each other to the highest standards and earn our reputation every day.

 

Ø   Raise the Bar.    Excellence is not a skill. It is a habit—the gradual result of always striving to do better. As a company and as individuals we push ourselves to build on success, learn from failure and get better every day.

 

Ø   Win Together.    Our goals are too big to achieve as individuals. Collaboration is not a by-product of our work, it is the primary focus. It is also more fun.

Our values are reinforced in all aspects of our employees’ relationship with our company, including during the recruiting process and the bi-annual reviews, and play a large role in the promotion process. In addition, each quarter employees who best exemplify these values are nominated for “Smart Awards” and are selected and recognized at all-company Town Hall meetings.

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, we had 424 full-time employees, including 113 in technology, 59 in risk management, 49 in loan operations and customer support, 20 in marketing and business development, 125 related to our UK operations and 58 in general and administrative functions. We also outsource certain functions, such as collections and customer service to increase efficiencies and scalability. We use an internal quality team to review and improve third-party performance.

OUR HISTORY

We were created through the Spin-Off of the direct lending and branded product businesses of TFI. TFI was founded in 2001. Prior to the Spin-Off transaction, TFI had two discrete lines of business; a) a direct lender and branded product provider to non-prime consumers; and b) a licensor of its technology platform to third-party lenders. In order to allow each of these separate lines of business to focus on its relative strategic and operational strengths and future business plans, the board of directors of TFI decided to spin off its direct lending and branded products business into a separate company.

We were incorporated in Delaware on January 31, 2014 as a subsidiary of TFI, and we had no material assets or activities as a separate corporate entity until the Spin-Off occurred. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed the assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending and branded products business to us, and distributed its interest in our company to its stockholders, but retained the assets and liabilities associated with its licensed technology platform line of business. TFI’s retained business line entails providing marketing services to third-party lenders and licensing TFI’s technology platform to these lenders for marketing and licensing fees. TFI previously conducted its direct lending business through various legal entity subsidiaries, which were contributed to us in the Spin-Off transaction.

There are no ongoing interactions or contractual relationships between us and TFI other than a tax sharing agreement and sublease agreements from TFI to us. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions” for additional information regarding these agreements.

FACILITIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in Fort Worth, Texas, where we lease approximately 45,477 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires August 31, 2016. We also lease approximately 25,348 square feet of office space in Addison, Texas pursuant to a lease that expires September 30, 2018; approximately 3,300 square feet of office space in San Diego, California pursuant to a lease that expires April 30, 2019; approximately 3,525 square feet of office space in London, UK pursuant to a lease that expires November 7, 2015; and approximately 6,447 square feet of office space in Bury St. Edmunds, UK pursuant to a lease that expires March 24, 2019.

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Protecting our rights to our intellectual property is critical, as it enhances our ability to offer distinctive services and products to our customers, which differentiates us from our competitors. We rely on a combination of trademark laws and trade secret protections in the US and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect the intellectual property rights related to our proprietary analytics, predictive underwriting models and software systems. We have either registered trademarks and/or pending applications in the US for the marks Elevate, Rise, Sunny and Elastic. We also own European Community trademark registrations for the Sunny and Elastic marks. Our trademarks are materially important to us and we anticipate maintaining them and renewing them.

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In addition to the matters discussed below, in the normal course of business, from time to time, we have been and may be named as a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in connection with our business activities. We may also be involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our business (collectively, “regulatory matters”). We contest liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each such pending matter. We do not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of any such pending matter will have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Civil Investigative Demand

In June 2012, prior to the Spin-Off, TFI received a Civil Investigative Demand from the CFPB. The purpose of the Civil Investigative Demand was to determine whether small-dollar online lenders or other unnamed persons engaged in unlawful acts or practices relating to the advertising, marketing, provision, or collection of small-dollar loan products, in violation of Section 1036 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, 12 USC. § 5536, the TILA, 15 USC. § 1601, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, 15 USC. § 1693, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 15 USC. §§ 6802-6809, or any other federal consumer financial law and to determine whether CFPB action to obtain legal or equitable relief would be in the public interest. While TFI’s business is distinct from our business, we cannot predict the final outcome of this Civil Investigative Demand or to what extent any obligations arising out of such final outcome will be applicable to our company or business, if at all. We understand that TFI is cooperating with the CFPB and is in the process of providing all documents requested by the CFPB. As of June 30, 2015, there are no probable or estimable losses related to this matter.

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania suit

In November 2014, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania filed a civil lawsuit against TFI, TC Loan Service, LLC, Financial U, LLC, Elevate Credit, Inc. and Kenneth E. Rees, and various other, unrelated entities, asserting violations of the Pennsylvania Corrupt Organizations Act, the Pennsylvania Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law, and the Pennsylvania Fair Credit Extension Uniformity Act. The claim alleges that the named defendants conspired, first with a state-chartered, federally insured bank, and then with three Native American tribes that functioned as apparent lenders, as a cover, to target consumers in the state of Pennsylvania using a loan scheme in violation of laws against certain lending and anti-racketeering laws. Elevate Credit, Inc. was dismissed without prejudice in February 2015; however, Mr. Rees remains a party to the suit. Additionally, on July 3, 2015, the attorney general of Pennsylvania filed an amended complaint adding our inactive subsidiary, PayDay One, LLC, as a defendant and an additional claim for violation of section 5536 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits covered persons from engaging in “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices.” We ceased operations at PayDay One effective June 23, 2013. While litigation is not free from risk and can be unpredictable for a number of reasons, we believe that the lawsuit is without merit. The amount of damages sought in the aggregate is unspecified, but the amended complaint seeks, among other things:

 

Ø   injunctive relief to prohibit defendants from engaging in any future violations;

 

Ø   restitution for all consumers harmed by the scheme;

 

Ø   disgorgement and forfeiting of all profits derived as a result of the alleged conduct;

 

Ø   civil penalties of up to $1,000 for each violation of Pennsylvania law;

 

Ø   civil penalties of up to $3,000 for each violation involving a senior citizen;

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

Ø   invalidation of any beneficial interest in existing consumer debt purported to be owed by Pennsylvania consumers; and

 

Ø   notification of credit bureaus to remove all negative information related to the scheme and all references to any of the defendants from consumers’ credit reports.

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, KEY EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of August 31, 2015.

 

Name    Age      Position(s)

Executive officers

     

Kenneth E. Rees

     52       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Jason Harvison

     39       Chief Operating Officer and Director

Christopher Lutes

     47       Chief Financial Officer

Walt Ramsey

     50       Chief Credit Officer

Key employees

     

Kathy Boden Holland

     49       Chief Risk Officer

Chad Bradford

     44       Chief Accounting Officer

Sharon Clarey

     54       SVP Human Resources

Sarah Fagin Cutrona

     54       Chief Counsel

Jeff Flynn

     60       Chief Technology Officer

Greg Hall

     45       Chief Marketing Officer

John-Paul Savant

     44       Chief Executive Officer of UK Group, EVP of International Business

Non-employee directors

     

John C. Dean(1)(2)

     68       Director

Stephen B. Galasso(1)

     67       Director

Michael L. Goguen(2)

     51       Director

Tyler Head(3)

     40       Director

Robert L. Johnson(3)

     69       Director

John C. Rosenberg(2)(3)

     39       Director

Stephen J. Shaper(1)

     79       Director

 

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee
(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee
(3)   Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Executive officers

Kenneth E. Rees has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors since 2014. He joined Think Finance, Inc., or “TFI,” our predecessor company, as President in 2004, and held the position of Chief Executive Officer from his appointment in November 2004 until April 30, 2014, the day before the Spin-Off. Mr. Rees served on TFI’s board of directors as its Chairman from 2014 through May 15, 2015. Prior to joining us, from 2001 to 2004, Mr. Rees was the founder, chief executive officer and chairman of CashWorks, Inc., a provider of non-bank financial services that was purchased by GE Money Services in 2004. He has a BA in Mathematics from Reed College and an MBA in Finance and Statistics from the University of Chicago. Mr. Rees was named the E&Y Entrepreneur of the Year for the Southwest Area North region in 2012. We believe Mr. Rees is qualified to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors because of his over 20 years of experience, including over 14 years leading technology-enabled financial services companies such as TFI, Elevate and CashWorks.

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Jason Harvison has served as our Chief Operating Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since 2014, and served as our Chief Financial Officer from May 2014 to December 2014, as well as Chief Product Officer from May 2014 to October 2014. He served on the board of directors of TFI from 2005, and stepped down from the board as of August 21, 2015. Mr. Harvison joined TFI as Senior Vice President in 2005, and in 2011, he was promoted to Executive Vice President. In 2013, he was further promoted to Chief Product Officer of TFI, which position he held until 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Harvison served as Assistant Vice President at Guaranty Bank. He has a BBA in Finance from Texas A&M University. We believe Mr. Harvison is qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his substantial operational and business strategy expertise gained over ten years from numerous roles at TFI and Elevate.

Christopher Lutes has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 1, 2015, and served as the Chief Financial Officer of TFI from 2007 to 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Lutes was the Chief Financial Officer for Silicon Valley Bank from 1998 to 2001, as well as several other companies. Mr. Lutes began his career in public accounting with Coopers & Lybrand. He has a BS in Accounting from Arizona State University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Arizona.

Walt Ramsey has served as our Chief Credit Officer since 2014, having previously served as Chief Risk Officer at TFI from 2011 to 2014. Before joining TFI in 2011, he was the Senior Vice President of Consumer Banking Risk at JP Morgan Chase from 2008 to 2011 and the Chief Risk Officer and Managing Director of Personal Loans at Lloyds TSB from 2005 to 2007. He has also held senior management positions at Experian, GE Consumer Finance and Citigroup. He has a BS in Mathematics from the College of Charleston, as well as graduate degrees in Economics and Statistics from North Carolina State University.

Key employees

Kathy Boden Holland has served as an Executive Vice President of Corporate Development since 2014 having previously served in that role at TFI from 2012 to 2014, and is currently our Chief Risk Officer and Chief Compliance Officer. Ms. Boden Holland served as President of RLJ Financial LLC from 2010 to 2012, before it was purchased by TFI. Prior to that, she was EVP of Urban Trust Holdings, a bank holding company, from 2007 to 2010 and was the founder and General Partner at Bluehouse Capital, a consulting and investment firm, from 2003 to 2006. Ms. Boden Holland has a BS in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from the University of North Carolina.

Chad Bradford has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since 2014, having previously served in that role at TFI from 2012 to 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Bradford was the Chief Accounting Officer of Homeward Residential Holdings, Inc., one of the largest non-bank mortgage servicers in the US, from 2010 to 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Bradford worked at KPMG LLP from 1998 to 2010 with a specialization in financial services and served an international rotation where he worked as a member of the US GAAP Advisory Services team. Mr. Bradford is a Certified Public Accountant and has a BBA in Accounting from Texas A&M University and an MBA from the University of Texas-Dallas.

Sharon Clarey has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since 2014. She served as the Vice President of Human Resources at TFI from 2011 to 2014 and served as Director of Human Resources at TFI from 2009 to 2011. Prior to joining TFI, Ms. Clarey was the Director of Human Resources at Mannatech, Incorporated from 2004 to 2009 and held various leadership roles at American Airlines and American Trans Air. She has a BA in Advertising from Drake University.

Sarah Fagin Cutrona has served as our Chief Counsel since 2014. She was General Counsel at TFI from 2006 to 2014. Prior to that, she was Associate Counsel at AmeriCredit Corp. from 2001 to 2006 and

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

served as Vice President of Government Affairs at NationsCredit Financial Services Corp. from 1997 to 1998. She is a member of the State Regulatory Registry (SRR) Industry Advisory Council, a subsidiary of the Conference of State Bank Supervisors. Ms. Cutrona graduated from Texas Tech University with degrees in Finance and Petroleum Land Management and received her JD from Southern Methodist University.

Jeff Flynn has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2014, having previously served as Senior Vice President of Enterprise Services at TFI from 2012 to 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Flynn was the Chief Information Officer for California Medicaid Management Information Systems from 2011 to 2012, VP of Information Technology for Health Net, Inc. from 2002 to 2011, and VP of Product Engineering for Digital Insight Corporation from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Flynn has a BS in Computer Science from California State University, Sacramento and attended the University of California, Berkeley as part of his undergraduate education. 

Greg Hall has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since 2015. Mr. Hall joined TFI in 2011 as Vice President of Marketing and was promoted to Executive Vice President of Marketing in 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Hall was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Slix, an apparel company, from 2009 to 2011, and Vice President of Marketing and Operational Strategy at Capital One Financial Corp. from 2007 to 2008. He has a BS in Aeronautical & Astronautical Engineering from Purdue University and an MBA in Finance and Management & Strategy from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

John-Paul Savant has served as the Chief Executive Officer of our UK Group and EVP of our International Business since 2014, having previously served in that role at TFI from 2012 to 2014. Prior to joining TFI, Mr. Savant was VP of Product, Experience, and Consumer Engagement for PayPal EMEA. He held this role and several others at PayPal EMEA between 2003 and 2012. He has a BSFS. from Georgetown’s School of Foreign Service with a concentration in International Economics and an MBA from the University of Chicago. 

Non-employee directors

John C. Dean has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is a member of the Compensation and Audit Committees. Mr. Dean previously served as a member of the board of directors of TFI from 2005 to 2014. Mr. Dean has spent more than 35 years as an executive in the financial services industry, serving as Chief Executive Officer of five financial institutions throughout the country including Silicon Valley Bank. He has been with Central Pacific Bank since 2010, serving as Chairman of the Board of Central Pacific Bank from March 2010 until April 2011, when he became Chief Executive Officer, which position he held until July 2015, when he became Executive Chairman of the Board. In 2001, Mr. Dean was recognized by Forbes as one of the “50 most powerful dealmakers.” More recently, he was recognized as Hawaii Business Magazine’s 2012 CEO of the Year; Sales and Marketing Executives International Honolulu’s 2012 Salesperson of the Year; 2012 Pacific Business News’ Business Leader of the Year; and 2012 Pacific Buddhist Academy Inspirational Leader. He is a graduate of Holy Cross College, a former Peace Corps Volunteer in Western Samoa and a graduate of the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania with an MBA in Finance. We believe Mr. Dean is uniquely qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his 35 year history as a respected financial services executive.

Stephen B. Galasso has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Galasso previously served on the board of directors of TFI from 2012 to 2014.

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

He was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NetSpend from 2001 to 2004, President and Chief Executive Officer of Universal Value Network from 1998 to 2000 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of America Credit Cards from 1995 to 1998. He has been an independent director and strategic advisor to several companies including TFI since 2012 (where he ceased serving as a director in May 2014), Axeso Payment Solutions in Brazil from 2011 to 2012, AccountNow, Inc. from 2007 to 2011, and Advanced Payment Solutions in the UK from 2005 to 2011. Mr. Galasso was also an Entrepreneur in Residence for Payments and Financial Technology at Trident Capital from 2005 to 2011. He has a BS and MBA from Fordham University. We believe Mr. Galasso is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience with multiple payment and credit financial products, for both large and small institutions in the US as well as abroad.

Michael L. Goguen has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2014 and is the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Goguen previously served on the board of directors of TFI from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Goguen has been a Partner at Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, for over 17 years, where he focuses on infrastructure and technology investments. He is the chairman of the board of directors of Infoblox Inc. (NYSE: BLOX), and is a director of a number of private companies. Mr. Goguen holds a BS in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University and an MS in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Goguen is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because, as a venture capital investor, he brings strategic insights and financial experience to the Board. He has evaluated, invested in and served as a board member of numerous companies and is familiar with a full range of corporate and board functions.

Tyler Head has been a member of the Board of Directors since July 2014 and is the Chairperson of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. He is the President and founder of Corbett Capital, LLC, a closely held investment company focusing on growth capital investments in early-stage and lower middle market companies. Prior to founding Corbett Capital, LLC, in 2011, Mr. Head served as an officer and F/A-18 pilot in the US Marine Corps from 1998 through 2009, attaining the rank of Major prior to transitioning to the private sector. He is a founding member of Cowtown Angels, an Angel Investor group in Fort Worth, Texas and serves on the group’s steering council, investment screening committee, and membership committee. Mr. Head serves on the boards of directors of Wisegate, Inc. and Little Passports, Inc., and served on the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. He serves on the Board of Managers of Eidolon Brands, LLC, the parent company of the Ben Hogan Golf Equipment Company. Mr. Head also serves on the board of directors of TECH Fort Worth, a business incubator and accelerator, and is the Chairman of its Outreach and Programs Committee. He has a BS in Political Science with a minor in Spanish from the US Naval Academy and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Head is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience funding and advising early stage growth companies, his experience in corporate governance, and his extensive organizational and leadership experience in the Marine Corps.

Robert L. Johnson has served on the Board of Directors since May 2014, and previously served on the board of directors of TFI from August 2012 to 2014. He is a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Mr. Johnson is the founder and Chairman of The RLJ Companies, an innovative business network that owns or holds interests in a diverse portfolio of companies in the consumer financial services, private equity, real estate, hospitality, professional sports, film production, gaming and automobile dealership industries. Prior to forming The RLJ Companies, in 1980 Mr. Johnson founded Black Entertainment Television (BET) where he served as chief executive officer. In 2001, BET was acquired by Viacom Inc. and Mr. Johnson continued to serve as chief executive officer until 2006. In July 2007, Mr. Johnson was named by USA Today as one of the “25 most influential business leaders of the past 25 years.” Mr. Johnson currently serves on the compensation committee and

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

the governance committee of the board of directors of the Lowe’s Companies, Inc. (NYSE: LOW), the compensation committee and the nomination and governance committee of KB Home (NYSE: KBH), as well as on the board of directors or trustees of RLJ Entertainment, Inc., RLJ Lodging Trust (NYSE: RLJ) and Strayer Education, Inc. (NASDAQ: STRA). Mr. Johnson is a graduate of the University of Illinois and holds a master’s degree in public affairs from the Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs at Princeton University. We believe Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his experience as a successful chief executive officer of BET and The RLJ Companies as well as his experience in finance, banking and brand-building enterprises. In addition, he brings experience from serving on more than seven publicly-traded companies and participating in board committees including audit, governance and compensation and has a proven commitment to serving minority and underserved consumers.

John C. Rosenberg has served on the Board of Directors since May 2014 and is a member of the Compensation and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees. Mr. Rosenberg previously served on the board of directors of TFI from 2009 to 2014. He is a General Partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, or “TCV,” a provider of growth capital to technology companies, which he joined in 2000. Mr. Rosenberg also serves as a director of several private companies. He received a BA in Economics from Princeton University. We believe Mr. Rosenberg is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because, as a venture capital investor, he brings strategic insights and financial experience to the board. He has evaluated, invested in and served as a board member of numerous companies and is familiar with a full range of corporate and board functions.

Stephen J. Shaper has been a member of the Board of Directors since May 2014 and is the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Mr. Shaper has been the Chief Executive Officer of Middlemarch Capital Corporation, a consulting organization for the payments industry encompassing credit and debit transactions, internet payments, checks and loans, since 2010. Mr. Shaper previously served as Executive Vice President, Sales for PreCash Corporation from 2007 to 2010 and before that was the Chairman of Optimal Payments PLC (London: OPAY). He also served as President of Sales and Marketing for First Data Corporation and as Chief Executive Officer of TeleCheck Services, Inc., or “TeleCheck.” Prior to TeleCheck Mr. Shaper owned or was a partner in more than thirty manufacturing, importing and distribution companies. He is currently a board member of Direct Connect and Mickie Services Company and a member of the board and the audit committees of Optimal Payments and TFI. Mr. Shaper received a BA degree in Mechanical Engineering from Rice University and an MBA from Harvard Business School and served in the US Army Corps of Engineers. He was a member of Young Presidents’ Organization and is currently an active member of World Presidents’ Organization. We believe Mr. Shaper is uniquely qualified to serve on our Board of Directors from having been involved in the payments industry continuously since 1977 as an investor, board member and executive.

BOARD COMPOSITION

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

Ø   John C. Dean was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Stephen B. Galasso was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Michael L. Goguen was elected as the designee of certain holders of our Series A preferred stock;

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

 

Ø   Jason Harvison was elected as the designee of certain holders of shares of our common stock;

 

Ø   Tyler Head was elected as the designee of certain holders of shares of our common stock;

 

Ø   Robert L. Johnson was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class;

 

Ø   Kenneth E. Rees was elected as the designee reserved for the person serving as our Chief Executive Officer;

 

Ø   John C. Rosenberg was elected as the designee of certain holders of our Series B preferred stock; and

 

Ø   Stephen J. Shaper was nominated by the Board and elected by the majority vote of holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, voting together as a single class.

Our voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. The number of directors will be fixed by our Board of Directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of nine directors, seven of whom will qualify as “independent” under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, immediately after the completion of this offering our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

Ø   the Class I directors will be             ,             and              , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

Ø   the Class II directors will be             ,             and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

Ø   the Class III directors will be             ,             and             , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

This classification of our Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Our Board of Directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliates, our

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Board of Directors determined that John C. Dean, Stephen B. Galasso, Michael L. Goguen, Tyler Head, Robert L. Johnson, John C. Rosenberg and Stephen J. Shaper do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and TFI and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

BOARD COMMITTEES

Our Board of Directors currently has an Audit and Compliance Committee, or the “Audit Committee,” a Compensation Committee, a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and a Risk Management Committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our Board of Directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee, established in May 2014, comprises John C. Dean, Stephen B. Galasso and Stephen J. Shaper. Mr. Shaper serves as our Audit Committee chairperson. Mr. Dean, Mr. Galasso and Mr. Shaper meet the requirements for independence of Audit Committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our Audit Committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the current listing standards. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that                                  is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.” The responsibilities of our Audit Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   appointing, as well as reviewing and approving the compensation, retention and termination of, the independent registered public accounting firm engaged to audit our financial statements;

 

Ø   helping to ensure the independence of and oversee the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø   reviewing and pre-approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

Ø   reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

Ø   preparing the Audit Committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

Ø   reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø   reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

Ø   assist the board of directors in overseeing our internal audit function;

 

Ø   reviewing and overseeing related party transactions; and

 

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Ø   establishing and maintaining procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, or federal and state rules and regulations, and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our Audit Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee, established in May 2014, comprises John C. Dean, Michael L. Goguen and John C. Rosenberg. Mr. Goguen serves as our Compensation Committee chairperson. The composition of our Compensation Committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the Compensation Committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act,” and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the “Code.” The purpose of our Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs and to discharge the responsibilities of our Board of Directors relating to compensation of our executive officers and employees. The responsibilities of our Compensation Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   overseeing our overall compensation philosophy and compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

Ø   reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, annual incentive bonus (including the specific goals and amounts), equity compensation, employment agreements, severance agreements, change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

Ø   to the extent determined appropriate by the Compensation Committee, reviewing, approving and/or making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to employee compensation and overseeing equity compensation for our service providers;

 

Ø   preparing the Compensation Committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

Ø   administering our equity compensation plans.

Our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, established in June 2015, comprises Tyler Head, Robert L. Johnson and John C. Rosenberg. Mr. Head serves as our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee chairperson. The composition of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee meets the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The responsibilities of our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding, nominees for election to our Board of Directors and its committees;

 

Ø   considering and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees;

 

Ø   reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

Ø   evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

Ø   developing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines;

 

Ø   reviewing the succession planning for each of our executive officers;

 

Ø   evaluating the performance of our Board of Directors and of individual directors; and

 

Ø   reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding director compensation.

Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Risk Management Committee

Our Risk Management Committee, established in                     , 2015, comprises             ,             and             .             serves as our Risk Management Committee chairperson. The responsibilities of our Risk Management Committee include, among other things:

 

Ø   overseeing our risk governance framework and reviewing our policies and practices on risk assessment and risk management;

 

Ø   reviewing management’s implementation of risk policies and procedures to assess their effectiveness;

 

Ø   reviewing our risk appetite and risk tolerance, methods of risk measurement, risk limits, and the guidelines for monitoring and mitigating such risks;

 

Ø   reviewing with management the categories of risk we face, including risk concentrations and risk interrelationships, likelihood of occurrence, and potential impact;

 

Ø   evaluating reports regarding our risks, our management function, and the results of risk management reviews and assessments; and

 

Ø   reviewing and discussing with management our risks, our management function and its effectiveness, and coordinating with management subcommittees regarding oversight of certain categories of risk determined by the Risk Management Committee.

Our Risk Management Committee will operate under a written charter that will be effective prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ ROLE IN RISK MANAGEMENT

Our full Board of Directors oversees our risk management process. Our Board of Directors oversees a company-wide approach to risk management, carried out by our management. Our full Board of Directors determines the appropriate risk for us generally, assesses the specific risks faced by us, and reviews the steps taken by management to manage those risks.

While the full Board of Directors maintains the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risks in certain specified areas. Our Risk Management Committee reviews our business strategy and management’s assessment of the related risk and discuss with management our appropriate level of risk. Our Audit Committee oversees financial risk exposures, including monitoring the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, internal control over financial reporting and the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Board of Directors, through our Audit Committee, receives periodic internal controls and related assessments from our finance department. In fulfilling its oversight responsibility with respect to compliance matters, our Board of Directors, through our Audit Committee, meets at least quarterly with our finance department, independent registered public accounting firm and internal or external legal counsel to discuss risks related to our financial reporting function.

BOARD LEADERSHIP

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that the roles of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer may be separated or combined, and our Board of Directors has flexibility to decide whether it is in the best interests of Elevate, at any given point in time, for the roles of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to be separate or combined. Currently, the roles are combined, with Mr. Rees serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that we are well-served by a flexible leadership structure. Our Board of Directors will continue to consider whether the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer should be separated or combined at any given time as part of our succession planning process.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that whenever our Chairman is also our Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors will designate an independent, non-employee director as Lead Director whose duties will include chairing executive sessions of the Board of Directors, serving as the principal liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors, approving information sent to the Board of Directors, approving meeting agendas and schedules for the Board of Directors, and ensuring that he or she is available for consultation and direct communication with stockholders, if requested. The Lead Director has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors. Our directors have elected              to serve as our Lead Director until the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES

The Board of Directors expects to develop and adopt a set of corporate governance principles to provide the framework for the governance of Elevate and to assist our Board in the exercise of its responsibilities. These guidelines will reflect the Board’s commitment to monitoring the effectiveness of policy and decision making both at the Board and management level, with a view to enhancing stockholder value over the long term. These guidelines will provide a framework for the conduct of the board’s business.

 

 

 

149


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS POLICY

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy will be available on our website at www.elevate.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has at any time during the past fiscal year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past fiscal year has served as a member of the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During the year ended December 31, 2014, for the period following the Spin-Off, two of our non-employee members of the Board of Directors, Stephen B. Galasso and Stephen J. Shaper, received annual cash retainers of $67,500 and $25,667, respectively, for service to us as a director. Mr. Shaper also served as a member of the board of directors of TFI and was compensated for such service by TFI. On January 2015, we granted Mr. Shaper an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock with a per share exercise price of $13.98. All shares subject to the option were fully vested on the grant date.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards and cash retainers as compensation for service on our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, two directors, Mr. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Harvison, our Chief Operating Officer, were employees. Mr. Rees’ and Mr. Harvison’s compensation is discussed in “Executive compensation.”

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Executive compensation

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined under the Securities Act. For 2014, our named executive officers under such rules are:

 

Ø   Kenneth E. Rees, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman;

 

Ø   Jason Harvison, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

Ø   Walt Ramsey, our Chief Credit Officer.

Our Chief Financial Officer, Christopher Lutes, joined us in 2015 and therefore is not considered a “named executive officer” for purposes of the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to this prospectus. We have opted to include information regarding his compensation in this prospectus. For purposes of this prospectus, “named executive officer” will include Mr. Lutes.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Name and principal position    Year      Salary     Bonus(7)      Option
awards(8)
    All other
compensation
    Total  

Kenneth E. Rees(1)

              

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

     2014       $ 409,231 (4)    $       $ 516,718 (9)    $ 20,239 (11)    $ 946,188   

Jason Harvison(2)

              

Chief Operating Officer

     2014         263,462 (5)      86,058         44,400 (10)      26,122 (12)      420,042   

Walt Ramsey

              

Chief Credit Officer

     2014         260,385 (6)      87,500                23,837 (13)      371,722   

Christopher Lutes(3)

              

Chief Financial Officer

     2014                                        

 

(1)   In 2014, Mr. Rees also served as a director of our company but did not receive any compensation for such services.
(2)   In 2014, Mr. Harvison also served as a director of our company but did not receive any compensation for such services.
(3)   Prior to joining us in 2015, Mr. Lutes did not receive any compensation from us. As described in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table, below, stock options that were granted to Mr. Lutes by TFI during, and in connection with, his employment with TFI, were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014, and were not compensation from us.
(4)   Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Rees’ $560,000 base salary following our spin-off from TFI.
(5)   Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Harvison’s $350,000 base salary following our spin-off from TFI, which was increased to $400,000 in October 2014.
(6)   Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Ramsey’s $350,000 base salary following our spin-off from TFI, which was increased to $380,000 in October 2014.
(7)  

The amount reported in the bonus column represents the cash incentive bonus paid to Messrs. Harvison and Ramsey under the Elevate Bonus Plan, described below. Under our bonus plan, each of Messrs. Harvison and Ramsey was eligible to receive bi-annual incentive cash bonuses, subject to their continued employment with us through the payment date, based on their individual earnings, target percentages (80% and 50%, respectively), and performance modifiers, which performance modifiers were determined by our Board of Directors. Mr. Rees was eligible to receive an annual incentive cash bonus, subject to his continued employment with us through the payment date, based on his individual earnings, target percentage (100%), and performance modifier as determined by our Board of Directors. Because Mr. Rees’ cash incentive bonus is paid on an

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

  annual, as opposed to a bi-annual, basis, and subject to continued employment with us through the payment date, Mr. Rees’ cash incentive bonus from us was earned in 2014 and paid in 2015.
(8)   The amounts reported in the “option awards” column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers during 2014, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 10 to the combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the options.
(9)   25% of the shares subject to the option vest on November 21, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date. The option is a “reload” grant related to Mr. Rees’ “cashless” exercise of an expiring option on October 31, 2014, and covers the number of shares withheld in connection with such exercise.
(10)   25% of the shares subject to the option vest on December 12, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. The option was granted in connection with Mr. Harvison’s promotion to the Chief Operating Officer position.
(11)   The amount reported in the “all other compensation” column represents $10,400 in matching contributions to our 401(k) plan and $9,839 in health and life insurance premiums.
(12)   The amount reported in the “all other compensation” column represents $10,400 in matching contributions to our 401(k) plan and $15,722 in health and life insurance premiums.
(13)   The amount reported in the “all other compensation” column represents $10,400 in matching contributions to our 401(k) plan and $13,437 in health and life insurance premiums.

ELEVATE BONUS PLAN

Our bonus plan generally rewards eligible employees based on our performance during six-month performance periods. Bonus payments are based on individual targets, measured as a percentage of eligible earnings, adjusted by a performance modifier that is determined by our Board of Directors. Bonus payments are contingent on employment through the date of payment.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

Kenneth E. Rees

Mr. Rees is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement with us, or the “Rees Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $560,000, a discretionary bonus of 100% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. The Rees Agreement provides that if Mr. Rees’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for good reason following a change in control of us, he will receive continued payment of base salary for 12 months. The Rees Agreement also provides that if Mr. Rees’ employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with loans for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options. Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Rees.

Jason Harvison

Mr. Harvison is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement with us, or the “Harvison Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $350,000, a discretionary bonus of 50% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off, participation in our benefit plans, and a bonus advance of $60,000. Mr. Harvison’s annual base salary has been increased to $400,000 and his discretionary bonus has been increased to 80% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors. The Harvison Agreement provides that if Mr. Harvison’s

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for good reason following a change in control of us, he will receive continued payment of base salary for 12 months. The Harvison Agreement also provides that if Mr. Harvison’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with loans for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options. Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Harvison.

Walt Ramsey

Mr. Ramsey is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement with us, or the “Ramsey Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $350,000, a discretionary bonus of 50% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. Mr. Ramsey’s annual base salary has been increased to $380,000. The Ramsey Agreement provides that if Mr. Ramsey’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for good reason following a change in control of us, he will receive continued payment of base salary for 12 months. Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Ramsey.

Christopher Lutes

Mr. Lutes is party to an Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement with us, or the “Lutes Agreement,” which provides for an annual base salary of $400,000, a discretionary bonus of 80% of his annual base salary as determined by our Board of Directors, paid time off and participation in our benefit plans. The Lutes Agreement provides that if Mr. Lutes’ employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for good reason following a change in control of us, he will receive continued payment of base salary for 12 months. Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Lutes.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

As described above, if a Named Executive Officer’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause, or by him for good reason following a change in control of us, he will receive continued payment of base salary for 12 months. With respect to Messrs. Rees and Harvison, if the Named Executive Officer’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause prior to a public offering of our stock, we will provide him with loans for purposes of exercising certain vested stock options. As noted above, we will enter into new employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers prior to the completion of the offering.

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Options granted to a named executive officer prior to the Spin-Off were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, the named executive officer’s employment with TFI. Such options were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014, and have a grant date of May 1, 2014.

 

     Option awards(1)  
Name    Grant date     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
     Option
exercise
price
     Option
expiration
date
 

Kenneth E. Rees(2)

     5/1/2014 (3)      146,000               $ 3.42         11/17/2015   
     5/1/2014 (3)      75,000                 5.29         3/15/2017   
     5/1/2014 (4)      93,744         6,256         5.33         2/17/2021   
     11/21/2014 (5)              116,378         12.88         10/30/2024   

Jason Harvison

     5/1/2014 (3)      50,000                 3.42         2/28/2015   
     5/1/2014 (3)      50,000                 3.42         11/17/2015   
     5/1/2014 (3)      5,000                 5.33         1/14/2020   
     5/1/2014 (4)      46,873         3,127         5.33         2/17/2021   
     12/12/2014 (6)              10,000         12.88         12/11/2024   

Christopher Lutes

     5/1/2014 (3)(7)      90,000                 5.29         1/14/2017   
     5/1/2014 (3)(7)      20,000                 5.33         1/14/2020   
     5/1/2014 (4)(7)      46,873         3,128         5.33         2/17/2021   

Walt Ramsey

     5/1/2014 (8)      93,744         6,256         5.33         4/14/2021   

 

(1)   Options granted to a named executive officer prior to the Spin-Off were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, the named executive officer’s employment with TFI, and were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014.
(2)   Prior to the Spin-Off, Mr. Rees was granted an option by TFI during, and in connection with, his employment with TFI, covering 204,000 shares of TFI. The option was converted to an option covering 204,000 shares of our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014. Mr. Rees exercised the option in 2014, prior to December 31, 2014. As a result, the option is not reflected in this table.
(3)   100% of the shares subject to the option were vested as of December 31, 2014.
(4)   25% of the shares subject to the option vested on February 18, 2012, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter on the first day of the month, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.
(5)   25% of the shares subject to the option vest on November 21, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date. 100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon our initial public offering, subject to continued service with us on such vesting date.
(6)   25% of the shares subject to the option vest on December 12, 2015, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.
(7)   Options granted to Mr. Lutes were granted by TFI during, and in connection with, his employment with TFI, and were converted to options covering our common stock in connection with our separation from TFI on May 1, 2014.
(8)   25% of shares subject to the option vested on February 28, 2012, and 1/48 of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, on the first day of the month, subject to continued service with us on each vesting date.

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table shows the compensation earned by our directors who are not named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2014, for the period following the Spin-Off.

 

Name    Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
     All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Stephen B. Galasso

   $ 67,500         (1)            $ 10,135 (3)    $ 77,636   

Robert L. Johnson

             (2)                       

Stephen Shaper

     25,667                               25,667   

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Galasso held a stock option for 25,000 shares, 17,708 of which were vested and exercisable.
(2)   As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Johnson held a stock option for 25,000 shares, 14,062 of which were vested and exercisable.
(3)   The amount reported in the “all other compensation” column represents reimbursements for business expenses.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK PLANS

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2014 Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on May 1, 2014, and approved by our stockholders on May 1, 2014.

The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our employees and any parent or subsidiary employees, and to employees of TFI and any parent or subsidiary of TFI, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to our employees, directors, and consultants, any parent or subsidiary employees, directors, and consultants, and to employees, directors and consultants of TFI or any parent or subsidiary of TFI.

Our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors, which we refer to as the “administrator” in this description, administers the 2014 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, the administrator has the authority, in its discretion, to determine the fair market value of our common stock, to select the service providers to whom awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award granted under the 2014 Plan, to approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2014 Plan, to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the 2014 Plan, of any award granted thereunder, to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an exchange program under which outstanding awards may be exchanged for other awards and/or cash, transferred to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, or under which the exercise price of options may be increased or decreased, to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2014 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, to modify or amend each award (subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan), to allow participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed under the 2014 Plan, to authorize any person to execute on behalf of us any instrument required to effect the grant of an award previously granted by the administrator, to allow a participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares of our common stock that otherwise would be due to such participant under an award, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2014 Plan.

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

The per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an option is determined by the administrator, but may be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of us or any parent or subsidiary of us, the per share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. Options may be granted with a per share exercise price of less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant pursuant to certain transactions in a manner consistent with applicable laws.

The term of an option will be no more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of us or any parent or subsidiary, the term will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement.

If a participant ceases to be a service provider, the participant may exercise his or her option within such period of time as is specified in the award agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such option and subject to certain minimum periods for participants residing in certain states) to the extent that the option is vested on the date of termination.

The 2014 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such restrictions on shares of restricted stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest revert back to us.

Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (subject to certain further restrictions for participants residing in certain states), and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant. Further, until we become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an option, or prior to exercise, the shares subject to the option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position,” other than to (i) family members through gifts or domestic relations orders or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the participant upon the death or disability of the participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to us or in connection with certain changes in control or other acquisition transactions involving us to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of our common stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, Spin-Off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities of ours, or other change in the corporate structure of us affecting our shares of common stock occurs, the administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2014 Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of our common stock that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding award. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of us, the administrator will notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

In the event of a merger or certain changes in control, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines without a participant’s consent. In taking any such action, the administrator will not be obligated to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, similarly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for an award (or portion thereof), the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options, including shares as to which such award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Our Board of Directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan. We will obtain stockholder approval of any plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of the later of (a) effective date of the 2014 Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan, unless we terminate it sooner.

As of July 31, 2015, we had reserved 2,372,500 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2014 Plan. As of July 31, 2015, we had granted options to purchase 2,243,849 shares, options to purchase 610,250 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 35,308 shares have expired and returned to the pool, and as a result 163,959 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options to purchase 1,598,291 shares outstanding as of July 31, 2015 had a weighted-average exercise price of $9.12 per share. We intend to adopt a new stock incentive plan to become effective on the date of the completion of this offering. As a result, we will not grant any additional awards under the 2014 Plan following that date, and the 2014 Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan and applicable agreements, until such outstanding awards are exercised (if applicable) or terminate or expire by their terms.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or our 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in our 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the date they meet our 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. Our 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and discretionary contributions to eligible participants. We make a safe harbor matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 4% of an eligible employee’s eligible compensation, and the eligible employee is 100% vested in such contribution when made.

Pension benefits

Aside from our 401(k) Plan, we do not maintain any pension plan or arrangement under which our named executive officers are entitled to participate or receive post-retirement benefits.

 

 

 

157


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Health and welfare plans

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and short-term and long-term disability insurance plans, on the same basis as all of our other US employees.

Limitations on liability and indemnification matters

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to adopt, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as presently in existence or as may be amended from time to time. Our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following acts:

 

Ø   any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

Ø   acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø   unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

Ø   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law or other applicable law. The amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for us, or anybody serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, regardless of whether we have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Delaware law. We expect to obtain an insurance policy that insures our directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws.

We also plan to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in the amended and restated bylaws that we plan to adopt. These agreements, among other things, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements discussed above in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive compensation” and the registration rights described in “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since the Spin-Off when we started operations, and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

Ø   we have been or are to be a participant;

 

Ø   the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

Ø   any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The transactions below include those with TFI. On May 1, 2014, TFI contributed to Elevate certain net assets and liabilities associated with the direct lending and branded product businesses of TFI valued at approximately $246.1 million, based on the fair market value of the contributed businesses at the time, and distributed its interest in Elevate to its stockholders. See “Business—Our History.” Prior to the Spin-Off, we were a subsidiary of TFI; however, TFI currently does not hold any of our equity interests, and, other than the tax sharing agreement and sublease agreements detailed below, there are no ongoing contractual relationships between TFI and us.

Additionally, certain of our directors and executive officers have held or currently hold positions at TFI:

 

Ø   Our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Kenneth E. Rees, was Chief Executive Officer of TFI until April 30, 2014 and Chairman of both TFI and Elevate until May 15, 2015. Mr. Rees is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Our Chief Financial Officer, Christopher Lutes, was Chief Financial Officer of TFI from 2007 until October 2014 and Assistant Chief Financial Officer of TFI from October 2014 until January 2015. In January 2015, Mr. Lutes became our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Lutes is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Our Chief Credit Officer, Walt Ramsey, previously served as Chief Risk Officer of TFI until 2014. Mr. Ramsey is currently neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Jason Harvison, who is currently our Chief Operating Officer and a director, was previously our Chief Financial Officer from the time of the Spin-Off until Mr. Lutes’ appointment to such position, also served as a member of the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. Mr. Harvison is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Tyler Head, a member of our Board of Directors, also served as a member of the board of directors of TFI until August 21, 2015. Mr. Head is neither an employee nor a director of TFI.

 

Ø   Stephen J. Shaper, another member of our Board of Directors, currently serves as a director on the board of TFI.

None of our other directors or executive officers is currently an employee or director of TFI.

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

SPIN-OFF AGREEMENTS WITH TFI

Separation and distribution agreement

In connection with the Spin-Off, on May 1, 2014, we and TFI entered into the separation and distribution agreement, which sets forth the key provisions relating to the separation of our business from TFI’s other business lines.

Treatment of assets and liabilities

The separation and distribution agreement described the assets and liabilities that were transferred to us and those that remained with TFI. Included in the assets that were contributed to us in the Spin-Off was certain consumer lending software known as the IQ Technology Platform. On January 1, 2015, our subsidiary, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into an intellectual property assignment agreement with TC Decision Sciences, LLC, a subsidiary of TFI, pursuant to which an undivided co-ownership interest was granted to TC Decision Sciences, LLC, in the IQ Technology Platform, in exchange for the payment of a portion of the development costs for such software. As a result of this agreement, TC Decision Sciences, LLC, has the unrestricted right to make any use of the IQ Technology Platform without further obligation to Elevate Credit, Inc. An amendment to this agreement is being finalized to clarify the scope of the co-owned subject matter and to add Think Finance, Inc. and Elevate Credit, Inc. as parties to the agreement.

Distribution of stock

The separation and distribution agreement also described the terms of TFI’s distribution of all of our then outstanding shares to TFI’s stockholders in the number of whole shares of our common and preferred stock that is equal to the respective number of shares of TFI common and preferred stock held by each relevant TFI stockholder. Certain of such TFI stockholders were or are members of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. The below table describes the distribution of Elevate common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to such stockholders (including holders of more than 5% of our capital stock that became such holders due to such initial distribution) in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Stockholder    Common stock      Series A preferred
stock(1)
     Series B preferred
stock(1)
 

Named executive officers and directors:

        

Kenneth E. Rees(2)

     287,351         94,249           

John C. Dean(3)

     110,010         32,352           

Tyler Head(4)

     1,272,371                   

Stephen J. Shaper(5)

     32,092                   

Michael L. Goguen(6)

     15,109         2,264,706         670,588   

John C. Rosenberg(7)

     15,108         375,293         2,011,763   

5% holders(8):

        

7HBF No. 2 Ltd.

     1,589,296         24,420           

Linda Stinson(9)

     1,079,480         36,631           

Affiliates of Sequoia Capital(6)

     15,109         2,264,706         670,588   

Affiliates of Technology Crossover Ventures(7)

     15,108         375,293         2,011,763   

 

(1)   Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.
(2)   Kenneth E. Rees is our chief executive officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors.

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

(3)   John C. Dean is a member of our Board of Directors. Consists of shares held by Startup Capital Ventures, L.P., of which Mr. Dean is the managing partner.
(4)   Tyler Head is a member of our Board of Directors. Consists of shares held by The Tyler W.K. Head Trust dated March 20, 2014, a voting trust of which Mr. Head is the voting trustee.
(5)   Stephen J. Shaper is a member of our Board of Directors.
(6)   Michael Goguen is a member of our Board of Directors and a partner at Sequoia Capital. Consists solely of holdings of affiliates of Sequoia Capital for which shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information and which received shares of our common or preferred stock, as applicable, comprising Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P., Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital IX, L.P. Mr. Goguen did not receive shares in his individual capacity.
(7)   John Rosenberg is a member of our Board of Directors and a general partner at Technology Crossover Ventures. Consists solely of holdings of affiliates of Technology Crossover Ventures for which shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information and which received shares of our common or preferred stock, as applicable, comprising TCV Member Fund, L.P. and TCV V, L.P. Mr. Rosenberg did not receive shares in his individual capacity.
(8)   Based on 4,643,133 shares of common stock, 2,957,059 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,682,351 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, on a fully converted basis, outstanding immediately after the distribution pursuant to the terms of the separation and distribution agreement.
(9)   Includes 7,629 shares of our common stock held by The Stinson 2009 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, dated May 1, 2009.

Treatment of existing inter-company agreements

The separation and distribution agreement also provided for the termination without further liability of any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, between TFI and us, except for (i) the separation and distribution agreement and ancillary agreements (and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement to be entered into by the parties to the separation and distribution agreement or members of their groups), (ii) any intercompany documented accounts payable or accounts receivable accrued as of the distribution date and (iii) any shared contracts (contracts for which both TFI and we are entitled to the rights and benefits thereof and assume a related portion of any liabilities thereunder) as set forth in the separation and distribution agreement. We and TFI each agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party and its subsidiaries, and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of their respective heirs, executors, successors and assigns, from any and all liabilities (as defined in the agreement) relating to, arising out of or resulting from, among other things, each of our respective businesses and liabilities, as applicable. The separation and distribution agreement also provided that we and TFI would each, as soon as reasonably practical, effect the transfer of the assets and liabilities being transferred in connection with the Spin-Off that had not yet been transferred as of the date of the Spin-Off.

Ancillary agreements

In connection with the Spin-Off, we, including certain members of our group, and TFI, including certain members of the TFI group, entered into various ancillary agreements, each as of May 1, 2014, to govern various interim relationships between us and TFI. Each ancillary agreement is summarized below.

Shared services agreement

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Elevate Credit Service, LLC, or “ECS,” entered into a shared services agreement with TFI’s wholly owned subsidiary, TC Loan Service, LLC, or “TCLS,” which detailed the continuation of certain services provided by each of TCLS and ECS to the other following the Spin-Off. Such services included human resource services, accounting and other finance services, facilities management, IT services, fraud and decisions services and operations services. Pursuant to the agreement, we paid a total of $3.1 million in fees under the shared services agreement in accordance with

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

the terms of the agreement, representing payment for services demonstrably attributable to or for the benefit of us and for our pro rata portion of the cost plus overhead of such other services based on the proportion of monthly revenues attributable to us to the total combined monthly revenues of the parties to the agreement and their respective affiliates. The term of the shared services agreement was six months from its effective date and expired in accordance with such terms on November 1, 2014.

Data sharing and support agreement

Our subsidiary, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into a data sharing and support agreement with a subsidiary of TFI, TC Decision Sciences, LLC, to provide for the transition of their respective business operations after the Spin-Off, including through the sharing of data related to transferred products and fraud prevention, as well as the hosting of information, and which allowed for a continuity of services to their respective customers. Because the activities of the parties contemplated by the agreement mutually benefit both parties and their clients, and are further ancillary to the shared services agreement described above, which contemplates the payment of certain consideration, no separate or additional consideration was required pursuant to the data sharing and support agreement. The data sharing and support agreement expired by its terms as of December 31, 2014.

Data services letter agreement

Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, entered into a data services letter agreement with TC Decision Sciences, LLC, and the Rise family of companies comprising all other parties thereto, which detailed the sharing of certain confidential information between the parties thereto for the purposes of fraud mitigation and prevention services and underwriting model validation and development. The data services letter agreement expired on December 31, 2014.

Elevate financing agreements

These agreements comprised a credit facility agreement in respect of a $75 million subordinated secured promissory note entered into by and between ECS, as borrower, us, as a guarantor, the other guarantors party thereto (each of which is subsidiary of ours), and TFI, as lender; a related subordinated pledge and security agreement with TFI as the secured party and such other parties as the obligors; and, a subordinated secured promissory note entered into by ECS.

Credit facility agreement

The credit facility agreement set forth the terms and conditions for the sale of the subordinated secured promissory note by ECS to TFI. The credit facility agreement terminated on January 1, 2015 following the payment in full on December 31, 2014 of the $24.8 million aggregate principal amount of the note then outstanding. During the period for which the note remained outstanding, we paid a total of $0.9 million in interest. Pursuant to the credit facility agreement, use of the proceeds received were limited to funding fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the credit facility agreement, paying operating expenses and funding working capital and other general corporate purposes, and such proceeds could not be used to originate any consumer loans or other consumer credit products. The outstanding principal balance of the note was due in full on the maturity date, unless accelerated or prepaid in accordance with the agreement. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the note during the time the note was outstanding was 8% per annum paid monthly in arrears. The interest rate upon the occurrence of an event of default was 10%. The maturity date of the credit facility agreement was the earlier of April 30, 2018 and such earlier date as the unpaid principal balance of the note becomes due and payable pursuant to the terms of the agreement and the note.

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

Subordinated pledge and security agreement

Pursuant to the subordinated pledge and security agreement, the assets of ECS and the guarantors, amounting to approximately $151.4 million at the Spin-Off, were pledged as collateral to secure the obligations of ECS. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, among other things, all voting and other rights of ECS and the guarantors over pledged companies, as applicable, will cease and become vested in TFI and all rights to distributions payable in respect of such pledged companies or other pledged equity collateral (which constitutes equity held by the obligors and, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the equity securities issued by us) shall be paid or delivered to, or held for the benefit of, TFI. The subordinated pledge and security agreement was terminated on January 1, 2015 in connection with the payment of all obligations thereunder.

Subordinated secured promissory note

The subordinated secured promissory note was issued in an initial amount of $75 million, with a total amount drawn on the credit facility of $24.8 million, and was redeemed in full, with interest in the amount detailed above, on December 31, 2014.

Employee matters agreement

The employee matters agreement was entered into between TFI and us in order to detail certain employment arrangements with respect to employees of TCLS (a) transitioning to ECS and working exclusively for ECS and its affiliates or (b) staying at TCLS and working exclusively for TCLS and its affiliates or for both TCLS and ECS and their respective affiliates. Pursuant to the employee matters agreement, the definition of “service provider” in each of the TFI 2005 stock incentive plan and our 2014 equity incentive plan was amended to mean any officer, director, employee or consultant to either (i) TFI or its affiliates or (ii) us or our affiliates. Additionally, each holder of outstanding options to purchase common stock of TFI pursuant to the TFI 2005 stock incentive plan received an option to purchase an equal number of shares of our common stock pursuant to our equity incentive plan on an identical vesting schedule and expiration date as those received from TFI. Such options were granted on May 1, 2014, the effective date of the Spin-Off. Some such options were granted to our directors and executive officers. Additionally, TCLS’ executive bonus plan was amended such that each employee of TCLS who was transferred to ECS and had received an award continued to be eligible to receive any unpaid amounts under such award. See “Executive compensation.”

There are no outstanding obligations under the employee matters agreement.

Tax sharing agreement

The tax sharing agreement was entered into between TFI and us and generally states that (i) TFI shall pay any and all income taxes, transfer taxes and distribution taxes imposed on or payable by TFI or any of its subsidiaries (including members of our group) for any tax period and (ii) we shall pay any and all income taxes (but not any transfer or distribution taxes) imposed on or payable by any member of the Elevate group for any post-spin off tax period and any taxes other than income taxes, transfer taxes and distribution taxes imposed on or payable by any member of the Elevate group for any post-spin off tax period (subject to our covenant not to take any action inconsistent with our officer’s certificate, discussed in more detail below). Distribution taxes are any and all taxes imposed on or payable by us, TFI or any of its subsidiaries resulting from, or directly arising in connection with, the failure of the Spin-Off to qualify as tax free. Pursuant to the agreement, TFI will be responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless us and our indemnitees from and against all (i) TFI taxes for any tax period, subject to

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

certain limitations, (ii) transfer taxes and (iii) distribution taxes. Similarly, we will be responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless TFI and TFI’s indemnitees from and against all taxes that we shall pay, as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we take an action inconsistent with our officer’s certificate signed in connection with the Spin-Off prior to June 1, 2017, we may be responsible for all or a portion of any distribution taxes that arise as a consequence of such action. Following the close of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, we anticipate that we will no longer have any liability to TFI under the tax sharing agreement.

Stockholders agreements

The Series A and Series B Preferred Stock agreements summarized below were entered into on May 1, 2014. Each of the below agreements, which are in effect as of the date of this prospectus, will automatically terminate in connection with the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, with the exception of the investors’ rights agreement, which we anticipate will be amended and restated as detailed below.

Investors’ rights agreement

We entered into an investors’ rights agreement with the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, which delineates the rights of such stockholders, including a right of first refusal exercisable in certain circumstances by certain major stockholders for the purchase of a pro rata portion of new securities issued by us with a related right of over-allotment, as well as the terms of the stock, including limits on transferability. The investors’ rights agreement also includes certain financial information and inspection rights and certain board observer rights provided to certain holders who are a party to such agreement. We anticipate that we will enter into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be effective upon completion of this offering, which eliminates all substantive rights detailed below other than the registration rights of, and certain indemnification provisions relating to, the holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock.

The investors’ rights agreement further includes registration rights for holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, applicable in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, we will also, in certain circumstance, indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each stockholder party, and each underwriter, if any, and certain other persons against claims arising in connection with any prospectus or other similar or incident document, or any violation or alleged violation of applicable securities laws, rules or regulations by us. Similarly, each such stockholder party will, if the registrable securities held by such stockholder party are included in the securities to be registered, indemnify us, each underwriter, if any, of our securities, each other stockholder party and certain other persons, against similar claims arising in connection with and to the extent made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such stockholder and stated to be specifically for use in any such prospectus or document. Such registration rights are described in detail in “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights.”

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with the investors in our Series A Preferred Stock and investors in our Series B Preferred Stock listed in the schedules thereto and the holders listed in the schedules thereto, each of whom is also a holder of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement establishes certain procedures for the transfer of shares of our common stock and convertible securities and our rights in respect of such transfers. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, which is in effect as of the date of this prospectus, will automatically terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

Voting agreement

The voting agreement was entered into by and among us, the investors in our Series A Preferred Stock and investors in our Series B Preferred Stock listed in the schedules thereto and the holders listed in the schedules thereto, each of whom is also a holder of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock. The agreement details the intention of the voting parties to maintain, as members of our Board of Directors, the director designees of certain holder entities as detailed in the agreement and further details certain voting arrangements of certain holders. The voting agreement, which is in effect as of the date of this prospectus, will automatically terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

Management Rights Agreement

The management rights agreement was entered into by us and TCV V, L.P. This agreement provides certain managerial rights to TCV V, L.P., including the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, including annual and quarterly operating plans, as well as certain examination rights and, for as long as a representative of TCV V, L.P., is not a member of our Board of Directors, certain observation and participation rights. The management rights agreement, which is in effect as of the date of this prospectus, will automatically terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

SUBLEASE AGREEMENTS

We have leased and currently lease certain of our properties from TFI as detailed below.

California property

We rented approximately 3,300 square feet of office space as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement with TCLS dated May 1, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we paid TCLS $9,075 per month in base rent, as well as 100% of operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, such expenses per month are nominal. This leased expired on April 30, 2015. On July 13, 2015, we amended this sublease to extend the expiration date to April 30, 2019, and the monthly base rent amount increased to $9,339.

Fort Worth property

We rented approximately 42,244 square feet of office space from TCLS as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement also dated May 1, 2014. On December 1, 2014, we amended this sublease to add an additional 3,233 square feet of office space to the sublease. Following the amendment, we sublease an aggregate of 45,477 square feet of office space from TCLS. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we paid TCLS $63,366 per month in base rent, as well as 66.7235% of the common area operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, representing the pro rata portion of the space we sublease compared to the total space TCLS leases from the landlord, for the period from May 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014. Commencing on December 1, 2014, the base rent pursuant to the sublease increased to $67,946 per month; there was no change to the portion of the common area expenses for which we pay additional rent, such expenses are approximately $4,308 per month. On May 22, 2015 the parties to the lease entered into a second amendment to the sublease extending its term. The terms of the sublease provide that the sublease will expire on August 31, 2016.

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

Addison property

We rented approximately 12,674 square feet of office space from TLCS as sublessee pursuant to a sublease agreement dated May 1, 2014. On December 1, 2014, we amended this sublease to add an additional 12,674 square feet of office space to the sublease, and extend the expiration date to August 31, 2018. Following the amendment, we sublease an aggregate of 25,348 square feet of office space from TCLS. Pursuant to the terms of the sublease, we paid TCLS $21,642 per month in base rent, as well as approximately $1,755 per month for common area operating expenses allocated by the landlord to TCLS, for the period from May 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014. Commencing on December 1, 2014, the base rent pursuant to the sublease increased to $43,283 per month, and common area operating expenses increased to approximately $3,284 per month. On May 22, 2015, the parties to the lease entered into a second amendment to the sublease extending its term. The terms of the sublease provide that the sublease will expire on September 30, 2018.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RLJ FINANCIAL LLC

On August 1, 2012, a subsidiary of TFI, TF Payroll, LLC, or “TFP,” as purchaser, and RLJ Financial LLC, or “RLJ,” as seller, entered into an asset purchase agreement, whereby TFP purchased from RLJ all assets, including intellectual property, goodwill and other intangible assets, related to RLJ’s consumer financial products and services business, including certain of RLJ’s payroll advance products and services. Affiliates of TFP and RLJ were previously parties to a referral and revenues sharing agreement, an administrative agency agreement and a guaranty, which were terminated in connection with the asset purchase agreement. TFP paid a total purchase price of $5 million. The asset purchase agreement also obligated TFP to make earn-out payments for a period of ten years after the closing in an amount equal to 10% of the net profits from payroll-linked credit products offered or operated by TFP, or an affiliate of TFP, involving data and information provided by payroll service providers or employers or payroll software providers. RLJ is majority owned by The RLJ Companies, LLC, or “The RLJ Companies.” Robert L. Johnson, our director, is the managing member, majority owner and sole voting member of The RLJ Companies. The net assets acquired pursuant to the August 1, 2012 asset purchase agreement were subsequently transferred to us in the Spin-Off. On June 1, 2015, we entered into a consulting agreement with RLJ, which calls for monthly payments for a period of five years, totaling $1.5 million. As a part of the consulting agreement, RLJ agreed to release us from our legal obligation to make earn-out payments. In addition, during 2013, we paid RLJ $1.5 million towards certain marketing costs to be incurred on our behalf in connection with certain promotional efforts to be undertaken by Mr. Johnson and employees of The RLJ Companies.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Following the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, our Audit Committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold by us in this offering, by:

 

Ø   each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

Ø   each of our named executive officers;

 

Ø   each of our directors;

 

Ø   all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

Ø   each of the selling stockholders.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of our common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock prior to this offering on 10,702,633 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2015, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional              shares of common stock from us.

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o Elevate Credit, Inc., 4150 International Plaza, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76109.

 

     Shares beneficially
owned prior to this
offering
    Number of
shares
offered
hereby
  Shares beneficially
owned after this
offering
Name of beneficial owner    Number      Percentage       Number   Percentage

5% stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(1)

     2,950,403         27.6      

Entities affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures(2)

     2,402,164         22.4         

7HBF No. 2, Ltd.(3)

     1,532,116         14.3         

Linda Stinson

     1,080,910         10.1         

Named executive officers and directors:

           

Kenneth E. Rees(4)

     914,595         8.4         

Jason Harvison(5)

     99,656         *         

Christopher Lutes(6)

     160,000         1.5         

Walt Ramsey(7)

     100,000         *         

John C. Dean(8)

     142,362         1.3         

Stephen B. Galasso(9)

     22,395         *         

Michael L. Goguen(1)

     2,950,403         27.6         

Tyler Head(10)

     1,272,931         11.9         

Robert L. Johnson(11)

     18,750         *         

John C. Rosenberg(2)

     2,402,164         22.4         

Stephen J. Shaper

     57,092         *         

All current executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(12)

     8,140,348         72.3         

Other selling stockholders:

           

 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1)   Consists of (i) 47,099 shares held by Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., (ii) 362,304 shares held by Sequoia Capital IX, L.P., (iii) 15,094 shares held by Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., (iv) 2,057,087 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P., (v)100,740 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, (vi) 345,402 shares held by Sequoia Franchise Fund, L.P. and (vii) 22,677 shares held by Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. SCFF Management, LLC, or “SCFF Management,” is the general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund L.P. and Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners, L.P., collectively, the “FF Funds.” The managing members of SCFF Management are Douglas M. Leone, Michael J. Moritz, Michael L. Goguen and Mark Stevens. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the FF Funds. SC IX.I Management, LLC is the General Partner of each of Sequoia Capital IX, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, L.P., collectively, the “IX Funds.” The managing members of SC IX.I Management, LLC are Douglas M. Leone, Michael J. Moritz, Michael L. Goguen and Mark Stevens. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the IX Funds. SCGF III Management, LLC is the general partner of Sequoia Capital Growth Partners III, L.P. and Sequoia Capital Growth Fund III, L.P. and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital Growth III Principals Fund, LLC, collectively, the “GFIII Funds.” The managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC are Roelof Botha, J. Scott Carter, James J. Goetz, Michael L. Goguen, Douglas M. Leone and Michael J. Moritz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SCGF III Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the GFIII Funds. Although Mr. Goguen may, as detailed above, be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the respective shares held by the FF Funds, IX Funds and GFIII Funds, but Mr. Goguen disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

 

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 46,712 shares held by TCV Member Fund, L.P. and (ii) 2,355,452 shares held by TCV V, L.P. Jay C. Hoag, Richard H. Kimball, John L. Drew and Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr., collectively, the “TCM Members,” are Class A Members of Technology Crossover Management V, L.L.C. , or “TCM V,” which is the general partner of TCV V, L.P., or “TCV V,” and a general partner of TCV Member Fund, L.P., or “Member Fund,” and together with TCV V, the “TCV Funds.” John C. Rosenberg is an Assignee of TCM V but does not share voting or dispositive power over the shares held by TCV V or Member Fund. Mr. Rosenberg, the TCM Members and TCM V may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by the TCV Funds, but each of Mr. Rosenberg, the TCM Members and TCM V disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The TCV Funds are organized as “blind pool” partnerships in which the limited partners (or equivalents) have no discretion over investment or sales decisions, are not able to withdraw from the TCV Funds, except under exceptional circumstances, and generally participate ratably in each investment made by the TCV Funds. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is c/o Technology Crossover Ventures, 528 Ramona Street, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(3)   7HBF Management Co. is the general partner of 7HBF No. 2, Ltd. John D. Harvison is the manager of 7HBF Management Co. The address for this entity is 5070 Mark IV Parkway, Fort Worth, Texas 76106.
(4)   Includes (i) 175,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015 and (ii) 204,000 shares subject to a loan and pledge arrangement.
(5)   Includes 55,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.
(6)   Consists of 160,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.
(7)   Consists of 100,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.
(8)   Consists of shares held of record by Startup Capital Ventures, L.P., of which Mr. Dean is the managing partner.
(9)   Consists of 22,395 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.
(10)   Consists of (i) 1,272,371 shares held by The Tyler W.K. Head Trust dated March 20, 2014, a voting trust of which Mr. Head is the voting trustee, and (ii) 560 shares held by Hannah Stinson Head. Mr. Head is the spouse of Hannah Stinson Head and may be deemed to have shared voting power and shared power to dispose of shares held by Hannah Stinson Head.
(11)   Consists of 18,750 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.
(12)   Represents 7,584,203 shares and 556,145 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2015.

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Description of capital stock

GENERAL

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. We also expect to enter into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, which will eliminate all substantive rights provided to the current holders of our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock other than the registration rights of, and certain indemnification provisions relating to, such holders. This description summarizes the provisions that we expect will be in effect under such amended and restated investors’ rights agreement upon consummation of this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Spin-Off Agreements with TFI—Stockholder agreements—Investors’ rights agreement” for further information regarding the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement into which we expect to enter.

This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which will be available once adopted. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investor rights agreement that, upon adoption, will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

Ø               shares will be designated common stock; and

 

Ø               shares will be designated preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2015, and after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into 5,639,410 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering, there were outstanding:

 

Ø   10,702,633 shares of our common stock held by approximately 39 stockholders; and

 

Ø   1,598,291 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options.

Our Board of Directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

COMMON STOCK

Dividend rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and the prior consent of VPC, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds. We have never

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

declared or paid cash dividends on any of our capital stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that we expect to be in effect upon the completion of this offering establishes a classified Board of Directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No preemptive or similar rights

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Right to receive liquidation distributions

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

All of our currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, effective upon the completion of this offering. All series of convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock.

Following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock by us could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

STOCK OPTIONS

As of June 30, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase 1,598,291 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $9.12 per share.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 5,639,410 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. We refer to these shares as registrable securities. These rights are provided under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that we intend to enter into between us and the holders of registrable securities and include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights.

Demand registration rights

Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement that we intend to enter into, upon the written request of the holders of 40% or more of our registrable securities that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with an anticipated aggregate price to the public of at least $5 million (net of underwriters’ discounts and selling expenses), we will be obligated to notify all holders of registrable securities of the written request and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all registrable securities that holders request to be registered. We are not required to effect a registration statement (i) until 180 days after our initial public offering or April 30, 2018, whichever is earlier, (ii) if we have already effected more than two registration statements, counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold and forfeited demand registrations subject to certain conditions, (iii) during the period 60 days prior to, and 180 days after the effective date of, the filing of a registration initiated by us, or (iv) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of registrable securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our Board of Directors such registration would be detrimental to us, provided that we do not register any securities for our account or that of any other stockholder during such 90-day period other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan or a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act.

Piggyback registration rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, we are required use commercially reasonable efforts to afford each holder of registrable securities an opportunity to include in the registration statement all or part of the holder’s registrable securities. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration on any registration form that does not period secondary sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration.

Each holder desiring to include all or any part of the registrable securities held by it in any such registration statement is required to notify us within 20 days of being notified by us of the registration. The underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders to 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, unless the offering is our initial public offering and the registration statement does not include

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the registrable securities of the holders may be excluded by the underwriter. In connection with this offering, on                     , 2015, the holders of registrable securities waived their registration rights.

Form S-3 registration rights

The holders of registrable securities may make a written request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. We are not required to effect such registration (i) until 180 days after our initial public offering or April 30, 2018, whichever is earlier, (ii) during the period 60 days prior to, and 180 days after the effective date of, the filing of a registration initiated by us, or (iii) if, in a given 12-month period, we have already effected more than two such registrations. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if in the good-faith judgment of our Board of Directors such registration would be detrimental to us, provided that we do not register any securities for our account or that of any other stockholder during such 90-day period other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan or a registration related to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act.

Registration expenses

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with the registrations described above, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for participating holders of registrable securities.

Expiration of registration rights

The registration rights described above will survive our initial public offering and will terminate after our initial public offering upon the earlier of:

 

Ø   five years after the closing this offering, provided that the offering price per share of this offering is not less than $ 26.76 (as will be adjusted for the anticipated stock split) and the aggregate gross proceeds to us are not less than $25 million; and

 

Ø   as to each holder of registrable securities, the date on or after the closing of this offering on which (x) all shares of registrable securities held by such holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) such holder of registrable securities holds 1% or less of our then-outstanding common stock and all registrable securities held by such holder (together with any affiliate of the holder with whom such holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144 under the Securities Act) can be sold during any 90-day period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

The provisions of Delaware law and the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt in connection with the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Anticipated Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw provisions

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we expect to adopt in connection with the completion of this offering will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

Ø   Board of Directors vacancies.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our Board to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our Board will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our Board. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our Board and then gaining control of our Board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our Board but promotes continuity of management.

 

Ø   Classified Board.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our Board is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board Composition” for additional information.

 

Ø   Stockholder action; special meeting of stockholders.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at a duly called annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our Board of Directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our president, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Ø  

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations.    Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

 

 

  preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Ø   No cumulative voting.    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Ø   Directors removed only for cause.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

Ø   Amendment of charter provisions.    Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

Ø   Issuance of undesignated preferred stock.    Our Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to             shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our Board of Directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

CHOICE OF FORUM

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action brought by or on behalf of our company, and any direct action brought by a stockholder against our company or any of its directors or officers, alleging a violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or breach of fiduciary duties or other violation of Delaware decisional law relating to the internal affairs of the Corporation. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             . Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

MARKET LISTING

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, we will have a total of              shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of June 30, 2015, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Ø   beginning on the date of this prospectus, the             shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

Ø   beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,              additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or as a registered security, of which              shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel Nicolaus & Company Incorporated, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel Nicolaus & Company Incorporated may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain exceptions as set forth in “Underwriting.”

RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLANS

Certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

RULE 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø   1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us in this offering; or

 

Ø   the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale;

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

RULE 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

 

 

177


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

After the completion of this offering, the holders of 5,639,410 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of capital stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Executive compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

 

 

178


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

The following is a summary of the material US federal income tax consequences applicable to non-US holders (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the US Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary is limited to non-US holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold such shares of our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

This discussion does not address all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-US holder in light of that non-US holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, any aspects of US federal estate or gift tax laws, or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-US, state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-US holder subject to special treatment under the US federal income tax laws, including without limitation:

 

Ø   banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

Ø   partnerships or other pass-through entities;

 

Ø   tax-exempt organizations;

 

Ø   tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

Ø   dealers in securities or currencies;

 

Ø   traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

Ø   US expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the US;

 

Ø   controlled foreign corporations;

 

Ø   passive foreign investment companies;

 

Ø   persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

Ø   persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.

If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock (and such partnership) should consult their own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE US FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE US FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-US OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

DEFINITION OF NON-US HOLDER

For purposes of this summary, a “non-US holder” is any beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) that is not a US person. A “US person” is any of the following:

 

Ø   an individual citizen or resident of the US;

 

Ø   a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the US, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for US federal income tax purposes);

 

Ø   an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for US federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

Ø   a trust if (a) a court within the US is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON OUR COMMON STOCK

As described in “Dividend policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of shares of our common stock), such distributions will constitute dividends for US federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for US federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of our Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-US holder of our common stock generally will be subject to US federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-US holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.

If a non-US holder holds shares of our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the US, and dividends paid on shares of our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s US trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-US holder in the US), the non-US holder will be exempt from the aforementioned US federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-US holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

 

 

 

180


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated US federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the US. A non-US holder that is a non-US corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-US holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-US holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-US holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.

GAIN ON SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-US holder generally will not be subject to US federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

Ø   the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-US holder in the US and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-US holder maintained in the US;

 

Ø   the non-US holder is an individual present in the US for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

Ø   we are or have been a US real property holding corporation, or a “USRPHC,” for US federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-US holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our US real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.

We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for US federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated US federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the US. A non-US holder that is a non-US corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to US federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by US source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the US), provided that the non-US holder has timely filed US federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-US holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

 

 

181


Table of Contents

Material US federal income tax consequences to non-US holders of our common stock

 

 

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

Generally, we must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” and to each non-US holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-US holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-US holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-US holder of shares of our common stock provided the non-US holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-US status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a US person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-US holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FOREIGN ACCOUNT TAX COMPLIANCE ACT

Legislation and administrative guidance, commonly referred to as “FATCA,” may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the proceeds of a sale of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016 to a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under such rules, and certain other foreign entities, unless various information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by US persons of interests in, or accounts with, those entities) have been met or an exemption applies. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a US federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and each selling stockholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we and each of the selling stockholders have severally agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters    Number
of shares

UBS Securities LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø   receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø   the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We and the selling stockholders have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the US may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares.

 

      No exercise      Full
exercise
 

Per share

   $         $     

Total

   $                    $                

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $         million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to         .

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our executive officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to certain transactions, including but not limited to:

 

Ø   the shares of our common stock to be sold by us in this offering;

 

Ø   transfers or dispositions by will or by intestacy, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

Ø   bona fide gifts, provided that each recipient sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during lock-up period;

 

Ø   dispositions to any trust or other entity for the benefit of the locked-up party and/or the immediate family of the locked-up party, provided that each donee sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   the surrender or forfeiture of our common stock or other securities to us to cover (i) tax withholding obligations upon exercise or vesting or (ii) the exercise price of stock options or certain other rights to acquire our common stock, provided that any such securities remain subject to the lock-up agreement and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   the exercise of any option or other rights to acquire common stock, the settlement of any stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units or the conversion of any convertible security into common stock, provided that any such securities remain subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   the entry into any trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for any sale or other dispositions of common stock during the lock-up period and no filing under the Exchange Act or public announcement is made or required to be made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan;

 

Ø   transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in the open market after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   distributions to stockholders, limited partners or members of the locked-up party, provided that each such distributee sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period;

 

Ø   distributions to the locked-up party’s affiliates or other entity controlled or managed by the locked-up party, provided that each such transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked-up party and no filing under the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the lock-up period; and

 

Ø   the issuance of shares of common stock by us in connection with acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic corporate transactions, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may issue or agree to issue during the lock-up period may not exceed 5% of the total number of our shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and further provided that the recipient of any such shares must execute and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the same form as executed by the locked up party.

UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may collectively, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELVT.”

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering, including:

 

Ø   stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø   short sales;

 

Ø   purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

 

 

185


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø   syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø   the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

Ø   our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

 

186


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Ø   our past and present financial performance;

 

Ø   our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø   the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

 

Ø   the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø   other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that the common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, director nominees, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the lock-up agreements described below. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors, director nominees, executive officers or selling stockholders shall be subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

 

 

 

187


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

OTHER ACTIVITIES AND RELATIONSHIPS

Solebury Capital LLC, or “Solebury,” a FINRA member, is acting as a financial advisor in connection with the offering. Solebury is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Solebury will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, or the “Shares,” may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b)   by the Managers to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of Lead Manager for any such offer; or

 

(c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

 

 

 

188


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN AUSTRALIA

This offering memorandum is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This offering memorandum does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this offering memorandum is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN HONG KONG

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

 

 

 

189


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN JAPAN

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SINGAPORE

This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

 

(1)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(2)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(3)   where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

(4)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SWITZERLAND

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX,” or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This Offering Memorandum has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this Offering Memorandum nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

 

 

190


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

Neither this Offering Memorandum nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this Offering Memorandum will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “CISA.” The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN UNITED KINGDOM

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

 

 

191


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, San Francisco, California. The underwriters are being represented by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, San Francisco, California in connection with this offering.

Experts

The audited combined and consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.elevate.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

 

 

192


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Index to combined and consolidated financial statements

CONTENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-3   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-4   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-5   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2014 and 2013

     F-6   

Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-7   

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) and December 31, 2014

     F-41   

Unaudited Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June  30, 2015 and 2014

     F-42   

Unaudited Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-43   

Unaudited Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-44   

Unaudited Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June  30, 2015 and 2014

     F-45   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-47   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Elevate Credit, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated balance sheets of Elevate Credit, Inc. a Delaware corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined and consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Elevate Credit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, TX

September 2, 2015

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

      December 31,  
   2014     2013  
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29,519,096      $ 4,415,265   

Restricted cash

     8,355,825        4,477,647   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $44,914,065 and $15,166,524, respectively

     147,822,669        49,931,311   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     4,888,001        4,735,340   

Receivable from CSO lenders

     7,452,430        3,766,243   

Receivable from payment processors

     7,259,180        3,536,015   

Deferred tax assets, net

     20,096,078        7,934,245   

Property and equipment, net

     17,324,183        15,607,683   

Goodwill

     16,026,782        16,026,782   

Intangible assets, net

     2,689,782        2,690,560   

Assets of discontinued operations

     277,594        1,026,993   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 261,711,620      $ 114,148,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $1,265,757 payable to Think Finance at December 31, 2014)

   $ 28,545,699      $ 14,180,779   

State taxes payable

     166,391          

Other taxes payable

     466,414        491,257   

Notes payable

     174,800,000          

Contingent consideration payable

     5,528,465        5,530,000   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     14,664        47,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     209,521,633        20,249,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (Note 13)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock; $.001 par value; 16,670,700 authorized shares; 4,842,968 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014

     4,843          

Convertible preferred stock; Series A, $.001 par value; 2,957,059 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, liquidation preference of $22,849,993 at December 31, 2014

     2,957          

Convertible preferred stock; Series B, $.001 par value; 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014, liquidation preference of $40,000,023 at December 31, 2014

     2,682          

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes of $(1,701,242) and $445,261, respectively

     (309,534     (1,137,658

Additional paid-in capital

     86,590,521          

Accumulated deficit

     (34,101,482       

Owner’s net investment

            95,035,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     52,189,987        93,898,259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 261,711,620      $ 114,148,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

      For the years ended December 31,  
   2014     2013  

Revenues

   $ 273,717,940      $ 72,095,139   

Provision for loan losses

     170,907,791        41,723,478   

Direct marketing costs

     60,166,520        23,811,105   

Other cost of sales

     10,602,697        6,304,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,040,932        255,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Compensation and benefits

     48,009,959        21,257,006   

Professional services

     18,661,462        13,204,343   

Selling and marketing

     7,366,403        6,557,302   

Occupancy and equipment

     8,042,885        4,802,244   

Depreciation and amortization

     8,317,423        5,328,563   

Other

     2,765,545        1,509,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     93,163,677        52,659,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (61,122,745     (52,403,709

Net interest expense (including $859,733 paid to Think Finance for the year ended December 31, 2014)

     (12,938,566     (59,751

Foreign currency transaction loss

     (1,408,414     (237,067

Non-operating income

            571,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (75,469,725     (52,128,950

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (20,709,317     (8,771,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (54,760,408     (43,357,685

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     135,138        (1,498,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (54,625,270   $ (44,856,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (11.62   $ (9.34

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.03        (0.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11.59   $ (9.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     4,711,794        4,643,133   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

      For the years ended December 31,  
   2014     2013  

Net loss

   $ (54,625,270   $ (44,856,544

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     828,124        (775,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax

     828,124        (775,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (53,797,146   $ (45,632,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

          

 

 

Common Stock

   

 

Series A
Convertible
Preferred

   

 

Series B
Convertible
Preferred

   

Additional
paid-in
capital

   

Retained
deficit

   

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

   

Total

 
  Owner’s net
investment
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2012

  $ 44,864,499             $             $             $      $      $      $ (362,111   $ 44,502,388   

Net transfers from Think Finance

    95,027,962                                                                       95,027,962   

Net loss

    (44,856,544                                                                    (44,856,544

Comprehensive loss:

                     

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $668,605

                                                                   (775,547     (775,547
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

  $ 95,035,917             $             $             $      $      $      $ (1,137,658   $ 93,898,259   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net transfers from Think Finance

    12,514,738                                                                       12,514,738   

Contribution from Think Finance

    (87,026,867     4,643,133        4,643        2,957,059        2,957        2,682,351        2,682        87,016,585                        

Stock-based compensation

                                                     362,869                      362,869   

Exercise of stock options

           199,835        200                                    (788,933                   (788,733

Comprehensive income:

                     

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $2,146,503

                                                                   828,124        828,124   

Net loss

    (20,523,788                                                      (34,101,482            (54,625,270
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2014

  $        4,842,968      $ 4,843        2,957,059      $ 2,957        2,682,351      $ 2,682      $ 86,590,521      $ (34,101,482   $ (309,534   $ 52,189,987   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

      For the years ended December 31,  
             2014                         2013            

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (54,625,270   $ (44,856,544

Less: Net (income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (135,138     1,498,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (54,760,408     (43,357,685

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,317,423        5,328,563   

Provision for loan losses

     170,907,791        41,723,478   

Stock-based compensation

     496,121        76,979   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     73,860          

Unrealized loss from foreign currency transactions

     1,357,290          

Non-operating gain

            (571,577

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (218,216     (3,731,763

Receivables from payment processors

     (3,999,762     (1,081,758

Receivables from CSO lenders

     (3,686,187     (3,136,268

Interest receivable

     (54,401,420     (10,723,621

State and other taxes payable

     160,438        209,537   

Deferred tax assets

     (20,916,803     (8,834,144

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $1,265,757 from payable to Think Finance for the year ended December 31, 2014)

     11,947,743        8,770,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities

     55,277,870        (15,328,052

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities

     370,166        (240,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     55,648,036        (15,568,442
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Loans receivable originated or participations purchased

     (415,828,742     (106,019,525

Principal collections and recoveries on loans receivable

     202,108,665        45,254,393   

Change in restricted cash

     (3,882,053     (2,432,944

Purchases of property and equipment

     (9,273,926     (12,589,851

Change in notes receivable

     123,814        (412,504

Domain name acquisition

     (230,000     (449,727

Acquisition-RLJ, net of cash

            (2,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (226,982,242     (78,650,158
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from notes payable (including $24,800,000 from Think Finance)

     199,600,000          

Repayment of notes payable to Think Finance

     (24,800,000       

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (197,041       

Debt issuance costs paid

     (516,865       

Payment of deferred consideration

     (1,535       

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     26,825          

Contribution from Think Finance

     24,032,139        94,560,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing financing activities

     198,143,523        94,560,112   

Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued financing activities

     (411,694     390,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     197,731,829        94,950,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
                2014                         2013            

Effect of exchange rates on cash

   $ (1,335,321   $ (298,882
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     25,062,302        433,501   

Less: increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations

     41,529        (150,480
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

     25,103,831        283,021   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     4,415,265        4,132,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 29,519,096      $ 4,415,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 11,747,168      $ 66,370   

Taxes paid

              

In 2014, the Company purchased equipment of $687,107 through a capital lease, which is recorded in Property and equipment, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also in 2014, the Company had net exercises of stock options of $815,558, which were recorded in Additional paid-in capital and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The table below reconciles Contribution from Think Finance within Cash flows from financing activities in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows with Net transfers from Think Finance in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the four months ended April 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

      2014     2013  

Contribution from Think Finance

   $ 24,032,139      $ 94,560,112   

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from discontinued operations

     (309,461     390,871   

Stock-based compensation

     133,252        76,979   

Write off of deferred tax assets retained by Think Finance (including $(439,719) related to discontinued operations)

     (11,341,192       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net transfers from Think Finance

   $ 12,514,738      $ 95,027,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) and conform, as applicable, to general practices within the finance company industry. The following is a description of the more significant of these policies used in preparing the combined and consolidated financial statements.

Business Operations

Elevate Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading provider of technology-driven, progressive online credit solutions to non-prime consumers. The Company uses advanced technology and proprietary risk analytics to provide more convenient and more responsible financial options to its customers, who are not well-served by either banks or legacy non-prime lenders. The Company currently offers unsecured online installment loans and lines of credit in the United States (the “US”) and the United Kingdom (the “UK”). The Company’s products, Rise, Elastic and Sunny, reflect its mission of “Good Today, Better Tomorrow” and provide customers with access to competitively priced credit and services while helping them build a brighter financial future with credit building and financial wellness features. In the UK, the Company directly offers unsecured installment loans via the internet through its wholly owned subsidiary, Elevate Credit International (UK), Limited, (“ECI”) under the brand name of Sunny. Customers of the Sunny product were migrated from the Quid product in 2013.

Spin-Off

On January 31, 2014, Think Finance, Inc. (“Think Finance”), the predecessor parent company, formed a new company, Elevate Credit, Inc. On May 1, 2014 (effective at the beginning of the day), Think Finance contributed to the Company certain assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending businesses and completed a tax-free spin-off of 100% of the Company on a carryover basis to the stockholders of Think Finance, in accordance with the distribution agreement (the “Spin-Off”). In connection with the Spin-Off, the Company entered into several other agreements with Think Finance that govern shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505-60-25, Equity—Spinoffs and Reverse Spinoffs. The assets and liabilities associated with the Think Finance service provider business remained at Think Finance and were not contributed to the Company.

As a result of the Spin-Off, the Company recognized the par value and additional paid-in capital in connection with the issuance of 4,643,133 shares of common stock, 2,957,059 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, and 2,682,351 shares of Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, exchanged for the net assets contributed at that time, and the Company began accumulating retained earnings upon completion of the Spin-Off on May 1, 2014.

Basis of Presentation

The combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The combined financial statements include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Think Finance, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

assets and liabilities of the direct lending business. In preparing these combined and consolidated financial statements, management has made certain assumptions or used methodologies to allocate various expenses from Think Finance to the Company. All such costs and expenses are assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment equity account in the period in which the costs were incurred. Current income taxes are also assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment and settlement is deemed to occur in the year of recognition in the current income tax provision. Management believes the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Beginning May 1, 2014, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries and assets and liabilities of the Company. All material intercompany transactions between and among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between the Company and Think Finance have been included within the combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled through contributions or distributions within Owner’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities.

Allocation of Expenses from Think Finance

The Combined Statements of Operations prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided by Think Finance. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods.

The Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014 to provide for an orderly transition of services to customers. Per this agreement, certain functions including human resources, finance, facilities management, and information technology were to be shared between the Company and Think Finance. To the extent that a shared-services cost was not demonstrably attributable to either party, the cost was allocated ratably on a percentage of revenues basis. See Note 16—Related Parties for further discussion of allocated expenses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the combined and consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined and consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the valuation of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, deferred revenues, contingencies, the income tax provision and the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience with Think Finance, current data and experience since the Spin-Off, and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Immaterial Correction of an Error in Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company determined that it had previously incorrectly reported the net exercise of one grant of stock options, which were originally determined to be exercised as of February 28, 2015. Upon subsequent review, the Company determined that the exercise had occurred on October 31, 2014 and should have been reflected in the previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2014. The Company has corrected its Common stock and Additional paid-in capital to reflect the issuance of these shares as of October 31, 2014. The Company also corrected its Accrued expenses within its consolidated liabilities due to the withholding taxes associated with the net exercise effective as of October 31, 2014. The correction did not result in a change to the Company’s previously reported revenues, expenses, net loss or total assets, and the Company does not believe the impact on the previously issued financial statements is material.

The following tables reconcile the Company’s consolidated Common stock, Additional paid-in-capital and Accrued expenses from the previously-reported results to the corrected amounts for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

Consolidated balance sheet        

Common stock (as previously reported)

   $ 4,755   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     88   
  

 

 

 

Common stock (as corrected)

   $ 4,843   
  

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital (as previously reported)

   $ 87,406,167   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     (815,646
  

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital (as corrected)

   $ 86,590,521   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (as previously reported)

   $ 27,730,278   

Reclassification of discontinued operations (see Reclassification note)

     137   

Impact of stock exercise effective October 31, 2014

     815,558   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (as corrected)

   $ 28,545,699   
  

 

 

 

Reclassification

Certain amounts have been reclassified due to the presentation of discontinued operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. See Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Amounts restricted under lending agreements, third-party processing agreements and state licensing requirements are classified separately as restricted cash.

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes consumer loan fees as revenues for each of the loan products it offers. Revenues on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations includes: finance charges, lines of credit fees, fees for services provided through CSO programs (“CSO Fees”), and nonsufficient funds fees (“NSF fees”), as well as any other fees or charges permitted by applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. The Company also recorded revenues related to the sale of customer applications to unrelated third parties. These applications are sold with the customer’s consent in the event that the Company or its CSO lenders are unable to offer the customer a loan. Revenues is recognized at the time of the sale.

The Company accrues finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. The Company accrues fixed charges such as CSO and lines of credit fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. The Company does not accrue finance charges and other fees on installment loans or lines of credit 60 days past due. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. Payments are first applied to accrued fees and interest, and then to the loan balance.

The Company offers a reward program for certain installment loan customers. Customers can earn points for performing various activities such as making a consecutive number of timely loan payments or completing financial education courses provided by the Company. These points can then be used to reduce the interest rate of an outstanding loan. The Company estimates the expected future interest discounts to be provided based on the likelihood that the customer will earn enough points over the life of the loan to achieve a discount. If a discount will be achieved, an effective yield over the life of the loan is calculated (considering the future discounts) and any interest collected in excess of the effective yield is deferred.

Installment Loans and Lines of Credit

Installment loans and lines of credit, including receivables for finance charges and fees, are unsecured and reported as Loans receivable on the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. Installment loans are multi-payment loans that require the pay-down of portions of the outstanding principal balance in multiple installments. Line of credit accounts include customer cash advances made through the Company’s line of credit product.

The Company considers impaired loans as accounts over 60 days past due or loans which become uncollectible based on information that the Company becomes aware of (e.g., receipt of customer bankruptcy notice). The impaired loans are charged-off at the time that they are deemed to be uncollectible.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance for disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan losses (“allowance”). The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses for loans and interest receivable at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the outstanding loans receivable. The Company primarily utilizes historical loss rates by product, stratified by delinquency ranges, to determine the allowance, but also considers recent collection and delinquency trends, as well as macro-economic conditions that may

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

affect portfolio losses. Additionally, due to the uncertainty of economic conditions and cash flow resources of the Company’s customers, the estimate of the allowance for loan losses is subject to change in the near-term and could significantly impact the combined and consolidated financial statements. If a loan is deemed to be uncollectible before it is fully reserved, it is charged-off at that time.

Increases in the allowance are created by recording a provision for loan losses in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. Installment loans and lines of credit are charged off, and reduce the allowance, when they are over 60 days past due, or earlier if deemed uncollectible. Recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance when collected.

Credit Service Organization

The Company also provides services in connection with installment loans originated by independent third-party lenders (“CSO lenders”), whereby the Company acts as a credit services organization/credit access business on behalf of consumers in accordance with applicable state laws (the “CSO program”). The CSO program includes arranging loans with CSO lenders, assisting in the loan application, documentation and servicing processes.

Under the CSO program, the Company guarantees the repayment of the customer’s loan to the CSO lenders as part of the credit services it provides to the customer. A customer who obtains a loan through the CSO program pays the Company a fee for the credit services, including the guaranty, and enters into a contract with the CSO lenders governing the credit services arrangement. We estimate a liability for losses associated with the guaranty provided to the CSO lenders using assumptions and methodologies similar to the allowance for loan losses detailed previously. The CSO program requires that the Company fund a cash reserve equal to 20% of the outstanding loan principal within the CSO program portfolio.

The Company also had a Receivable from CSO lenders related primarily to CSO fees received by the CSO lenders from customers. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, estimated losses of $3,576,442 and $1,659,256 for the CSO owned loans of $24,960,413 and $14,309,971, respectively, are initially recorded at fair value and are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 4—Loans Receivable and Revenue for additional information on loans receivable and the provision for loan losses. The receivables and restricted cash related to the CSO lenders as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

      2014      2013  

Receivable related to 20% cash reserve

   $ 5,215,913       $ 2,570,749   

Receivable related to CSO fees collected by CSO lenders

     2,236,517         1,195,494   

Restricted cash securing guaranty of loan balances

     6,258,778         3,585,647   

The CSO lenders are considered variable interest entities (“VIE”) of the Company under ASC 815-10-65, Variable Interest Entities. The Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, and is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results.

Receivables from Payment Processors

The Company has entered into agreements with third-party service providers to conduct processing activities, including the funding of new customer loans and the collection of customer payments for those loans. In accordance with contractual agreements, these funds are settled back to the Company within

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

one to three business days after the date of the originating transaction. Accordingly, the Company had $7,259,180 and $3,536,015 due from processing providers as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which is included in Receivable from payment processors in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Direct Marketing Costs

Marketing expenses consist of online marketing costs such as sponsored search and advertising on social networking sites, and other marketing costs such as purchased television and radio air time and direct mail print advertising. In addition, marketing expense includes affiliate costs paid to marketers in exchange for information for applications from potential customers. Online marketing, affiliate costs and other marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

Selling and Marketing Costs

Selling and marketing costs include costs associated with the use of agencies that perform creative services and monitor and measure the performance of the various marketing channels. Selling and marketing costs also include the production costs associated with media advertisements that are expensed as incurred over the licensing or production period.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company capitalizes all acquisitions of property and equipment of $500 or greater. The Company capitalizes certain software development costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed. Costs incurred thereafter, including external direct costs of materials and services as well as payroll and payroll-related costs, are capitalized.

Software development costs, which are included in Property and equipment, net on the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and related depreciation expense, which is included in Depreciation and amortization within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

      2014     2013  

Cost

   $ 21,664,832      $ 17,323,117   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (12,783,244     (6,455,332
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 8,881,588      $ 10,867,785   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

   $ 6,327,912      $ 3,312,956   

Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets as follows:

 

Furniture and fixtures

  7 years

Equipment

  3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

The lesser of the related lease

term or useful life of 3-5 years

Software

  3 years

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred for issuing the Notes payable are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. The unamortized balance of debt issuance costs was $436,296 at December 31, 2014 and is included in Prepaid expenses and other assets in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were no debt issuance costs at December 31, 2013. Amortization of debt issuance costs of $73,860 was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2014, and is included within Net interest expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Income Taxes

The Company’s operating results were previously included in Think Finance’s consolidated US federal and state income tax returns, as well as in certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company will file a separate federal consolidated income tax return for the period May 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The provision for income taxes in the combined financial statements prior to the Spin-Off was determined on a separate return basis as if the Company was a separate filer. The deferred tax assets and liabilities allocated to the Company by Think Finance were treated as an equity contribution by Think Finance upon completion of the Spin-Off. See Note 12—Income Taxes for further discussion.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

Relative to uncertain tax positions, the Company accrues for losses it believes are probable and can be reasonably estimated. The amount recognized is subject to estimate and management judgment with respect to the likely outcome of each uncertain tax position. The amount that is ultimately sustained for an individual uncertain tax position or for all uncertain tax positions in the aggregate could differ from the amount recognized. If the amounts recorded are not realized or if penalties and interest are incurred, the Company has elected to record all amounts within income tax expense.

The Company has no recorded liabilities for US uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2014 and 2013. As the Company had no operations nor had filed US federal tax returns prior to May 1, 2014, there are no US federal or state tax years currently subject to examination.

The Company has reduced the deferred tax asset related to the UK net operating loss carryforward due to an uncertain tax position at December 31, 2014 and 2013. For UK taxes, fiscal years 2010-2014 remain open and subject to examination as ECI was a legal entity acquired by Think Finance on December 31, 2010 and transferred to the Company as part of the Spin-Off transaction.

Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each business combination. In accordance with ASC 350-20-35,

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Goodwill—Subsequent Measurement, the Company performs an impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life annually at October 31 and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company completed its annual test and determined that there was no evidence of impairment of goodwill. No events or circumstances occurred between October 31 and December 31, 2014 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting units below the carrying amount.

The Company’s impairment evaluation of goodwill is based on comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to its carrying value. The fair value of the reporting units was determined based on a weighted average of the income and market approaches. The income approach establishes fair value based on estimated future cash flows of the reporting units, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital developed using the capital asset pricing model, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the reporting units. The income approach uses the Company’s projections of financial performance for a six to eight-year period and includes assumptions about future revenues growth rates, operating margins and terminal values. The market approach establishes fair value by applying cash flow multiples to the reporting units’ operating performance. The multiples are derived from other publicly traded companies that are similar but not identical from an operational and economic standpoint.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Intangible assets primarily include the fair value assigned to non-compete agreements at acquisition less any accumulated amortization. Non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the agreement. An evaluation of the recoverability of intangible assets subject to amortization is performed whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized if the future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset and the estimated fair value of the asset are less than the asset’s corresponding carrying value. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. No impairment losses related to intangible assets subject to amortization occurred during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Deferred Rent

The Company recognizes escalating lease payments on a straight-line basis over the term of each respective lease with the difference between cash payment and rent expense recorded as a deferred rent liability. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a deferred rent liability of $1,408. There was no deferred rent liability at December 31, 2013.

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

The functional currency for ECI is the British Pound (“GBP”). The assets and liabilities of ECI are translated into US dollars (“USD”) at the exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date, and the resulting adjustments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net as a separate component of equity. Revenues and expenses are translated at the monthly average exchange rates occurring during each period.

The Company has designated the intercompany loan with ECI as long-term. The intercompany loan is denominated in GBP. As a result, gains and losses related to the remeasurement of this balance are

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

On October 1, 2014, the Company refinanced a portion of the intercompany loan balance as part of a third-party credit facility that was amended to include ECI (see Note 7—Notes Payable). The total intercompany balance at that date was $85,595,369. The portion of the intercompany balance that was expected to be settled from proceeds from the third-party credit facility, totaling $27,285,499, was no longer considered to be of a long-term investment nature, and gains and losses related to the remeasurement of that portion of the intercompany loan balance were recognized in Foreign currency transaction loss in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations, starting from October 1, 2014. This resulted in a loss of $744,603 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company does not intend to settle any further portion of the intercompany loan balance in the foreseeable future, and therefore, the remaining portion of $58,309,870 at October 1, 2014 is considered to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company does intend to continue settling periodic interest payments, and therefore, gains and losses related to the remeasurement of the corresponding interest receivable are recognized in Foreign currency transaction loss in the accompanying Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations from October 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The foreign currency remeasurement loss related to interest receivable resulted in a loss of $19,620 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

As ECI’s term note under the third-party credit facility is denominated in USD, ECI remeasures its term note monthly. The unrealized foreign currency loss from foreign remeasurement was $593,067 for the year ended December 31, 2014, and is included in Foreign currency transaction loss in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were no unrealized foreign currency gains and losses in 2013 as there were no USD denominated balances outstanding at ECI at December 31, 2013. Realized foreign currency losses of $51,124 and $237,067 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were recognized from the settlement of foreign currency denominated transactions and also included in Foreign currency transaction loss in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Comprehensive Income

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net is comprised solely of the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, the change in total other comprehensive income, net of tax was a gain (loss) of $828,124 and $(775,547) in 2014 and 2013, respectively, and no amounts have been reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for fair value measurements of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring or non-recurring basis, as applicable. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). This guidance also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See Note 11—Fair Value Measurements for additional information on fair value measurements.

Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing, for accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets, which requires that specific criteria are met in order to record a transfer of financial assets as a sale. To qualify for sale treatment, the guidance requires that the Company does not have continuing involvement with the sold assets and also requires the Company to no longer retain effective control of the assets. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company entered into sales agreements with a third-party firm whereby the Company sold charged off customer loans to the third party. The agreements meet the sale criteria, and as a result, proceeds of $8,568,252 and $1,216,933 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were recorded as a recovery of charged off loans in the Allowance for loan losses.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, all stock-based compensation made to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the option holder is required to perform services in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton Option Pricing Model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense requires an estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In April 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and enhance disclosures in this area. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The new guidance also requires disclosure of the pre-tax income or loss attributable to a disposal of an individually significant component of an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation in the financial statements. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2014-08 prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, and the Company adopted ASU 2014-08 in December 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-08 did not have a material effect on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”), which provides guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2013-11 in December 2014. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material effect on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2015-10”). The amendments in ASU 2015-10 represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. In addition, some of the amendments are intended to make the Codification easier to understand and easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies, providing needed clarifications, and improving the presentation of guidance in the Codification. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-10 on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-03 on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items (“ASU 2015-01”). The amendments in ASU 2015-01 eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, it is segregated from the results of ordinary operations and is shown as a separate item in

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

the income statement, net of tax. ASU 2015-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-01 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 06) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (“WASO”) plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares that could be issued if stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method, and the conversion feature of preferred stock was exercised using the if-converted method.

The number of shares issued upon completion of the Spin-Off was used to determine both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from January 1, 2014 through the date of the Spin-Off, as no Company equity awards were outstanding prior to the Spin-Off. Basic earnings (loss) per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed using the WASO from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through December 31, 2014. WASO used in determining diluted earnings per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through December 31, 2014, adjusted for the diluted potential common shares outstanding during the same period.

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The computation of earnings (loss) per share was as follows for December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

      2014     2013  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

    

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (54,760,408   $ (43,357,685

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     135,138        (1,498,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Elevate Credit, Inc.

   $ (54,625,270   $ (44,856,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     4,711,794        4,643,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (11.62   $ (9.34

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.03        (0.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11.59   $ (9.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the net losses incurred in 2014 and 2013, we excluded 3,759,607 potential common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and 457,311 potential common shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options from the diluted earnings per share calculation because including these shares would be anti-dilutive.

The Company understands that the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred shares intend to convert 100% of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock into common stock in connection with the initial public offering (“IPO”). Had this conversion occurred prior to the end of the most recent period presented in these financial statements, this transaction would have changed materially the number of common shares outstanding. However, given the net loss reported in the most recent period, including these common shares in the denominator of a pro forma earnings per share calculation would automatically result in anti-dilution. As such, no pro forma earnings per share is presented in these combined and consolidated financial statements for the anticipated conversion of preferred stock.

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In December 2013, the Company decided to discontinue its rent-to-own product (“Presta”), and stopped making new leases to customers during January 2014. The Company continued to service and collect on existing leases during 2014 until the final leases expired in February 2015. The Company recognized impairment charges of $429,620 associated with fixed assets and inventory at December 31, 2013. The remaining inventory was sold in 2014, and a gain was recognized of $85,000. The Company recorded after-tax earnings (loss) for Presta of $135,138 and $(1,498,859), for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which was reported as Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

All revenues and expenses reported in the combined and consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect reclassification of all discontinued operations. The following table summarizes the results that have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

      2014     2013  

Revenues

   $ 488,217      $ 2,955,500   

Direct marketing

     (4,851     (593,558

Other cost of sales

     (299,376     (2,157,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     183,990        204,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Compensation and benefits

     315        417,676   

Professional services

     70,972        729,508   

Selling and marketing

     (15,787     143,857   

Occupancy and equipment

     50,793        79,078   

Depreciation and amortization

            325,178   

Other

     27,559        18,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     133,852        1,713,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     50,138        (1,508,958

Non-operating income (loss)

     85,000        (429,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     135,138        (1,938,578

Income tax benefit

            (439,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 135,138      $ (1,498,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per basic and diluted share:

   $ 0.03      $ (0.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets

   $ 277,594      $ 1,026,993   

Liabilities

   $ 14,664      $ 47,789   

NOTE 4—LOANS RECEIVABLE AND REVENUES

Revenues generated from the Company’s consumer loans for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 

      2014      2013  

Finance charges

   $ 229,305,122       $ 50,524,577   

CSO fees

     42,907,497         20,830,770   

Other

     1,505,321         739,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 273,717,940       $ 72,095,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s portfolio primarily consists of installment loans and is considered the portfolio segment at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The line of credit product was not material at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The following reflects the credit quality of the Company’s loans receivable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 as delinquency status has been identified as the primary credit quality indicator. Loans are determined to be past due when they are one day past due without a payment. All impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been charged off.

 

      2014     2013  

Current loans

   $ 157,109,705      $ 54,089,979   

Past due loans

     35,627,029        11,007,856   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     192,736,734        65,097,835   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (44,914,065     (15,166,524
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 147,822,669      $ 49,931,311   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable includes $15,963,280 and $6,614,302 of interest receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The carrying value for Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of the loans receivable.

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

      2014     2013  

Balance beginning of year

   $ 16,825,780      $ 5,442,523   

Provision for loan losses

     170,907,791        41,723,478   

Charge-offs

     (148,798,295     (32,582,773

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     10,239,438        1,933,841   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (684,207     308,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     48,490,507        16,825,780   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans (Note 1)

     (3,576,442     (1,659,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of year

   $ 44,914,065      $ 15,166,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following:

 

      2014     2013  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 1,838,005      $ 1,566,018   

Equipment

     5,874,776        3,002,659   

Leasehold improvements

     294,869        288,870   

Software-internally developed

     21,664,832        17,323,117   

Software-purchased

     4,354,581        2,204,624   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     34,027,063        24,385,288   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (16,702,880     (8,777,605
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,324,183      $ 15,607,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The following summarizes the balances above which were acquired through leasing arrangements that qualify as capital leases as of December 31, 2014:

 

Equipment

   $ 687,107   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (190,863
  

 

 

 
   $ 496,244   
  

 

 

 

The capital lease obligation is included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. Depreciation expense, which includes amortization related to capital leases, was $8,086,645 and $4,419,954 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

NOTE 6—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of the following:

 

      2014      2013  

Accounts payable

   $ 9,436,771       $ 10,771,856   

Accounts payable to related party (Note 16)

     1,265,757           

Accrued compensation

     8,198,630         1,233,295   

Liability for losses on CSO lender-owned consumer loans

     3,576,442         1,659,256   

Deferred revenues

     2,691,852         475,066   

Interest payable

     2,315,600           

Capital lease liability

     490,066           

Other accrued liabilities

     570,581         41,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,545,699       $ 14,180,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 7—NOTES PAYABLE

On January 30, 2014, Rise SPV, LLC (a subsidiary of the Company) entered into an agreement with Victory Park Management, LLC providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million (the “VPC Facility”). On August 15, 2014, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $315 million to Rise SPV, LLC, ECI and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (“ELCS”) (all subsidiaries of the Company). The VPC Facility provides the following term notes:

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio. (“US Term Note”)

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the UK Sunny loan portfolio. (“UK Term Note”)

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $15 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital. (“ELCS Sub-debt Term Note”)

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The outstanding balance of Notes payable as of December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 14-15%

   $ 129,800,000   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

     30,000,000   

ELCS Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

     15,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 174,800,000   
  

 

 

 

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity date of January 30, 2018. All assets of the Company are pledged as collateral to secure the credit facility. The agreement contains financial covenants, including a borrowing base calculation and certain financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2014.

On May 1, 2014, and in connection with the Spin-Off, ELCS entered into an agreement with Think Finance, whereby Think Finance provided a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million (“TF Credit Facility”). Interest is charged at an annual rate of 8%. The agreement contains financial covenants, including compliance with the VPC Facility covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2014.

ELCS made draws on the TF Credit Facility of $24.8 million during the year and paid off the facility and had no amounts outstanding under the credit facility at December 31, 2014. ELCS recognized interest expense of $859,733 on this credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2014, which is included within Net interest expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. The TF Credit Facility was terminated effective January 1, 2015.

There were no debt amounts outstanding as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company has evaluated the interest rates for its debt and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for the debt approximates the fair value.

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of goodwill at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $16,026,782. There were no changes to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired by the predecessor parent company, Think Finance, related to the Elastic and UK reporting units. Of the total goodwill balance, $6,776,048 is deductible for tax purposes.

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The carrying value of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2014, is presented in the table below:

 

      Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Assets subject to amortization:

       

Acquired technology

   $ 946,395       $ (946,395   $   

Non-compete

     3,403,854         (1,414,799     1,989,055   

Customers

     126,000         (105,000     21,000   

Assets not subject to amortization:

       

Domain names

     679,727                679,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,155,976       $ (2,466,194   $ 2,689,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying value of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2013, is presented in the table below:

 

     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Assets subject to amortization:

       

Acquired technology

   $ 946,395       $ (946,395   $   

Non-compete

     3,403,854         (1,226,021     2,177,833   

Customers

     126,000         (63,000     63,000   

Trade Name

     445,420         (445,420       

Assets not subject to amortization:

       

Domain names

     449,727                449,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,371,396       $ (2,680,836   $ 2,690,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was $230,778 and $908,609. The weighted average remaining amortization period for the intangible assets was 10.87 and 11.65 years at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for the succeeding five years is as follows:

 

Year    Amount  

2015

   $ 205,611   

2016

     180,445   

2017

     180,445   

2018

     180,445   

2019

     180,445   

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

NOTE 9—LEASES

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for facility space and equipment, including subleases with Think Finance (see Note 16—Related Parties). Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2,496,171 and $2,307,145, respectively, and is reported in Occupancy and equipment in the Combined and consolidated statements of operations. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Year    Amount  

2015

   $ 2,210,903   

2016

     891,192   

2017

     708,497   

2018

     526,915   

2019

     40,938   

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,378,445   
  

 

 

 

As discussed in Note 5—Property and Equipment, the Company purchased equipment through leasing arrangements that qualify as capital leases. The capital leases include provisions which allow for the purchase of the equipment at de minimis amounts at the end of their lease term. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Year    Amount  

2015

   $ 250,800   

2016

     250,800   

2017

     20,900   
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     522,500   

Interest and executory costs

     (32,434
  

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ 490,066   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 10—STOCK OPTIONS

Prior to the Spin-Off, the Company’s employees were granted stock options under the Think Finance stock option plan. The Think Finance stock option plan was administered by the Think Finance Board of Directors, who determined the option price, vesting schedule and exercise period for each grant.

The Company adopted a stock option plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) on May 1, 2014, and Think Finance option holders at the Spin-Off date were granted similar awards in the Company’s Stock Option Plan on that date in order to preserve the economic terms of their pre-Spin-Off Think Finance options. The number of options on shares, vesting and expiration schedules were carried over from the Think Finance stock option plan. Further, the awards granted to the Think Finance option holders in this regard did not give such option holders any additional benefits that they did not have before the Spin-Off. The exercise prices for Think Finance options were modified to allocate the exercise prices between the Think Finance options and the newly granted options in the Company, based on the relative fair value of each company at the Spin-Off date. The aggregate exercise prices remained the same, such that

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

the spread between the aggregate fair market value of the Think Finance shares and Company shares subject to the options immediately after the Spin-Off over the aggregate exercise prices of such options, is not more than the spread between the aggregate fair market value of the Think Finance shares subject to the options immediately before the Spin-Off over the aggregate former exercise prices of such options. As such, following the Spin-Off, employees of the Company held stock options to purchase both the stock of Think Finance and stock of the Company. The compensation expense relating to employees of the Company, which includes the cost of both types of options, are recorded on the Company’s books in all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the Company’s share-based compensation expense reported within Compensation expense in the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

      2014      2013  

Elevate stock option plan expense

   $ 362,869       $   

Allocated from Think Finance *

     133,252         76,979   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 496,121       $ 76,979   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

   $ 4,099,883       $ 10,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*   The allocation is made using a proportional allocation methodology, which management has deemed to be reasonable.

These amounts relate to options granted to employees and board members. The Company recognizes compensation costs over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Think Finance Stock Option Plan Prior to Spin-off:

The following is a summary of activity in the Think Finance stock option plan for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from January 1, 2014 to April 30, 2014 (the period prior to the Spin-off), which includes the number of shares and the weighted-average exercise price.

 

      Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     1,852,376      $ 7.31   

Granted

     110,000        16.61   

Exercised

     (1,285     7.78   

Expired or forfeited

     (51,737     13.87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     1,909,354      $ 7.60   

Granted

     56,000        19.03   

Expired or forfeited

     (11,354     10.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at April 30, 2014

     1,954,000      $ 7.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for options granted during the four months ended April 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 was $6.54 was $5.63, respectively.

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted in 2014 and 2013 using the Black-Scholes-Merton model are as follows:

 

      2013

Dividend yield

   0%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.35% to 0.59%

Expected volatility

   50%

Expected term

   3 years

The expected term of the options granted is the period of time from the grant date to the date of expected exercise estimated using historical data. The expected volatility was determined based on an average of companies in similar industries and other factors. The risk-free interest rate used is the current yield on US Treasury notes with a term equal to the expected term of the options at the grant date. The expected dividend yield is based on annualized dividends on the underlying share during the expected term of the option.

Elevate Credit, Inc. Stock Option Plan Subsequent to the Spin-off:

The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to encourage ownership of the Company’s common stock by key employees and to provide increased incentive for key employees to render services and to exert maximum effort for the success of the Company. The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors. Under the provisions of the Stock Option Plan, a total of 2,122,500 shares of common stock are available to be granted. In addition, there were 204,000 options granted outside the Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan allows for net settlement upon the exercise of stock options. The option price, vesting schedule and exercise period are determined for each grant after the Spin-Off date by the Board of Directors.

The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s Stock Option Plan for the eight months ended December 31, 2014:

 

      Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

Granted on May 1, 2014

     1,954,000      $ 5.42   

Granted

     171,378        12.96   

Exercised

     (365,250     3.78   

Forfeited

     (11,250     6.53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     1,748,878      $ 6.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2014

     1,382,062     
  

 

 

   

Available for grant at December 31, 2014

     212,372     
  

 

 

   

Management estimates that all outstanding options will vest based on retention expectations and other factors that are reviewed periodically and could change in the near term.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value for options granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan in 2014 was $4.46. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014 was 4.79 years.

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted in the eight months ended December 31, 2014 using the Black-Scholes-Merton model are as follows:

 

      2014

Dividend yield

   0%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.86% to 0.98%

Expected volatility

   50%

Expected term

   3 years

The expected term of the options granted is the period of time from the grant date to the date of expected exercise estimated using historical data. The expected volatility was determined based on an average of companies in similar industries and other factors. The risk-free interest rate used is the current yield on US Treasury notes with a term equal to the expected term of the options at the grant date. The expected dividend yield is based on annualized dividends on the underlying share during the expected term of the option.

At December 31, 2014, the following options were outstanding at their respective exercise price:

 

Exercise Price    Options Outstanding  

$3.35 – 3.42

     449,000   

$5.29 – 5.33

     852,500   

$7.89

     30,000   

$10.65 – 10.91

     120,000   

$11.42 – 12.88

     218,878   

$13.26 – 13.36

     78,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,748,878   
  

 

 

 

All outstanding options have a contractual term of 10 years. For options granted related to the Spin-Off, the contractual term carried over from their option grant at Think Finance such that all of those options will have contractual terms less than 10 years from the Spin-Off date. The options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the effective date and 2.083% each month, thereafter. Full vesting of the options occurs on the fourth anniversary of the effective date.

The total fair value of options vested at December 31, 2014 was $2,070,388.

At December 31, 2014, there was $1,375,294 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.05 years as of December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

NOTE 11—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels of the fair value hierarchy, based on the fair value measurement technique, as described below:

Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active exchange markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques with significant assumptions and inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Valuation is derived from model-based techniques that use inputs and significant assumptions that are supported by little or no observable market data. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

The level of fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest-level input that is most significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. In the determination of the classification of assets and liabilities in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market conditions, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the fair value measurements of the respective assets and liabilities in their entirety. If the valuation techniques that are most significant to the fair value measurements are principally derived from assumptions and inputs that are corroborated by little or no observable market data, the asset or liability is classified as Level 3.

The Company has evaluated Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses and Contingent consideration payable, and believes the carrying value approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of these balances. The Company has also evaluated the interest rates for Notes payable and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations, and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for Notes payable approximates the fair value. The Company classifies its fair value measurement techniques for the fair value disclosures associated with Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses, Contingent consideration payable and Notes payable as Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820-10”).

The Company has recorded a long-term liability related to agreements to pay additional consideration to a related party for the acquisitions associated with the Elastic product, based on earnings performance

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

from 2015 through 2027. A liability of $5,528,465 and $5,530,000 was recorded at fair value and was included within Contingent consideration payable on the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Fair value adjustments are included in Non-operating income on the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. This liability is considered to be Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10. This liability was evaluated pursuant to FASB guidance under the income approach using a weighted average cost of capital of 21%.

The table below summarizes the changes in the contingent consideration liability for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

      2014     2013  

Beginning Balance

   $ 5,530,000      $ 6,155,000   

Fair value adjustments

            (625,000

Earn–out payments

     (1,535       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 5,528,465      $ 5,530,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES

Prior to the Spin-Off, the Company’s results were included in the consolidated US federal and state income tax returns of Think Finance. The tax provision and current and deferred tax balances have been presented on a separate company basis as if the Company was a separate filer. Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following:

 

      2014     2013  

Federal

    

Current

   $      $   

Deferred

     (17,895,017     (8,141,910

State

    

Current

     207,486        62,879   

Deferred

     (3,021,786     (743,520

Foreign

    

Current

              

Deferred

            51,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (20,709,317   $ (8,771,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The differences between the provision for income tax and the amount that would result if the federal statutory rate were applied to the pre-tax financial income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

      2014     2013  

Federal statutory rate of 35%

   $ (26,414,404   $ (18,245,132

State income tax provision

     (1,829,294     (432,417

Permanent differences

     351,192        116,396   

Change in valuation allowance

     2,501,421        5,090,883   

Rate differential

     2,959,579        3,555,218   

Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions

     1,548,240        766,901   

Other

     173,949        376,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (20,709,317   $ (8,771,265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are presented below:

 

      2014     2013  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Allowance for losses on loans receivable

   $ 15,006,765      $ 4,683,115   

Net operating loss carryforward – foreign

     9,773,098        7,251,539   

Net operating loss carryforward – domestic

     5,408,267        8,253,251   

Deferred interest income

     1,026,659        175,778   

Cumulative translation adjustment – domestic

     1,701,242          

Accrued expenses

     1,988,930        232,314   

Other

     841,182        694,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     35,746,143        21,290,388   

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation

     (1,076,310     (679,267

Amortization of intangible assets

     (3,696,880     (3,847,203

Cumulative translation adjustment – domestic

            (445,261

Prepaid expenses

     (1,157,114     (1,166,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     29,815,839        15,152,585   

Valuation allowance

     (9,719,761     (7,218,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

   $ 20,096,078      $ 7,934,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Uncertain tax positions

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

      2014     2013  

Balance at beginning of the period

   $ 1,204,214      $ 437,313   

Reductions for tax positions related to the prior year

     (179,662     (5,040

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     1,727,902        771,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 2,752,454      $ 1,204,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

If the cumulative unrecognized tax benefit is recognized, there will be no effect on our effective tax rate due to the full valuation allowance. Due to the nature of the unrecognized tax benefits and the existence of tax attributes, we have not accrued any interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits in the Combined and consolidated statements of operations nor have we recognized a liability in the Combined and consolidated balance sheets. We do not believe the total amount of unrecognized benefit as of December 31, 2014, will increase or decrease significantly in the next twelve months.

For purposes of evaluating the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The following provides an overview of the assessment that was performed for both the domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, net.

US deferred tax assets, net

The Company is required to assess its US deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on a combined group return basis, and exclude from that assessment the utilization of all or a portion of those US taxable losses by Think Finance, which are attributable to the Company, under the separate return method. This assessment requires considerable judgment on the part of management with respect to benefits that could be realized from future US taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors. To the extent that Think Finance has utilized a portion of the Company’s operating losses in their consolidated returns, the Company has not been reimbursed for the utilization of those US losses prior to the Spin-Off. At the Spin-Off, a deferred tax asset of $10,901,473 related to the net operating loss generated prior to the Spin-Off date was written off and reflected within Net transfers from Think Finance.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not establish a valuation allowance based on management’s expectation of generating sufficient taxable income in a look forward period over the next three to five years. The net operating loss carryforward from US operations at December 31, 2014 (and generated for the period from May 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014), was approximately $14.3 million. The Company also had a stock option deduction carryforward of approximately $3.8 million at December 31, 2014, for which the tax benefit would be applied as a credit directly to additional paid-in capital. Both of these carryforwards expire beginning in 2034. The ultimate realization of the resulting deferred tax assets is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of these carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted in the future if estimates of future taxable income change.

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

UK deferred tax assets, net

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company established a full valuation allowance for its foreign deferred tax assets due to the lack of sufficient objective evidence regarding the realization of these assets in the foreseeable future. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the valuation allowance increased by $2,501,421 and $5,090,883, respectively, due to the increase of the net deferred tax assets related to the UK, which primarily consists of the net operating loss carryforward. Regardless of the deferred tax valuation allowance established at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company continues to retain net operating loss carryforwards for foreign income tax purposes of approximately $40.7 million and $31.2 million, respectively, available to offset future foreign taxable income. To the extent that the Company generates taxable income in the future to utilize the tax benefits of the related deferred tax assets, subject to certain potential limitations, it may be able to reduce its effective tax rate by reducing the valuation allowance. The Company’s foreign net operating loss carryforward of $40.7 million and $31.2 million for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 13—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

Contingencies

Currently and from time to time, the Company may become defendants in various legal and regulatory actions. While we cannot determine the ultimate outcome of these actions, we believe their resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company is cooperating with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) related to a civil investigative demand (“CID”) received by Think Finance requesting information about the operations of Think Finance prior to the Spin-Off. The CFPB has not made any specific allegation of violation(s) of law or initiated litigation in connection with the CID as of this date.

On November 13, 2014, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania sued Think Finance, the Company, and one of the Company’s officers, in his capacity as a former officer of Think Finance. The lawsuit alleged that equity or other assets attributable to Think Finance’s bank and tribal lending program, which the Commonwealth alleges were illegal programs, were transferred to Elevate Credit, Inc. The lawsuit did not allege that the Company’s business is illegal, or comprised of illegal programs, or that the Company’s officer engaged in any improper conduct with respect to the Company. The lawsuit against the Company was dismissed on February 9, 2015, with no monetary penalties paid by the Company. On July 3, 2015, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania amended its complaint to add an inactive subsidiary of the Company, PayDay One, LLC, as a defendant. The Company believes that the plaintiff’s claims in this suit are without merit and is vigorously defending this lawsuit. No monetary assessments have been made to date. The Company is currently unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses, as defined by ASC 450-20-20, Loss Contingencies, for this lawsuit.

Commitments

The Elastic product, which offers lines of credit to consumers, had $174,003 in available but unfunded credit lines at December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Guarantees

In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to CSO lenders and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. See Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information related to this guarantee obligation.

The Company entered into payment guarantees with providers that perform automated clearinghouse (“ACH”) services for the CSO lenders that the Company serves. The maximum potential amount of future payments related to such contingent obligations is dependent upon the transaction volume processed by the ACH provider. The actual amount of the potential exposure cannot be quantified as the Company cannot determine whether particular counterparties will fail to meet their payment obligations. The Company has contractual loss mitigation and remedies to offset these counterparty payment exposures (such as ACH processor receipt of fees and ACH returns from daily cash collections prior to remittance to the CSO lenders, CSO lender specific reserve requirements and deposits held at each ACH provider) in the event that all CSO lenders were unable to make payments to the ACH providers. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the combined and consolidated financial statements for these payment guarantee exposures, and management believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is remote.

NOTE 14—CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On May 1, 2014, the Company issued 2,957,059 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,682,351 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The terms and conditions of both the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred are as follows:

Dividends rights

The holders of the outstanding Series A and B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors. The right to receive dividends shall not be cumulative. No dividends on Series B Preferred or Common Stock shall be paid until all declared dividends on Series A Preferred have been paid. The Series A Preferred dividend is at an annual rate of $0.43 per share, and the Series B Preferred dividend is at an annual rate of $0.83 per share.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Series A Liquidation Preference of $7.73 specified for such share of Series A Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) the amount per share that such Series A Preferred Stock would have received had such share of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

In the event of any liquidation of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Common Stock, an

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Series B Liquidation Preference of $14.91 specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and (B) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or (ii) the amount per share that such Series B Preferred Stock would have received had such share of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Redemption

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after August 30, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $5.35 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series A issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series B Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $10.33 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series B issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock signed a Waiver Agreement by which they defer and waive their rights to exercise the redemption rights or otherwise obligate the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, unless and until the Notes Payable have been paid in full.

Voting rights

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock shall have one vote for each full share of Common Stock into which their shares are convertible, and the holders of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock.

Automatic Conversion Upon Initial Public Offering

Upon the occurrence of an event of conversion, each share of Series A and B Preferred Stock (outstanding) shall be automatically converted into one share of fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock provided that the offering price per share is not less than $26.76 (as may be adjusted for stock splits), and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $25 million.

NOTE 15—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company determines operating segments based on how our chief operating decision maker manages the business, including making operating decisions, deciding how to allocate resources and evaluating operating performance. Our chief operating decision-maker is our Chief Executive Officer, who reviews our operating results on a consolidated basis.

The Company has one reportable segment, which provides online credit products for subprime consumers, which is composed of the Company’s operations in the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company has aggregated all components of its business into a single reportable segment based on the similarities in the products, the distribution methods, the type of customers, and the nature of the regulatory environments.

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The following tables summarize the allocation of net revenues and long-lived assets based on geography.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
      2014      2013  

Revenues

     

United States

   $ 206,652,786       $ 50,513,016   

United Kingdom

     67,065,154         21,582,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 273,717,940       $ 72,095,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

     

United States

   $ 24,163,343       $ 22,533,162   

United Kingdom

     11,877,404         11,791,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,040,747       $ 34,325,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 16—RELATED PARTIES

As discussed in Note 7—Notes Payable, on May 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Think Finance whereby Think Finance agreed to provide a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million. No amounts were drawn on the facility at that date and $24.8 million in subsequent amounts drawn were entirely repaid by December 31, 2014.

The Company also has entered into sublease agreements with Think Finance for office space and equipment that expire beginning in 2015 through 2018. Total rent payments made to Think Finance for office space were $779,698 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Rent expense is included in Occupancy and equipment within the Combined and Consolidated statements of operations. Total payments for equipment were $167,200 in 2014 and were included as a reduction of the capital lease liability included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets and as interest expense included in Net interest expense within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As discussed in Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014. The Company incurred total costs of $3,098,548 during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the shared services agreement. These expenses are included in Compensation and benefits, Professional services, Occupancy and equipment, and Other within the Combined and Consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $1,265,757 in Accounts payable due to Think Finance related to shared services expenses, reimbursable costs and tax sharing arrangements, net of accounts receivable, which is included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

The following table contains the amount of expenses allocated to the Company from Think Finance prior to the Spin-Off, and shared services expenses incurred from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

      2014      2013  

Expense allocations:

     

Direct marketing costs

   $ 10,128,231       $ 14,854,192   

Other cost of sales

     897,635         1,732,889   

Compensation and benefits

     10,550,264         12,995,127   

Professional services

     3,913,519         8,630,111   

Selling and marketing

     1,030,837         3,489,904   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,656,324         2,184,993   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,241,078         3,904,470   

Other

     504,890         1,033,845   

Expenses under the shared services agreement:

     

Compensation and benefits

     2,536,536           

Professional services

     175,892           

Occupancy and equipment

     318,275           

Other

     67,845           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,021,326       $ 48,825,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred consulting costs and travel expense reimbursements of approximately $125,457 and $31,915, respectively, associated with certain board members. Stock compensation expense of $49,682 and $6,282 was also recorded for certain board members during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred consulting costs of $1,500,000 associated with an affiliated company of a board member related to the development, launch, and promotion of the Company’s line of credit product. These expenses are included in Professional services and Other operating expenses within the Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 17—401(k) PLAN

Prior to the Spin-Off, all US employees participated in the Think Finance 401(k) plan. The Company adopted a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) on June 1, 2014 with substantially the same terms as the Think Finance 401(k) plan. All employees are eligible to participate in the Plan upon reaching the age of 21 years and completing one month of service with the Company. The Plan is a “safe harbor 401k plan” and the Company matches 100% of each participant’s first 4% of compensation that is contributed to the Plan each year. Participants may contribute up to 70% of their eligible earnings to the applicable Plan, subject to regulatory and other plan restrictions. Company and employee contributions are fully vested at the time of contribution. The Company’s consolidated matching contributions in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $1,011,157 (of which $290,767 related to the Think Finance Plan) and $260,455 (fully to the Think Finance Plan), respectively.

In addition, the Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for its employees in the United Kingdom. The assets of the scheme are held separately to those of the Company in an independently administered fund. The pension cost charge represents $193,860 and $118,814 in contributions paid by the Company to the fund during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and transactions through September 2, 2015, the date that the combined and consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and noted no subsequent events requiring financial statement recognition or disclosure, except as noted below.

On April 30, 2015, the Company decided to discontinue the reward program for certain installment loans, which is described in the Revenue Recognition accounting policy (see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). After that date, no further points could be redeemed to reduce the interest rate of an outstanding loan, and the Company would recognize the remaining deferred revenues balance related to the rewards program.

On May 20, 2015, the VPC facility (see Note 7—Notes Payable) was amended such that the ELCS Sub-debt Term Note included an additional $20 million, thereby bringing the maximum borrowing amount to $35 million. An additional $10 million was borrowed on that date, and $5 million borrowed on June 26, 2015 to fund working capital.

Think Finance entered into an asset purchase agreement with RLJ Financial, LLC (“RLJ”) on August 1, 2012, and the net assets acquired were subsequently transferred to the Company at the Spin-Off date. The terms of the agreement contain earn-out provisions, which were recorded as Contingent consideration payable within the Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets. The balance of the liability at December 31, 2014 was $5,528,465 (see Note 11—Fair Value Measurements). On June 1, 2015, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with RLJ, which calls for monthly payments for a period of five years, totaling $1.5 million. As a part of the consulting agreement, RLJ agreed to release the Company from its legal obligation under the earn-out. The Company extinguished the contingent consideration liability in June 2015 and recognized a corresponding gain in non-operating income.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

      June 30, 2015     December 31, 2014  
     (Unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,583,557      $ 29,519,096   

Restricted cash

     9,015,266        8,355,825   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $49,307,171 and $44,914,065, respectively

     172,779,710        147,822,669   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     9,098,397        4,888,001   

Receivable from CSO lenders

     5,991,998        7,452,430   

Receivable from payment processors

     16,229,319        7,259,180   

Deferred tax assets, net

     19,846,022        20,096,078   

Property and equipment, net

     17,184,777        17,324,183   

Goodwill

     16,026,782        16,026,782   

Intangible assets, net

     2,574,394        2,689,782   

Assets of discontinued operations

            277,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 283,330,222      $ 261,711,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $356,928 and $1,265,757 payable to Think Finance, respectively)

   $ 32,642,167      $ 28,545,699   

State taxes payable

            166,391   

Other taxes payable

     368,635        466,414   

Notes payable

     204,800,000        174,800,000   

Contingent consideration payable

            5,528,465   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

            14,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     237,810,802        209,521,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES (NOTE 9)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock; $.001 par value; 16,670,700 authorized shares; 5,063,223 and 4,842,968 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     5,063        4,843   

Convertible preferred stock; Series A, $.001 par value; 2,957,059 shares Authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, liquidation preference of $22,849,993

     2,957        2,957   

Convertible preferred stock; Series B, $.001 par value; 2,682,351 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, liquidation preference of $40,000,023

     2,682        2,682   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes of $(1,701,242) and $(1,701,242) at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     (425,343     (309,534

Additional paid-in capital

     85,129,314        86,590,521   

Accumulated deficit

     (39,195,253     (34,101,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     45,519,420        52,189,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 283,330,222      $ 261,711,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

 

      For the six months ended June 30,  
   2015     2014  

Revenues

   $ 180,873,789      $ 102,561,687   

Provision for loan losses

     89,494,260        64,783,502   

Direct marketing costs

     27,017,086        26,040,177   

Other cost of sales

     6,397,037        4,479,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,965,406        7,258,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Compensation and benefits

     28,934,360        22,295,327   

Professional services

     10,853,996        7,856,041   

Selling and marketing

     4,380,054        2,404,681   

Occupancy and equipment

     4,597,736        4,205,767   

Depreciation and amortization

     4,209,704        4,188,538   

Other

     1,598,885        1,675,277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     54,574,735        42,625,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,390,671        (35,367,574

Net interest expense (including $156,800 paid to Think Finance for the six months ended June 30, 2014)

     (13,926,917     (2,906,853

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

     491,193          

Non-operating income

     5,528,465          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (4,516,588     (38,274,427

Income tax (benefit)

     577,183        (8,547,352
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (5,093,771     (29,727,075

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

            149,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,093,771   $ (29,577,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.03   $ (6.40

Income from discontinued operations

            0.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1.03   $ (6.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     4,949,376        4,643,133   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (UNAUDITED)

 

     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
      2015     2014  

Net loss

   $ (5,093,771   $ (29,577,692

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (115,809     133,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax

     (115,809     133,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (5,209,580   $ (29,443,972
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

   

Owner’s net
investment

   

 

Common Stock

   

 

Series A Preferred

   

 

Series B Preferred

   

Paid-in
capital

   

Retained
deficit

   

Accumulated
other
comprehen-
sive loss

   

Total

 
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2014

  $        4,842,968      $ 4,843        2,957,059      $ 2,957        2,682,351      $ 2,682      $ 86,590,521      $ (34,101,482   $ (309,534   $ 52,189,987   

Stock-based compensation

                                                     393,445                      393,445   

Exercise of stock options

           220,255        220                                    (1,854,652                   (1,854,432

Comprehensive income:

                     

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $0

                                                                   (115,809     (115,809

Net loss

                                                            (5,093,771            (5,093,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2015

  $        5,063,223      $ 5,063        2,957,059      $ 2,957        2,682,351      $ 2,682      $ 85,129,314      $ (39,195,253   $ (425,343   $ 45,519,420   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

  $ 95,035,917             $             $             $      $      $      $ (1,137,658   $ 93,898,259   

Net transfers from Think Finance

    12,514,738                                                                       12,514,738   

Contribution from Think Finance

    (87,026,867     4,643,133        4,643        2,957,059        2,957        2,682,351        2,682        87,016,585                        

Stock-based compensation

                                                     85,272                      85,272   

Comprehensive income:

                     

Foreign currency translation adjustment net of tax of $106,485

                                                                   133,720        133,720   

Net loss

    (20,523,788                                                      (9,053,904            (29,577,692
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2014

  $        4,643,133      $ 4,643        2,957,059      $ 2,957        2,682,351      $ 2,682        87,101,857      $ (9,053,904   $ (1,003,938   $ 77,054,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
      2015     2014  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (5,093,771   $ (29,577,692

Less: Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

            (149,383
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (5,093,771     (29,727,075

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     4,209,704        4,188,538   

Provision for loan losses

     89,494,260        64,783,502   

Stock-based compensation

     393,445        218,524   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     75,331        15,622   

Unrealized loss from foreign currency transactions

     (491,830       

Non-operating gain

     (5,528,465       

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (3,838,722     (545,372

Receivables from payment processors

     (8,819,652     (9,354,566

Receivables from CSO lenders

     1,460,432        (342,780

Interest receivable

     (24,077,706     (19,780,402

State and other taxes payable

     (281,066     32,114   

Deferred tax assets

     250,056        (8,523,987

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (including $(908,829) and $4,273,065 from payable to Think Finance for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     899,776        7,307,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

     48,651,792        8,271,690   

Net cash provided by discontinued operating activities

            191,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     48,651,792        8,463,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Loans receivable originated or participations purchased

     (228,596,779     (168,834,212

Principal collections and recoveries on loans receivable

     139,751,820        76,563,281   

Change in restricted cash

     (658,614     (913,792

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,914,823     (4,439,383

Domain name acquisition

            (230,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (93,418,396     (97,854,106
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from notes payable (including $16,800,000 from Think Finance for the six months ended June 30, 2014)

     30,000,000        86,600,000   

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (112,113     (88,051

Debt issuance costs paid

     (58,948     (177,763

Equity issuance costs paid

     (84,210       

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     15,527          

Contribution from Think Finance

            24,032,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing financing activities

     29,760,256        110,366,325   

Net cash used in discontinued financing activities

            (309,461
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     29,760,256        110,056,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

 

      For the six months ended June 30,  
               2015                             2014              

Effect of exchange rates on cash

     (206,608     (211,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (15,212,956     20,454,596   

Less: increase in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations

            117,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

     (15,212,956     20,572,360   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period (including $277,417 of cash classified as Assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2014)

     29,796,513        4,415,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 14,583,557      $ 24,987,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In February 2014, the Company purchased equipment of $687,107 through a capital lease, which is recorded in Property and equipment, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The table below reconciles Contribution from Think Finance within Cash flows from financing activities in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows with Net transfers from Think Finance in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the four months ended April 30, 2014:

 

Contribution from Think Finance

   $ 24,032,139   

Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations

     (309,461

Stock-based compensation

     133,252   

Write off of deferred tax assets retained by Think Finance (including $(439,719) related to discontinued operations)

     (11,341,192
  

 

 

 

Net transfers from Think Finance

   $ 12,514,738   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Spin-Off

On January 31, 2014, Think Finance, Inc. (“Think Finance”), the predecessor parent company, formed a new company, Elevate Credit, Inc. On May 1, 2014 (effective at the beginning of the day), Think Finance contributed to the Company certain assets and liabilities associated with its direct lending businesses and completed a tax-free spin-off of 100% of the Company on a carryover basis to the stockholders of Think Finance, in accordance with the distribution agreement (the “Spin-Off”). In connection with the Spin-Off, the Company entered into several other agreements with Think Finance that govern shared services, tax sharing, data sharing, employee matters and a credit facility. The Company accounted for this transaction in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 505-60-25, Equity—Spinoffs and Reverse Spinoffs. The assets and liabilities associated with the Think Finance service provider business remained at Think Finance and were not contributed to the Company.

As a result of the Spin-Off, the Company recognized the par value and additional paid-in-capital in connection with the issuance of 4,643,133 shares of common stock, 2,957,059 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock, and 2,682,351 shares of Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, exchanged for the net assets contributed at that time, and the Company began accumulating retained earnings upon completion of the Spin-Off on May 1, 2014.

Basis of Presentation

The condensed combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries as of June 30, 2015 and 2014. The condensed combined financial statements include amounts prior to the Spin-Off that have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Think Finance, using the historical results of operations, and historical basis of assets and liabilities of the direct lending business. In preparing these condensed combined and consolidated financial statements, management has made certain assumptions or used methodologies to allocate various expenses from Think Finance to the Company. All such costs and expenses are assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment equity account in the period in which the costs were incurred. Current income taxes are also assumed to be settled with Think Finance through Owner’s net investment and settlement is deemed to occur in the year of recognition in the current income tax provision. Management believes the assumptions and methodologies used in these allocations are reasonable. However, the condensed combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily reflect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Beginning May 1, 2014, the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries and assets and liabilities of the Company. All material intercompany transactions between and among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated. Prior to May 1, 2014, all intercompany transactions between the Company and Think Finance have been included within the condensed combined and consolidated financial statements and are considered to be effectively

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

settled through contributions or distributions within Owner’s net investment at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as financing activities.

These combined and consolidated financial statements are condensed and do not include all disclosures and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) for complete financial statements. These interim period financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual combined and consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 included within the Company’s Form S-1 registration statement. The condensed combined and consolidated financial statements are unaudited, but in management’s opinion, include all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with US GAAP for such interim periods. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

Allocation of Expenses from Think Finance

The Condensed Combined Statements of Operations prior to the Spin-Off include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided by Think Finance. These allocations were made on a specifically identifiable basis or using allocation methods such as revenues, headcount or other reasonable methods.

The Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014 to provide for an orderly transition of services to customers. Per this agreement, certain functions including human resources, finance, facilities management, and information technology were to be shared between the Company and Think Finance. To the extent that a shared-services cost was not demonstrably attributable to either party, the cost was allocated ratably on a percentage of revenue basis. See Note 12—Related Parties for further discussion of allocated expenses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed combined and consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed combined and consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the valuation of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets, deferred revenue, contingencies, the income tax provision and the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience with Think Finance, current data and experience since the Spin-Off, and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes consumer loan fees as revenue for each of the loan products it offers. Revenue on the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations includes: finance charges, lines of credit fees, fees for services provided through Credit Service Organization (“CSO”) programs (“CSO Fees”), and nonsufficient funds fees (“NSF fees”), as well as any other fees or charges permitted by

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

applicable laws and pursuant to the agreement with the borrower. The Company also recorded revenues related to the sale of customer applications to unrelated third parties. These applications are sold with the customer’s consent in the event that the Company or its independent third-party lenders (“CSO lenders”) are unable to offer the customer a loan. Revenue is recognized at the time of the sale.

The Company accrues finance charges on installment loans on a constant yield basis over their terms. The Company accrues fixed charges such as CSO and lines of credit fees as they are earned over the term of the loan. The Company does not accrue finance charges and other fees on installment loans or lines of credit over 60 days past due. Installment loans and lines of credit are considered past due if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. Payments received on past due loans are applied against the loan and accrued interest balance to bring the loan current. Payments are first applied to accrued fees and interest, and then to the loan balance.

Credit Service Organization

The CSO lenders are considered variable interest entities (“VIE”) of the Company under ASC 815-10-65, Variable Interest Entities. The Company does not have any ownership interest in the CSO lenders, does not exercise control over them, and is not the primary beneficiary, and therefore, does not consolidate the CSO lenders’ results with its results. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, estimated losses of $4,783,146 and $3,576,442, respectively, for the CSO owned loans of $26,109,334 and $24,960,413, respectively, are initially recorded at fair value and are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has recorded $6,472,422 and $6,258,778, respectively, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 in restricted cash to secure the guaranty of these loan balances.

See Note 4—Loans Receivable and Revenue for additional information on loans receivable and the provision for loan losses.

Convertible Preferred Stock Redemption

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after August 30, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, at a redemption prices of $5.35 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series A issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series B Preferred Stock can be redeemed at any time after the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have been redeemed, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, at a redemption price of $10.33 per share plus 8% compounded annually from the Series B issuance date, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and B Preferred Stock signed a Waiver Agreement by which they defer and waive their rights to exercise the redemption rights or otherwise obligate the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, unless and until the Notes Payable have been paid in full.

Accounting Standards to be Adopted in Future Periods

In June 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2015-10”). The amendments in ASU 2015-10 represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. In addition, some of the amendments are intended to make the Codification easier to understand and easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies, providing needed clarifications, and improving the presentation of guidance in the Codification. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-10 on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”). The amendments in ASU 2015-03 are intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. These amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. ASU 2015-10 is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-03 on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). The amendments in ASU 2015-02 provide guidance for reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. In accordance with ASU 2015-02, all legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2015-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014 15”). The amendments in ASU 2014-15 require management to evaluate, in connection with financial statement preparation for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued, and to provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 06) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within that period, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 2—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (“WASO”) plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares that could be issued if stock options were exercised, using the treasury stock method, and the conversion feature of preferred stock was exercised using the if-converted method.

The number of shares issued upon completion of the Spin-Off was used to determine both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the period from January 1, 2014 through the date of the Spin-Off, as no Company equity awards were outstanding prior to the Spin-Off. Basic earnings (loss) per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed using the WASO from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through June 30, 2014.

WASO used in determining diluted earnings (loss) per share subsequent to the Spin-Off was computed from the date of the completion of the Spin-Off through June 30, 2014, adjusted for the diluted potential common shares outstanding during the same period. The computation of earnings (loss) per share for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 

      2015     2014  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

  

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (5,093,771   $ (29,727,075

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

            149,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Elevate Credit, Inc.

   $ (5,093,771   $ (29,577,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     4,949,376        4,643,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:

    

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (1.03   $ (6.40

Income from discontinued operations

            0.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1.03   $ (6.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the net losses incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, we excluded 5,639,410 potential common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and 485,820 and 95,389 potential common shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, from the diluted earnings per share calculation because including these shares would be anti-dilutive.

The Company understands that the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred shares intend to convert 100% of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock into common stock in connection with the initial public offering (“IPO”). Had this conversion occurred prior to the end of the most recent period presented in these financial statements, this transaction would have changed materially the number of common shares outstanding. However, given the net loss reported in the most recent period, including these common shares in the denominator of a pro forma earnings per share calculation would automatically result in anti-dilution. As such, no pro forma earnings per share is presented in these condensed combined and consolidated financial statements for the anticipated conversion of preferred stock.

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In December 2013, the Company decided to discontinue its rent-to-own product (“Presta”), and stopped making new leases to customers during January 2014. The Company continued to service and collect on existing leases during 2014 until the final leases expired in February 2015. The remaining inventory was sold in May 2014, and a gain of $85,000 was recognized. The Company recorded after-tax earnings for Presta of $149,383 for the six months ended June 30, 2014, which was reported as Income from discontinued operations, net of tax in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. After-tax earnings for Presta for the six months ended June 30, 2015 were immaterial.

All revenues and expenses reported in the condensed combined and consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect reclassification of all discontinued operations. The following table summarizes the results that have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014:

 

Revenues

   $ 393,769   

Direct marketing

     (4,851

Other cost of sales

     (256,705
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     132,213   

Operating expenses:

  

Compensation and benefits

     316   

Professional services

     44,321   

Selling and marketing

     (15,787

Occupancy and equipment

     27,314   

Other

     11,666   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,830   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     64,383   

Non-operating income

     85,000   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 149,383   
  

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations per basic and diluted share

   $ 0.03   
  

 

 

 

Assets

   $ 277,594   

Liabilities

   $ 14,664   

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 4—LOANS RECEIVABLE AND REVENUE

Consumer loan fee revenue generated from the Company’s consumer loans for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 

      2015      2014  

Finance charges

   $ 152,481,891       $ 83,013,018   

CSO fees

     26,102,325         18,950,236   

Lines of credit fees

     1,477,223         13,373   

Other

     812,350         585,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 180,873,789       $ 102,561,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s portfolio consists of both installment loans and line of credit which are considered the portfolio segments at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The following reflects the credit quality of the Company’s loans receivable as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 as delinquency status has been identified as the primary credit quality indicator. Loans are determined to be delinquent when they are one day past due without a payment. All impaired loans as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 have been charged off.

 

     June 30, 2015  
      Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 170,249,916      $ 19,785,915      $ 190,035,831   

Past-due loans

     31,600,044        451,006        32,051,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     201,849,960        20,236,921        222,086,881   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (47,110,546     (2,196,625     (49,307,171
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 154,739,414      $ 18,040,296      $ 172,779,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
      Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Current loans

   $ 156,965,264      $ 144,441      $ 157,109,705   

Past-due loans

     35,588,871        38,158        35,627,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     192,554,135        182,599        192,736,734   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (44,876,034     (38,031     (44,914,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 147,678,101      $ 144,568      $ 147,822,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable includes $13,830,262 and $15,963,280 of interest receivable at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. At June 30, 2015, an additional reserve of $6 million was recognized in excess of our standard allowance methodology related to certain fraudulent loans to third parties that were originated in the second quarter of 2015. The carrying value for Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of the loans receivable.

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

     June 30, 2015  
      Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of period

   $ 48,452,476      $ 38,031      $ 48,490,507   

Provision for loan losses

     87,081,522        2,412,738        89,494,260   

Charge-offs

     (90,558,685     (262,136     (90,820,821

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     6,939,222        7,992        6,947,214   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     (20,843            (20,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     51,893,692        2,196,625        54,090,317   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans

     (4,783,146            (4,783,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of period

   $ 47,110,546      $ 2,196,625      $ 49,307,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2014  
      Installment     Line of Credit     Total  

Balance beginning of period

   $ 16,825,780      $      $ 16,825,780   

Provision for loan losses

     64,768,695        14,807        64,783,502   

Charge-offs

     (48,105,847     (8,134     (48,113,981

Recoveries of prior charge-offs

     2,983,337        1,094        2,984,431   

Effect of changes in foreign currency rates

     192,175               192,175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     36,664,140        7,767        36,671,907   

Accrual for CSO lender owned loans

     (3,141,660            (3,141,660
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance end of period

   $ 33,522,480      $ 7,767      $ 33,530,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

      June 30, 2015      December 31, 2014  

Accounts payable

   $ 12,678,465       $ 9,436,771   

Accounts payable to related party (see Note 12)

     356,928         1,265,757   

Accrued compensation

     9,019,666         8,198,630   

Liability for losses on CSO lender-owned consumer loans

     4,783,146         3,576,442   

Deferred revenue

     427,448         2,691,852   

Interest payable

     2,520,622         2,315,600   

Capital lease liability

     377,952         490,066   

Other accrued liabilities

     2,477,940         570,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 32,642,167       $ 28,545,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE

On January 30, 2014, Rise SPV, LLC (“RSPV,” a subsidiary of the Company) entered into an agreement with Victory Park Management, LLC providing a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $250 million (the “VPC Facility”). On May 20, 2015, the VPC Facility was amended, providing a credit facility with a maximum total borrowing amount of $335 million to RSPV, ECI and Elevate Credit Service, LLC (“ELCS”), all subsidiaries of the Company. This facility provides the following term notes:

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $250 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 15% for the outstanding balance up to $75 million, 14% for the outstanding balance greater than $75 million and up to $150 million, and 13% for the outstanding balance greater than $150 million used to fund the Rise loan portfolio (“US Term Note”).

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $50 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 16% used to fund the UK Sunny loan portfolio (“UK Term Note”).

 

Ø   A maximum borrowing amount of $35 million at a base rate (defined as the 3-month LIBOR rate) plus 18% used to fund working capital (“ELCS Sub-debt Term Note”).

The outstanding balance of Notes payable is as follows:

 

     June 30, 2015     December 31, 2014  

US Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 14-15%

  $ 144,800,000      $ 129,800,000   

UK Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 16%

    30,000,000        30,000,000   

ELCS Sub-debt Term Note bearing interest at 3-month LIBOR + 18%

    30,000,000        15,000,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 204,800,000      $ 174,800,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

There are no principal payments due or scheduled until the credit facility maturity date of January 30, 2018. All assets of the Company are pledged as collateral to secure the credit facility. The agreement contains financial covenants, including a borrowing base calculation and certain financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

On May 1, 2014, and in connection with the Spin-Off, ELCS entered into an agreement with Think Finance, whereby Think Finance provided a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million (“TF Credit Facility”). Interest is charged at an annual rate of 8%. ELCS recognized interest expense of $156,800 on this credit facility for the six months ended June 30, 2014, which is included within Net interest expense in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company had no amounts outstanding under the TF Credit Facility at December 31, 2014 and the credit facility was terminated effective January 1, 2015.

The Company has evaluated the interest rates for its debt and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for the debt approximates the fair value.

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 7—STOCK OPTIONS

The Company adopted a stock option plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) on May 1, 2014. The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. Under the provisions of the Stock Option Plan, a total of 2,372,500 shares of common stock are available to be granted. The Stock Option Plan allows for net settlement upon the exercise of stock options. The option price, vesting schedule and exercise period are determined for each grant after the Spin-off date by the Board of Directors. Refer to the annual combined and consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, which are included within the Company’s Form S-1 registration statement, for a summary of activity through the Spin-Off date on May 1, 2014. There was no activity from that date through June 30, 2014.

The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s Stock Option Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2015:

 

      Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     1,748,878      $ 6.49   

Granted

     322,471        15.48   

Exercised

     (449,000     3.42   

Forfeited

     (24,058     9.38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2015

     1,598,291      $ 9.12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable at June 30, 2015

     1,022,190     
  

 

 

   

Available for grant at June 30, 2015

     163,959     
  

 

 

   

Management estimates that all outstanding options will vest based on retention expectations and other factors that are reviewed periodically and could change in the near term.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 6.59 and 4.79 years, respectively.

NOTE 8—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels of the fair value hierarchy, based on the fair value measurement technique, as described below:

Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active exchange markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques with significant assumptions and inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

Level 3—Valuation is derived from model-based techniques that use inputs and significant assumptions that are supported by little or no observable market data. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

The level of fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest-level input that is most significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. In the determination of the classification of assets and liabilities in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market conditions, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the fair value measurements of the respective assets and liabilities in their entirety. If the valuation techniques that are most significant to the fair value measurements are principally derived from assumptions and inputs that are corroborated by little or no observable market data, the asset or liability is classified as Level 3.

The Company has evaluated Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses and Contingent consideration payable, and believes the carrying value approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of these balances. The Company has also evaluated the interest rates for Notes payable and believes they represent market rates based on the Company’s size, industry, operations, and recent amendments. As a result, the carrying value for Notes payable approximates the fair value. The Company classifies its fair value measurement techniques for the fair value disclosures associated with Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses, Receivable from CSO lenders, Receivable from payment processors, Accounts payable and accrued expenses, Contingent consideration payable and Notes payable as Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820-10”).

The Company has recorded a long-term liability related to agreements to pay additional consideration to a related party for the acquisitions associated with the Elastic product, based on earnings performance from 2015 through 2027. A liability of $5,528,465 was recorded at fair value and was included within Contingent consideration payable on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014. In June 2015, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with the seller, which requires the Company to pay a total of $1,500,000 over the next five years. The agreement effectively extinguishes the additional consideration liability, and in accordance with ASC 450-10, a gain of $5,528,465 was recognized in Non-operating income for the six months ended June 30, 2015 in the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statement of Operations. This liability is considered to be Level 3 in accordance with ASC 820-10. This liability was evaluated pursuant to FASB guidance under the income approach using a weighted average cost of capital of 21%.

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

The table below summarizes the changes in the contingent consideration liability for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

      2015     2014  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 5,528,465      $ 5,530,000   

Fair value adjustments

              

Earn-out payments

              

Extinguishment of liability

     (5,528,465       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $      $ 5,530,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

Contingencies

Currently and from time to time, the Company may become defendants in various legal and regulatory actions. While we cannot determine the ultimate outcome of these actions, we believe their resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company is cooperating with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) related to a civil investigative demand (“CID”) received by Think Finance requesting information about its operations. The CFPB has not made any specific allegation of violation(s) of law or initiated litigation in connection with the CID as of this date.

On November 13, 2014, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania sued Think Finance, the Company, and one of the Company’s officers, in his capacity as a former officer of Think Finance. The lawsuit alleged that equity or other assets attributable to Think Finance’s bank and tribal lending program, which the Commonwealth alleges were illegal programs, were transferred to Elevate Credit, Inc. The lawsuit did not allege that the Company’s business is illegal, or comprised of illegal programs, or that the Company’s officer engaged in any improper conduct with respect to the Company. The lawsuit against the Company was dismissed on February 9, 2015, with no monetary penalties paid by the Company. On July 3, 2015, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania amended its complaint to add an inactive subsidiary of the Company, PayDay One, LLC, as a defendant. The Company believes that the plaintiff’s claims in this suit are without merit and is vigorously defending this lawsuit. No monetary assessments have been made to date. The Company is currently unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses, as defined by ASC 450-20-20, Loss Contingencies, for this lawsuit.

Commitments

The Elastic product, which offers lines of credit to consumers, had $8,562,105 and $174,003 in available but unfunded credit lines at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Guarantees

In connection with its CSO programs, the Company guarantees consumer loan payment obligations to CSO lenders and is required to purchase any defaulted loans it has guaranteed. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. See Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information related to this guarantee obligation.

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company entered into payment guarantees with providers that perform automated clearinghouse (“ACH”) services for the CSO lenders that the Company serves. The maximum potential amount of future payments related to such contingent obligations is dependent upon the transaction volume processed by the ACH provider. The actual amount of the potential exposure cannot be quantified as the Company cannot determine whether particular counterparties will fail to meet their payment obligations. The Company has contractual loss mitigation and remedies to offset these counterparty payment exposures (such as ACH processor receipt of fees and ACH returns from daily cash collections prior to remittance to the CSO lenders, CSO lender specific reserve requirements and deposits held at each ACH provider) in the event that all CSO lenders were unable to make payments to the ACH providers. As of June 30, 2015, the Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the combined and consolidated financial statements for these payment guarantee exposures, and management believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is remote.

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

Prior to the Spin-Off, the Company’s results were included in the consolidated US federal and state income tax returns of Think Finance. The tax provision and current and deferred tax balances have been presented on a separate company basis as if the Company was a separate filer. Income tax expense (benefit) for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

 

     June 30,  
      2015     2014  

State current income tax expense

   $ 194,212      $ 88,739   

Federal deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     604,668        (7,310,564

State deferred income tax benefit

     (221,697     (1,325,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 577,183      $ (8,547,352
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has historically calculated the provision for US income taxes during interim reporting periods by applying an estimate of the annual US effective tax rate for the full fiscal year to US ordinary income or loss (pretax income or loss excluding unusual or infrequently occurring discrete items) for the reporting period. The Company has used a discrete year-to-date US effective tax rate method to calculate taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The Company determined that since small changes in estimated ordinary income would result in significant changes in the estimated annual US effective tax rate (primarily due to a near breakeven US pre-tax income position), the historical method would not provide a reliable estimate for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

The Company recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in both the US and foreign jurisdictions based on the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for net operating loss. The Company’s deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, totaled $19,846,022 million at June 30, 2015 and $20,096,078 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in the net deferred tax assets during the period ended June 30, 2015 primarily relates to the utilization of the net operating loss carried forward from December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

NOTE 11—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company determines operating segments based on how our chief operating decision maker manages the business, including making operating decisions, deciding how to allocate resources and evaluating operating performance. Our chief operating decision-maker is our Chief Executive Officer, who reviews our operating results on a consolidated basis.

The Company has one reportable segment, which provides online credit products for subprime consumers, which is composed of the Company’s operations in the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company has aggregated all components of its business into a single reportable segment based on the similarities in the products, the distribution methods, and the type of customers and the nature of the regulatory environments.

The following tables summarize the allocation of net revenues and long-lived assets based on geography.

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
      2015      2014  

Revenue:

     

United States

   $ 148,416,835       $ 79,774,585   

United Kingdom

     32,456,954         22,787,102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 180,873,789       $ 102,561,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     

June 30,

2015

     December 31,
2014
 

Long-lived assets:

     

United States

   $ 23,617,721       $ 24,163,343   

United Kingdom

     12,168,232         11,877,404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,785,953       $ 36,040,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 12—RELATED PARTIES

As discussed in Note 6—Notes Payable, on May 1, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Think Finance whereby Think Finance agreed to provide a credit facility with a maximum borrowing amount of $75 million. The balance of this note was $16.8 million at June 30, 2014. The entire balance of the note was paid off by December 31, 2014, prior to the termination of the note agreement on January 1, 2015.

The Company has also entered into sublease agreements with Think Finance for office space and equipment that expire beginning in 2015 through 2018. Total rent payments made to Think Finance for office space were $722,376 and $234,265 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Rent expense is included in Occupancy and equipment within the Condensed Combined and Consolidated statements of operations. Total payments for equipment were $125,400 and $41,800 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and were included as a reduction of the capital lease liability included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and as interest expense included in Net interest expense within the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Elevate Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

 

As discussed in Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company entered into a shared services agreement with Think Finance from the date of the Spin-Off through October 2014. The Company incurred total costs of $1,158,461 related to the shared services agreement from the date of the Spin-Off through June 30, 2014. These expenses are included in Compensation and benefits, Professional services, Occupancy and equipment, and Other within the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $356,928 and $1,265,757, respectively, in accounts payable due to Think Finance related to shared services expenses, reimbursable costs and tax sharing arrangements, net of accounts receivable, which is included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred consulting costs and travel expense reimbursements of approximately $132,936 and $26,135, respectively, associated with certain board members. Stock compensation expense of $11,734 and $9,592 was also recorded for certain board members during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These expenses are included in Professional services and Other operating expenses within the Condensed Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and transactions through September 2, 2015, the date that the condensed combined and consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and noted no subsequent events requiring financial statement recognition or disclosure, except as noted below.

On July 1, 2015, the loan participations in the Elastic loans outstanding held by the Company were sold to Elastic SPV, Ltd. (“ESPV”), a new entity formed for the purpose of purchasing loan participations from the lender. The total amount of participations sold to ESPV was $20,224,701.

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Everyone deserves a lift.

E/evate


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Better borrowing leads to brighter futures. E/evate


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $                

NYSE listing fee

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

 

 

II-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

The underwriting agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the three year period preceding July 31, 2015 we sold the following unregistered securities:

Spin-Off Issuances

In May 2014, in connection with the Spin-Off from TFI and our formation and initial capitalization, we issued to TFI one share of our common stock for par value.

In May 2014, further pursuant to the Spin-Off, we issued to TFI 4,643,133 shares of our common stock, 2,957,059 shares of our Series A preferred stock and 2,682,351 shares of our Series B preferred stock in exchange for the one share of our common stock then held by TFI, which share was cancelled upon completion of the Spin-Off. These shares of common and preferred stock were then distributed by TFI pro-rata to the stockholders of TFI, comprising employees, officers and directors of TFI and certain accredited investors.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan Issuances

Subsequent to the Spin-Off, we granted to our directors, officers and employees options to purchase 493,849 shares of common stock under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $12.88 to $15.77.

Options for 610,250 shares of our common stock have been exercised by option holders under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $3.42 to $10.73, for aggregate consideration of $2,217,543, a portion of which consideration was comprised of vested exercised shares, resulting in a net issuance of 332,468 shares of our common stock.

Issuance Related to Option Granted Outside of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2014, we granted to Kenneth E. Rees, outside of any equity plan and pursuant to an employment agreement by and between Mr. Rees and the Registrant, an option to purchase 204,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $3.35. In October 2014, Mr. Rees exercised his option to purchase 204,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $683,400, a portion of which consideration was comprised of 116,378 vested exercised shares, resulting in a net issuance of 87,622 shares of our common stock

Each of the foregoing issuances by Elevate was made in a transaction not involving a public offering pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

II-2


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the combined and consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fort Worth, State of Texas, on                     , 2015.

 

ELEVATE CREDIT, INC.
By:  

 

  Kenneth E. Rees
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kenneth E. Rees, Christopher Lutes and Sarah Fagin Cutrona, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement on Form S-1 of Elevate Credit, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature    Title   Date

 

Kenneth E. Rees

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)                       , 2015

 

Christopher Lutes

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

                      , 2015

 

Chad Bradford

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

                      , 2015

 

Jason Harvison

   Chief Operating Officer and Director                       , 2015

 

John C. Dean

   Director                       , 2015

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Signature    Title   Date

 

Stephen B. Galasso

   Director                       , 2015

 

Michael L. Goguen

   Director                       , 2015

 

Tyler Head

   Director                       , 2015

 

John C. Rosenberg

   Director                       , 2015

 

Robert L. Johnson

   Director                       , 2015

 

Stephen J. Shaper

   Director                       , 2015

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1#    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3#    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate.
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated                     , 2015, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1*    Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1#    Tax Sharing Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Think Finance, Inc. and the Registrant.
10.2    Second Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated May 20, 2015, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Services, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as administrative agent an collateral agent.
10.3¥    Amended and Restated Financing Agreement, dated August 15, 2014, by and among Rise SPV, LLC, Think Finance (UK) Ltd., Elevate Credit Services, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.
10.4*    Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement, dated                     , 2015, by and among the Registrant, Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, TC Decision Sciences, LLC and Think Finance, Inc.
10.5¥    Amended and Restated Joint Marketing Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Elevate@Work, LLC.
10.6¥    Amended and Restated License and Support Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC.
10.7¥    Administrative Services Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elevate@Work Admin, LLC.
10.8¥    Credit Default Protection Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic@Work, LLC and Elastic SPV, Ltd.
10.9¥    Financing Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among Elastic SPV, Ltd., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as agent.
10.10    Intercreditor Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Rise SPV, LLC, Elevate Credit International Ltd., Elevate Credit Service, LLC, Elastic SPV, Ltd., the grantors party thereto, and Victory Park Management, LLC, as Collateral Agent.
10.11¥    Participation Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Elastic@Work, LLC.

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.12#    Second Amendment to the Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.13¥    Amendment to Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Services, LLC and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.14¥    Fort Worth Sublease Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Services, LLC and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.15#    Second Amendment to the Addison Sublease Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.16¥    Amendment to Addision Sublease Agreement, dated December 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Services, LLC and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.17¥    Addison Sublease Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between TC Loan Service, LLC and Elevate Credit Service, LLC.
10.18+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.19+#    Elevate 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.20+#    Elevate Form Stock Option Agreement.
10.21+#    Elevate Form Stock Option Agreement with vesting acceleration for Kenneth E. Rees and Jason Harvison.
10.22+#    Employment Option Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth E. Rees.
10.23+    Consulting Agreement, dated June 1, 2015, by and between RLJ Financial LLC and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.24+    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Kenneth E. Rees and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.25+    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Jason Harvison and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.26+    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated January 5, 2015, by and between Christopher Lutes and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.27+    Employment, Confidentiality and Non-Compete Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, by and between Walt Ramsey and Elevate Credit Services, LLC.
10.28¥    Program Agreement between Credit Services Organization and Third-Party Lender, dated June 26, 2015, by and between Sentral Financial LLC and RISE Credit Service of Ohio, LLC.
10.29    Parent Guaranty Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, by the Registrant to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.
10.30    Guaranty, dated June 26, 2015, by RISE Credit Services of Ohio, LLC to and for the benefit of Sentral Financial LLC.
10.31    Amendment to Guaranty, dated October 5, 2015, between Sentral Financial LLC and Rise Credit Services of Ohio, LLC.
10.32¥    Special Limited Agency Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, by and between First Financial Loan Company LLC and RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC.

 

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number
   Description
10.33¥    Amendment to Special Limited Agency Agreement, dated October 5, 2015, between First Financial Loan Company LLC and RISE Credit Service of Texas, LLC.
10.34¥    TransUnion Master Agreement for Consumer Reporting and Ancillary Services, dated April 3, 2014, by and between Trans Union LLC and the Registrant.
21.1#    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*    Consent of Grant Thornton, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (see page II-4 to this registration statement on Form S-1).
99.1¥    Participation Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, by and between Elastic SPV, Ltd. and Republic Bank & Trust Company.

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
#   Previously submitted.
¥   Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

II-8